DuPont’s Electronics Spinoff: The Start of Something BigCelanese NYSE: CE executives said the company expects supply-chain conditions in its Acetyl Chain business to moderate during the second half of 2026, while cost actions, targeted growth initiatives and free-cash-flow generation remain central to its strategy.
During the company’s second-quarter earnings call, President and Chief Executive Officer Scott Richardson said Celanese benefited in the second quarter from the flexibility of its global production and supply-chain network, particularly as it worked to provide reliable supply to customers affected by disruptions. Europe was among the regions more acutely affected by the supply-chain crisis, he said.
Get Celanese alerts:
Buffett's latest portfolio additions, trims and cuts in Q3Richardson said the company’s prior expectation for moderation in the back half of the year was already incorporated in its $6 full-year guide. While Celanese received somewhat more benefit than expected in the second quarter, including a slight amount of engineered-materials pre-buying, the anticipated moderation has not been more severe than management expected.
Acetyl Chain Conditions Normalize Celanese expects third-quarter results to reflect higher inventory-absorption effects following the accelerated closure of its Lanaken facility and the pull-forward of certain engineered-materials closures. In addition, Richardson said the Ibn Sina joint venture did not operate for much of the second quarter, which is expected to reduce equity earnings by about $10 million for the year, with nearly all of that impact occurring in the third quarter.
Richardson said Acetyl Chain profitability has historically been weighted toward the Western Hemisphere, with more than 80% of profitability generated there in 12 of the past 15 years. Although Asian margins increased temporarily from late February into the early part of the second quarter, he said those gains were short-lived and had returned to pre-war levels by the middle of the quarter.
Western Hemisphere margins have not returned to pre-war levels, Richardson said, but the company expects markets to remain relatively constructive through year-end. Supply chains have normalized to some extent as material has flowed from regions outside the Middle East, a development that has created some margin compression. Celanese is seeking to contract business gained through its supply reliability for 2027 and beyond.
Acetyl Chain volumes were flat year over year in the second quarter. Richardson attributed that outcome largely to product mix, as gains in the vinyls chain were offset by continued destocking in acetate tow. He said destocking in acetate tow moderated during the quarter and customer order patterns have begun to normalize compared with last year, though some destocking is expected to continue in the second half.
The Lanaken closure is now expected to occur during the current quarter, sooner than previously anticipated. The earlier closure will produce a higher inventory-absorption impact in the second half, but Richardson said it should create a cleaner cost structure for 2027. Celanese expects to realize some related cost benefits in the fourth quarter, with a more substantial improvement next year.
Engineered Materials Emphasizes Value and Growth Niches In Engineered Materials, Celanese is concentrating on higher-value applications rather than pursuing broad volume growth. Richardson said the company has identified growth opportunities within more narrowly defined market segments, including data centers, medical applications, electronics and drug delivery.
Electronics currently represents about 10% of Engineered Materials revenue and 10% to 15% of its contribution margin, according to Richardson. Medical represents less than 10% of revenue but about 20% of contribution margin. The company believes those businesses can support durable growth through deeper customer alignment and differentiated product development.
Richardson also highlighted data-center applications, where the company is supplying materials and engaging in development work with customers. He said artificial-intelligence data-center servers require additional materials for connector protection, signal management, thermal management and wire-and-cable applications, creating what he described as a larger opportunity set than traditional servers.
Automotive volumes generally moved with lower vehicle builds during the quarter, he said. Excluding a divestiture, overall Engineered Materials volume was approximately flat year over year, as declines in automotive were offset by growth in non-auto markets. Richardson said the company is prioritizing revenue growth, share gains and product mix over volume growth in standard-grade automotive materials, particularly amid additional polymer capacity in China.
Management said it has implemented price increases in Engineered Materials to address raw-material inflation. Richardson said pricing strengthened through the second half of the second quarter, helping support margin expansion, but raw-material costs are expected to create pressure in the third quarter as they flow through inventory.
Cash Flow, Restructuring and Deleveraging Chief Financial Officer Chuck Kyrish reaffirmed Celanese’s expectation for $700 million to $800 million in free cash flow for 2026. The company generated $140 million of free cash flow in the second quarter despite nearly $200 million of working-capital use, primarily related to accounts receivable, he said.
Year to date, working capital represented nearly a $300 million use of cash. Kyrish said the company expects that effect to normalize in the second half and now anticipates full-year working capital to be neutral to slightly positive. He characterized the 2026 free-cash-flow range as a sustainable baseline for future years, with further potential from inventory reductions and lower restructuring cash costs.
Celanese expects $80 million to $100 million of cost reductions as it enters 2027. Kyrish said the company expects to capture roughly half of the benefits from its engineered-materials nylon restructuring in 2026, while it expects to realize about one-third of the savings from the Lanaken action this year. The remaining benefits are expected next year.
The company remains committed to its goal of $1 billion in divestitures by the end of 2027. Richardson said Celanese is about halfway toward that objective following the Micromax transaction and expects to announce at least one additional deal by the end of 2026.
Kyrish said Celanese expects to end 2026 with net debt of about $10 billion and aims to finish 2027 at about $9 billion. The company continues to view approximately three times net debt to EBITDA as its long-term leverage target, with its next objective being to move below four times leverage after crossing five times during 2026.
About Celanese (NYSE:CE)Celanese Corporation is a global chemical and specialty materials company that develops, manufactures and markets a broad portfolio of products serving diverse industries. The company operates through two primary business segments—Engineered Materials and Acetyl Chain—offering solutions that range from high-performance polymers and specialty additives to industrial chemicals and intermediates. Its engineered materials are used in applications such as automotive components, consumer electronics, medical devices and packaging, while its acetyl derivatives find uses in coatings, adhesives, solvents and personal care products.
In the Engineered Materials segment, Celanese produces a variety of high-performance thermoplastics, polyether-block-amide (PEBA) elastomers and functional additives designed to enhance product durability, thermal resistance and sustainability.
This instant news alert was generated by narrative science technology and financial data from MarketBeat in order to provide readers with the fastest reporting and unbiased coverage. Please send any questions or comments about this story to [email protected].
Continue following MarketBeat
Add MarketBeat as your preferred source on Google to see our latest stories in your feed.
Should You Invest $1,000 in Celanese Right Now?Before you consider Celanese, you'll want to hear this.
MarketBeat keeps track of Wall Street's top-rated and best performing research analysts and the stocks they recommend to their clients on a daily basis. MarketBeat has identified the five stocks that top analysts are quietly whispering to their clients to buy now before the broader market catches on... and Celanese wasn't on the list.
While Celanese currently has a Moderate Buy rating among analysts, top-rated analysts believe these five stocks are better buys.
View The Five Stocks Here
The space race is growing fast, and you don’t have to have gotten in early on SpaceX to profit. This report shows seven space stocks you can buy today that may grow as rockets, satellites, defense, space internet, and new space technology become more important.
Targa Resources vykázala ve 2. čtvrtletí rekordní upravenou EBITDA ve výši 1,603 miliardy USD, což je meziročně o 38 % více. Firma zároveň zvýšila výhled celoroční upravené EBITDA na horní hranici pásma 5,7 až 5,9 miliardy USD.
HOUSTON, Aug. 06, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- Targa Resources Corp. (NYSE: TRGP) (“TRGP,” the “Company” or “Targa”) today reported second quarter 2026 results.
Second quarter 2026 net income attributable to Targa Resources Corp. was $765 million compared to $629 million for the second quarter of 2025. The Company reported adjusted earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, and other non-cash items (“adjusted EBITDA”)(1) of $1,603 million for the second quarter of 2026 compared to $1,163 million for the second quarter of 2025.
Highlights
Record adjusted EBITDA for the second quarter of $1.6 billion, an increase of 38% year-over-year and a 14% increase compared to the first quarterRecord Permian inlet, NGL transportation, fractionation, and LPG export volumes during the second quarterCommenced operations of our Train 11 fractionator and Delaware Express NGL Pipeline expansion during the second quarterCommenced operations of our new East Driver processing plant in Permian Midland late in the second quarter, ahead of scheduleEstimate full year 2026 adjusted EBITDA to be towards the top end of $5.7 billion to $5.9 billion rangeContinue to estimate 2026 net growth capital expenditures of approximately $4.5 billion On July 16, 2026, the Company declared a quarterly cash dividend of $1.25 per common share, or $5.00 per common share on an annualized basis, for the second quarter of 2026. This dividend represents a 25 percent increase over the common dividend declared with respect to the second quarter of 2025. Total cash dividends of approximately $268 million will be paid on August 14, 2026 on all outstanding shares of common stock to holders of record as of the close of business on July 31, 2026.
During the second quarter of 2026, Targa repurchased 308,102 shares of its common stock at a weighted average per share price of $259.93 for a total net cost of $80 million. As of June 30, 2026, there was $1,239 million remaining under the Company’s share repurchase programs.
Second Quarter 2026 - Sequential Quarter over Quarter Commentary
Targa reported record second quarter adjusted EBITDA of $1,603 million, representing a 14 percent increase compared to the first quarter of 2026. The sequential increase was driven by higher marketing margin in our Logistics and Transportation (“L&T”) segment, record Permian volumes in our Gathering and Processing (“G&P”) segment, and record NGL transportation, fractionation, and LPG export volumes in our L&T segment.
In our G&P segment, higher sequential adjusted operating margin was driven by record Permian natural gas inlet volumes, partially offset by lower natural gas prices. Permian inlet volumes increased more than 450 million cubic feet per day (“MMcf/d”) despite temporary curtailments by certain producer customers in response to negative Waha natural gas prices in the second quarter.
In our L&T segment, higher sequential adjusted operating margin was driven by higher marketing margin, and record NGL pipeline transportation, fractionation, and LPG export volumes. Marketing margin increased due to greater optimization opportunities. NGL pipeline transportation and fractionation volumes benefited from higher supply volumes primarily from our Permian G&P systems and the addition of Train 11 early in the second quarter of 2026. LPG export margin increased due to higher volumes and fees.
Capitalization, Financing and Liquidity
The Company’s total consolidated debt as of June 30, 2026 was $19,578 million, net of $128 million of debt issuance costs and $39 million of unamortized discount, with $17,900 million of outstanding senior unsecured notes, $600 million outstanding under our Commercial Paper Program, $451 million outstanding under our accounts receivable securitization facility (the “Securitization Facility”), and $794 million of finance lease liabilities.
Total consolidated liquidity as of June 30, 2026 was approximately $3.2 billion, including $2.9 billion available under the TRGP Revolver, $149 million under the Securitization Facility and $132 million of cash.
In July 2026, Targa amended the Securitization Facility to, among other things, extend the facility termination date to July 30, 2027 and increase borrowing capacity to up to $800 million.
Growth Projects Update
In our G&P segment, we commenced operations of our new East Driver plant in the Permian Midland late in the second quarter, ahead of schedule. Construction remains underway on our Copperhead, Yeti, Yeti II, Roadrunner III, and Copperhead II plants in Permian Delaware, and our G&P projects remain on track.
In our L&T segment, we commenced operations of our Train 11 fractionator in Mont Belvieu, TX and our Delaware Express NGL Pipeline expansion in the second quarter. Construction continues on our Train 12 and Train 13 fractionators in Mont Belvieu, our Speedway NGL Pipeline, our GPMT LPG Export Expansion, and our Bull Run, Buffalo Run and Forza intra-basin residue gas pipeline projects. Our L&T projects remain on track.
2026 Outlook
Given the strength of Targa’s performance through the first two quarters of the year, Targa now estimates full year 2026 adjusted EBITDA to be towards the top end of our $5.7 billion to $5.9 billion range. The higher outlook for full year 2026 is driven by the realization of strong marketing and optimization margin particularly in the first and second quarters of the year, and continued strength of volume growth of our integrated assets across the full year.
We continue to estimate net growth capital expenditures to be approximately $4.5 billion, and our estimate for 2026 net maintenance capital expenditures remains unchanged at approximately $250 million.
An earnings supplement presentation and updated investor presentation are available under Events and Presentations in the Investors section of our website at www.targaresources.com/investors/events.
Conference Call
We will host a conference call for the investment community at 11:00 a.m. Eastern time (10:00 a.m. Central time) on August 6, 2026 to discuss second quarter results. The conference call can be accessed via webcast under Events and Presentations in the Investors section of our website at www.targaresources.com/investors/events, or by going directly to https://edge.media-server.com/mmc/p/o7q55fuf/lan/en/. A webcast replay will be available at the link above approximately two hours after the conclusion of the event.
(1)Adjusted EBITDA and adjusted operating margin (segment) are non-GAAP financial measures and are discussed under “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.” Targa Resources Corp. – Consolidated Financial Results of Operations
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025
2026 vs. 2025
2026
2025
2026 vs. 2025
(In millions)
Revenues:
Sales of commodities$3,592.9 $3,636.3 $(43.4) (1%) $6,937.5 $7,520.7 $(583.2)(8%) Fees from midstream services 847.2 623.8 223.4 36% 1,597.3 1,300.9 296.4 23% Total revenues 4,440.1 4,260.1 180.0 4% 8,534.8 8,821.6 (286.8)(3%) Product purchases and fuel
2,302.0 2,436.0 (134.0) (6%) 4,696.5 5,693.8 (997.3)(18%) Operating expenses
354.1 323.6 30.5 9% 687.8 627.2 60.6 10% Depreciation and amortization expense
453.1 373.7 79.4 21% 879.1 741.3 137.8 19% General and administrative expense
108.1 95.0 13.1 14% 215.9 189.5 26.4 14% Other operating (income) expense
(11.7) (1.8) (9.9) NM (25.9) (7.1) (18.8)265% Income (loss) from operations
1,234.5 1,033.6 200.9 19% 2,081.4 1,576.9 504.5 32% Interest expense, net
(236.6) (218.4) (18.2) 8% (464.2) (415.5) (48.7)12% Equity earnings (loss)
7.8 5.1 2.7 53% 16.4 10.6 5.8 55% Other, net
(0.8) 1.0 (1.8) NM (17.4) 1.3 (18.7)NM Income tax (expense) benefit
(227.2) (184.1) (43.1) 23% (351.1) (256.3) (94.8)37% Net income (loss)
777.7 637.2 140.5 22% 1,265.1 917.0 348.1 38% Less: Net income (loss) attributable to
noncontrolling interests
13.1 8.1 5.0 62% 20.9 17.4 3.5 20% Net income (loss) attributable to Targa
Resources Corp.
764.6 629.1 135.5 22% 1,244.2 899.6 344.6 38% Premium on repurchase of noncontrolling
interests, net of tax
— — — — — 70.5 (70.5)(100%) Net income (loss) attributable to common
shareholders
$764.6 $629.1 $135.5 22% $1,244.2 $829.1 $415.1 50% Financial data:
Adjusted EBITDA (1)
$1,603.1 $1,163.0 $440.1 38% $3,005.8 $2,341.5 $664.3 28% Adjusted cash flow from operations (1)
1,371.0 934.4 436.6 47% 2,550.9 1,904.4 646.5 34% Adjusted free cash flow (1)
205.3 (9.6) 214.9 NM 433.2 318.6 114.6 36% (1)Adjusted EBITDA, adjusted cash flow from operations and adjusted free cash flow are non-GAAP financial measures and are discussed under “Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”NMDue to a low denominator, the noted percentage change is disproportionately high and as a result, considered not meaningful. Three Months Ended June 30, 2026 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2025
Commodity sales were relatively flat due to lower natural gas prices ($784.8 million) and the unfavorable impact of hedges ($291.6 million), partially offset by higher NGL and condensate prices ($597.8 million) and higher NGL, natural gas and condensate volumes ($435.2 million).
The increase in fees from midstream services was primarily due to higher gas gathering and processing fees, higher transportation and fractionation fees, and higher export volumes.
The decrease in product purchases and fuel reflected lower natural gas prices, partially offset by higher NGL prices, and higher NGL and natural gas volumes.
The increase in operating expenses was primarily due to higher labor and maintenance costs in part due to system expansions, and the acquisition of certain assets in the Permian Basin, partially offset by lower compressor rental costs.
See “—Review of Segment Performance—” for additional information on a segment basis.
The increase in depreciation and amortization expense was primarily due to the acquisition of certain assets in the Permian Basin, higher amortization of right-of-use assets for finance leases, and the impact of system expansions on the Company’s asset base.
The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily due to higher compensation and benefits.
The increase in other operating (income) expense was primarily due to lower asset abandonment costs.
The increase in income tax (expense) benefit was primarily due to the increase in pre-tax book income.
Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2025
The decrease in commodity sales reflected lower natural gas and NGL prices ($1,309.2 million) and the unfavorable impact of hedges ($244.1 million), partially offset by higher NGL, natural gas and condensate volumes ($899.6 million) and higher condensate prices ($70.5 million).
The increase in fees from midstream services was primarily due to higher gas gathering and processing fees, higher transportation and fractionation fees, and higher export volumes.
The decrease in product purchases and fuel reflected lower natural gas and NGL prices, partially offset by higher NGL and natural gas volumes.
The increase in operating expenses was primarily due to higher labor and maintenance costs, and taxes in part due to system expansions, partially offset by lower compressor rental costs.
See “—Review of Segment Performance—” for additional information on a segment basis.
The increase in depreciation and amortization expense was primarily due to the acquisition of certain assets in the Permian Basin, higher amortization of right-of-use assets for finance leases, and the impact of system expansions on the Company’s asset base.
The increase in general and administrative expense was primarily due to higher compensation and benefits.
The increase in other operating (income) expense was primarily due to recognition of Section 45Q tax credits earned through the Company’s carbon capture and sequestration activities, and lower asset abandonment costs.
The increase in interest expense, net, was primarily due to higher borrowings, partially offset by an increase in capitalized interest.
The decrease in other, net, was primarily due to the premium paid on the redemption of all of the Partnership’s 6.875% Notes due 2029.
The increase in income tax (expense) benefit was primarily due to the increase in pre-tax book income.
The premium on repurchase of noncontrolling interests, net of tax was due to the Badlands Transaction in the first quarter of 2025.
Review of Segment Performance
The following discussion of segment performance includes inter-segment activities. The Company views segment operating margin and adjusted operating margin as important performance measures of the core profitability of its operations. These measures are key components of internal financial reporting and are reviewed for consistency and trend analysis. For a discussion of adjusted operating margin, see “Non-GAAP Financial Measures ― Adjusted Operating Margin.” Segment operating financial results and operating statistics include the effects of intersegment transactions. These intersegment transactions have been eliminated from the consolidated presentation.
The Company operates in two primary segments: (i) Gathering and Processing; and (ii) Logistics and Transportation.
Gathering and Processing Segment
The Gathering and Processing segment includes assets used in the gathering and/or purchase and sale of natural gas produced from oil and gas wells, removing impurities and processing this raw natural gas into merchantable natural gas by extracting NGLs; and assets used for the gathering and terminaling and/or purchase and sale of crude oil. The Gathering and Processing segment’s assets are located in the Permian Basin of West Texas and Southeast New Mexico (including the Midland, Central and Delaware Basins); the Eagle Ford Shale in South Texas; the Barnett Shale in North Texas; the Anadarko, Ardmore, and Arkoma Basins in Oklahoma (including the SCOOP and STACK) and South Central Kansas; the Williston Basin in North Dakota (including the Bakken and Three Forks plays); and the onshore and near offshore regions of the Louisiana Gulf Coast.
The following table provides summary data regarding results of operations of this segment for the periods indicated:
Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025 2026 vs. 2025
2026
2025
2026 vs. 2025
(In millions, except operating statistics and price amounts) Operating margin
$732.6 $587.6 $145.0 25% $1,436.1 $1,189.8 $246.3 21% Operating expenses
240.9 219.4 21.5 10% 474.5 427.6 46.9 11% Adjusted operating margin
$973.5 $807.0 $166.5 21% $1,910.6 $1,617.4 $293.2 18% Operating statistics (1):
Plant natural gas inlet, MMcf/d (2) (3)
Permian Midland (4) 3,393.5 3,106.2 287.3 9% 3,274.4 3,046.3 228.1 7% Permian Delaware 3,793.8 3,171.8 622.0 20% 3,685.6 3,096.5 589.1 19% Total Permian 7,187.3 6,278.0 909.3 14% 6,960.0 6,142.8 817.2 13% Central (5) 1,010.3 1,086.3 (76.0) (7%) 1,018.8 1,035.8 (17.0) (2%) Badlands (5) (6) 133.8 130.9 2.9 2% 130.4 133.9 (3.5) (3%) Coastal 577.5 398.8 178.7 45% 562.4 398.8 163.6 41% Total 8,908.9 7,894.0 1,014.9 13% 8,671.6 7,711.3 960.3 12% NGL production, MBbl/d (3)
Permian Midland (4) 506.1 450.1 56.0 12% 485.6 439.9 45.7 10% Permian Delaware 500.8 406.7 94.1 23% 485.4 386.8 98.6 25% Total Permian 1,006.9 856.8 150.1 18% 971.0 826.7 144.3 17% Central (5) 118.3 120.2 (1.9) (2%) 110.2 109.1 1.1 1% Badlands (5) 16.9 16.6 0.3 2% 16.5 16.5 — — Coastal 38.7 31.6 7.1 22% 38.2 32.2 6.0 19% Total 1,180.8 1,025.2 155.6 15% 1,135.9 984.5 151.4 15% Crude oil gathered, MBbl/d
143.8 116.5 27.3 23% 139.5 126.3 13.2 10% Natural gas sales, BBtu/d (3)
3,080.1 2,819.5 260.6 9% 3,060.3 2,706.7 353.6 13% NGL sales, MBbl/d (3)
680.8 606.4 74.4 12% 653.5 588.4 65.1 11% Condensate sales, MBbl/d
22.4 20.1 2.3 11% 22.1 19.1 3.0 16% Average realized prices (7):
Natural gas, $/MMBtu
(2.48) 1.01 (3.49) NM (0.97) 1.59 (2.56) (161%) NGL, $/gal
0.48 0.41 0.07 17% 0.44 0.46 (0.02) (4%) Condensate, $/Bbl
90.57 63.79 26.78 42% 78.29 67.80 10.49 15% (1)Segment operating statistics include the effect of intersegment amounts, which have been eliminated from the consolidated presentation. For all volume statistics presented, the numerator is the total volume sold during the period, and the denominator is the number of calendar days during the period.(2)Plant natural gas inlet represents the Company’s undivided interest in the volume of natural gas passing through the meter located at the inlet of a natural gas processing plant.(3)Plant natural gas inlet volumes and gross NGL production volumes include producer take-in-kind volumes, while natural gas sales and NGL sales exclude producer take-in-kind volumes.(4)Permian Midland includes operations in WestTX, of which the Company owns a 72.8% undivided interest, and other plants that are owned 100% by the Company. Operating results for the WestTX undivided interest assets are presented on a pro-rata net basis in the Company’s reported financials.(5)Operations include facilities that are not wholly owned by the Company.(6)Badlands natural gas inlet represents the total wellhead volume and includes the Targa volumes processed at the Little Missouri 4 plant.(7)Average realized prices, net of fees, include the effect of realized commodity hedge gain/loss attributable to the Company’s equity volumes. The price is calculated using total commodity sales plus the hedge gain/loss as the numerator and total sales volume as the denominator, net of fees. Negative realized natural gas prices during the second quarter of 2026 were a result of an extended period of negative Waha prices due to significant egress constraint in the Permian Basin. The following table presents the realized commodity hedge gain (loss) attributable to the Company’s equity volumes that are included in the adjusted operating margin of the Gathering and Processing segment:
Three Months Ended June 30, 2026
Three Months Ended June 30, 2025
(In millions, except volumetric data and price amounts)
Volume
Settled Price
Spread (1)
Gain
(Loss)
Volume
Settled Price
Spread (1)
Gain
(Loss)
Natural gas (BBtu)7.7 $5.351 $41.2 7.4 $2.095 $15.5 NGL (MMgal)106.5 (0.052) (5.5) 83.6 (0.005) (0.4) Crude oil (MBbl)0.8 (22.750) (18.2) 0.7 7.714 5.4 $17.5 $20.5 Six Months Ended June 30, 2026
Six Months Ended June 30, 2025
(In millions, except volumetric data and price amounts)
Volume
Settled Price
Spread (1)
Gain
(Loss)
Volume
Settled Price
Spread (1)
Gain
(Loss)
Natural gas (BBtu)
16.0 $3.638 $58.2 15.1 $1.517 $22.9 NGL (MMgal)
208.6 (0.022) (4.6) 181.2 (0.038) (7.0) Crude oil (MBbl)
1.5 (14.067) (21.1) 1.4 4.357 6.1 $32.5 $22.0 (1)The price spread is the differential between the contracted derivative instrument pricing and the price of the corresponding settled commodity transaction. Three Months Ended June 30, 2026 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2025
The increase in adjusted operating margin was primarily due to higher natural gas inlet volumes in the Permian which drove higher fee-based margin, partially offset by lower natural gas prices. The increase in natural gas inlet volumes in the Permian was attributable to the addition of the Pembrook II plant during the third quarter of 2025, the Bull Moose II plant during the fourth quarter of 2025, the Falcon II plant during the first quarter of 2026, the East Pembrook plant during the second quarter of 2026, continued strong producer activity and the acquisition of certain assets in the Permian Basin during the first quarter of 2026.
The increase in operating expenses was primarily due to higher volumes resulting from multiple plant additions and the acquisition of certain assets in the Permian Basin during the first quarter of 2026.
Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2025
The increase in adjusted operating margin was primarily due to higher natural gas inlet volumes in the Permian which drove higher fee-based margin, partially offset by lower natural gas and NGL prices. The increase in natural gas inlet volumes in the Permian was attributable to the addition of the Pembrook II plant during the third quarter of 2025, the Bull Moose II plant during the fourth quarter of 2025, the Falcon II plant during the first quarter of 2026, the East Pembrook plant during the second quarter of 2026, continued strong producer activity and the acquisition of certain assets in the Permian Basin during the first quarter of 2026.
The increase in operating expenses was primarily due to higher volumes resulting from multiple plant additions and the acquisition of certain assets in the Permian Basin during the first quarter of 2026.
Logistics and Transportation Segment
The Logistics and Transportation segment includes the activities and assets necessary to convert mixed NGLs into NGL products and also includes other assets and value-added services such as transporting, storing, fractionating, terminaling, and marketing of NGLs and NGL products, including services to LPG exporters and certain natural gas supply and marketing activities in support of the Company’s other businesses. The Logistics and Transportation segment also includes Targa’s NGL pipeline system, which connects the Company’s gathering and processing positions in the Permian Basin, Southern Oklahoma and North Texas with the Company’s Downstream facilities in Mont Belvieu, Texas. The Company’s Downstream facilities are located predominantly in Mont Belvieu and Galena Park, Texas, and in Lake Charles, Louisiana.
The following table provides summary data regarding results of operations of this segment for the periods indicated:
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025
2026 vs. 2025 2026
2025
2026 vs. 2025
(In millions, except operating statistics)
Operating margin
$948.3 $632.4 $315.9 50% $1,721.6 $1,279.1 $442.5 35% Operating expenses
114.3 105.4 8.9 8% 214.5 200.9 13.6 7% Adjusted operating margin
$1,062.6 $737.8 $324.8 44% $1,936.1 $1,480.0 $456.1 31% Operating statistics MBbl/d (1):
NGL pipeline transportation volumes (2)
1,098.9 961.2 137.7 14% 1,058.1 902.7 155.4 17% Fractionation volumes
1,206.1 969.1 237.0 24% 1,175.8 974.5 201.3 21% Export volumes (3)
487.1 423.1 64.0 15% 462.2 435.3 26.9 6% NGL sales
1,310.9 1,151.1 159.8 14% 1,307.5 1,168.6 138.9 12% (1)Segment operating statistics include intersegment amounts, which have been eliminated from the consolidated presentation. For all volume statistics presented, the numerator is the total volume sold during the period and the denominator is the number of calendar days during the period.(2)Represents the total quantity of mixed NGLs that earn a transportation margin.(3)Export volumes represent the quantity of NGL products delivered to third-party customers at the Company’s Galena Park Marine Terminal that are destined for international markets. Three Months Ended June 30, 2026 Compared to Three Months Ended June 30, 2025
The increase in adjusted operating margin was due to higher marketing margin, higher pipeline transportation and fractionation margin and higher LPG export margin. Marketing margin increased due to greater optimization opportunities. Pipeline transportation and fractionation volumes benefited from higher supply volumes primarily from our Permian Gathering and Processing systems and the addition of Train 11 early in the second quarter of 2026. LPG export margin increased due to higher volumes and fees.
The increase in operating expenses was primarily due to higher compensation and benefits including amounts related to system expansions.
Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 2025
The increase in adjusted operating margin was due to higher marketing margin, higher pipeline transportation and fractionation margin and higher LPG export margin. Marketing margin increased due to greater optimization opportunities. Pipeline transportation and fractionation volumes benefited from higher supply volumes primarily from our Permian Gathering and Processing systems and the addition of Train 11 early in the second quarter of 2026. LPG export margin increased due to higher volumes and fees.
The increase in operating expenses was primarily due to higher compensation and benefits including amounts related to system expansions.
Other
Three Months Ended June 30, Six Months Ended June 30, 2026 2025 2026 vs. 2025
2026
2025 2026 vs. 2025
(In millions) Operating margin$103.1 $280.5 $(177.4) $(7.2) $31.7 $(38.9) Adjusted operating margin$103.1 $280.5 $(177.4) $(7.2) $31.7 $(38.9) Other contains the unrealized mark-to-market gains/losses related to derivative contracts that were not designated as cash flow hedges. The Company has entered into derivative instruments to hedge the commodity price associated with a portion of the Company’s future commodity purchases and sales and natural gas transportation basis risk within the Company’s Logistics and Transportation segment.
About Targa Resources Corp.
Targa Resources Corp. is a leading provider of midstream services and is one of the largest independent infrastructure companies in North America. The Company owns, operates, acquires and develops a diversified portfolio of complementary domestic infrastructure assets and its operations are critical to the efficient, safe and reliable delivery of energy across the United States and increasingly to the world. The Company’s assets connect natural gas and NGLs to domestic and international markets with growing demand for cleaner fuels and feedstocks.
Targa is a FORTUNE 500 company and is included in the S&P 500.
For more information, please visit the Company’s website at www.targaresources.com.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
This press release includes the Company’s non-GAAP financial measures: adjusted EBITDA, adjusted cash flow from operations, adjusted free cash flow and adjusted operating margin (segment). The following tables provide reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP measures.
The Company utilizes non-GAAP measures to analyze the Company’s performance. Adjusted EBITDA, adjusted cash flow from operations, adjusted free cash flow and adjusted operating margin (segment) are non-GAAP measures. The GAAP measures most directly comparable to these non-GAAP measures are income (loss) from operations, Net income (loss) attributable to Targa Resources Corp. and segment operating margin. These non-GAAP measures should not be considered as an alternative to GAAP measures and have important limitations as analytical tools. Investors should not consider these measures in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of the Company’s results as reported under GAAP. Additionally, because the Company’s non-GAAP measures exclude some, but not all, items that affect income and segment operating margin, and are defined differently by different companies within the Company’s industry, the Company’s definitions may not be comparable with similarly titled measures of other companies, thereby diminishing their utility. Management compensates for the limitations of the Company’s non-GAAP measures as analytical tools by reviewing the comparable GAAP measures, understanding the differences between the measures and incorporating these insights into the Company’s decision-making processes.
Adjusted Operating Margin
The Company defines adjusted operating margin for the Company’s segments as revenues less product purchases and fuel. It is impacted by volumes and commodity prices as well as by the Company’s contract mix and commodity hedging program.
Gathering and Processing adjusted operating margin consists primarily of:
service fees related to natural gas and crude oil gathering, treating and processing; andrevenues from the sale of natural gas, condensate, crude oil and NGLs less producer settlements, fuel and transport and the Company’s equity volume hedge settlements. Logistics and Transportation adjusted operating margin consists primarily of:
service fees (including the pass-through of energy costs included in certain fee rates);system product gains and losses; andNGL and natural gas sales, less NGL and natural gas purchases, fuel, third-party transportation costs and the net inventory change.
The adjusted operating margin impacts of mark-to-market hedge unrealized changes in fair value are reported in Other.
Adjusted operating margin for the Company’s segments provides useful information to investors because it is used as a supplemental financial measure by management and by external users of the Company’s financial statements, including investors and commercial banks, to assess:
the financial performance of the Company’s assets without regard to financing methods, capital structure or historical cost basis;the Company’s operating performance and return on capital as compared to other companies in the midstream energy sector, without regard to financing or capital structure; andthe viability of capital expenditure projects and acquisitions and the overall rates of return on alternative investment opportunities.
Management reviews adjusted operating margin and operating margin for the Company’s segments monthly as a core internal management process. The Company believes that investors benefit from having access to the same financial measures that management uses in evaluating the Company’s operating results. The reconciliation of the Company’s adjusted operating margin to the most directly comparable GAAP measure is presented under “Review of Segment Performance.”
Adjusted EBITDA
The Company defines adjusted EBITDA as Net income (loss) attributable to Targa Resources Corp. before interest, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, and other items that the Company believes should be adjusted consistent with the Company’s core operating performance. The adjusting items are detailed in the adjusted EBITDA reconciliation table and its footnotes. Adjusted EBITDA is used as a supplemental financial measure by the Company and by external users of the Company’s financial statements such as investors, commercial banks and others to measure the ability of the Company’s assets to generate cash sufficient to pay interest costs, support the Company’s indebtedness and pay dividends to the Company’s investors.
Adjusted Cash Flow from Operations and Adjusted Free Cash Flow
The Company defines adjusted cash flow from operations as adjusted EBITDA less cash interest expense on debt obligations and cash tax (expense) benefit. The Company defines adjusted free cash flow as adjusted cash flow from operations less maintenance capital expenditures and growth capital expenditures, net of any reimbursements of project costs and contributions from noncontrolling interests, and including contributions to investments in unconsolidated affiliates. Adjusted cash flow from operations and adjusted free cash flow are performance measures used by the Company and by external users of the Company’s financial statements, such as investors, commercial banks and research analysts, to assess the Company’s ability to generate cash earnings (after servicing the Company’s debt and funding capital expenditures) to be used for corporate purposes, such as payment of dividends, retirement of debt or redemption of other financing arrangements.
The following table reconciles the non-GAAP financial measures used by management to the most directly comparable GAAP measures for the periods indicated:
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
(In millions)
Reconciliation of Net income (loss) attributable to Targa Resources
Corp. to Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Cash Flow from Operations
and Adjusted Free Cash Flow
Net income (loss) attributable to Targa Resources Corp.$764.6 $629.1 $1,244.2 $899.6 Interest (income) expense, net 236.6 218.4 464.2 415.5 Income tax expense (benefit) 227.2 184.1 351.1 256.3 Depreciation and amortization expense 453.1 373.7 879.1 741.3 (Gain) loss on sale or disposition of assets (0.8) (0.7) (1.8) (1.2) Write-down of assets 0.7 9.6 5.0 11.6 (Gain) loss from financing activities — — 10.1 0.6 Equity (earnings) loss (7.8) (5.1) (16.4) (10.6) Distributions from unconsolidated affiliates 7.2 6.2 11.9 11.1 Change in contingent consideration 0.5 — 1.2 — Compensation on equity grants 18.0 17.1 41.2 34.7 Risk management activities (103.1) (280.5) 7.2 (31.7) Noncontrolling interests adjustments (1) 6.9 2.5 8.8 5.7 Litigation and environmental reserves (2) — 8.6 — 8.6 Adjusted EBITDA
$1,603.1 $1,163.0 $3,005.8 $2,341.5 Interest expense on debt obligations (3) (231.4) (214.3) (454.2) (407.5) Cash tax (expense) benefit (0.7) (14.3) (0.7) (29.6) Adjusted Cash Flow from Operations
$1,371.0 $934.4 $2,550.9 $1,904.4 Maintenance capital expenditures, net (4) (52.4) (58.9) (90.0) (106.2) Growth capital expenditures, net (4) (1,113.3) (885.1) (2,027.7) (1,479.6) Adjusted Free Cash Flow
$205.3 $(9.6) $433.2 $318.6 (1)
Represents adjustments related to the Company’s subsidiaries with noncontrolling interests, including depreciation and amortization expense as well as earnings for certain plants within Targa’s WestTX joint venture not subject to noncontrolling interest accounting.(2)
Litigation and environmental reserves includes charges related to specific litigation and environmental compliance matters that are nonrecurring in nature and outside the ordinary course of our business and/or not reflective of our ongoing core operations. We may incur such charges from time to time, and we believe it is useful to exclude these charges as we do not consider them reflective of our ongoing core operations.(3)
Excludes amortization recognized in interest expense.(4)
Represents capital expenditures, net of any reimbursements of project costs and contributions from noncontrolling interests, and includes contributions to investments in unconsolidated affiliates. The following table presents a reconciliation of estimated net income of the Company to estimated adjusted EBITDA for 2026:
2026E
(In millions)
Reconciliation of Estimated Net Income Attributable to Targa Resources Corp. to
Estimated Adjusted EBITDA
Net income attributable to Targa Resources Corp.$2,285.0 Interest expense, net 945.0 Income tax expense 680.0 Depreciation and amortization expense 1,785.0 Equity earnings (30.0) Distributions from unconsolidated affiliates 30.0 Compensation on equity grants 80.0 Risk management activities and other 20.0 Noncontrolling interests adjustments (1) 5.0 Estimated Adjusted EBITDA
$5,800.0 (1)Represents adjustments related to the Company’s subsidiaries with noncontrolling interests, including depreciation and amortization expense as well as earnings for certain plants within Targa’s WestTX joint venture not subject to noncontrolling interest accounting.
Regulation FD Disclosures
The Company uses any of the following to comply with its disclosure obligations under Regulation FD: press releases, SEC filings, public conference calls, or the Company’s website. The Company routinely posts important information on its website at www.targaresources.com, including information that may be deemed to be material. The Company encourages investors and others interested in the Company to monitor these distribution channels for material disclosures.
Forward-Looking Statements
Certain statements in this release are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All statements, other than statements of historical facts, included in this release that address activities, events or developments that the Company expects, believes or anticipates will or may occur in the future, are forward-looking statements, including statements regarding the Company’s projected financial performance, capital spending, payment of future dividends and stock repurchase activity. These forward-looking statements rely on a number of assumptions concerning future events and are subject to a number of uncertainties, factors and risks, many of which are outside the Company’s control, which could cause results to differ materially from those expected by management of the Company. Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, actions taken by other countries with significant hydrocarbon production, weather, political, economic and market conditions, including a decline in the price and market demand for natural gas, natural gas liquids and crude oil, the timing and success of the Company’s completion of capital projects and business development efforts, the expected growth of volumes on the Company’s systems, the impact of significant public health crises, commodity price volatility due to ongoing or new global conflicts, changes in laws and regulations, particularly with regard to taxes, tariffs and international trade, and other uncertainties. These and other applicable uncertainties, factors and risks are described more fully in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including its most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, and any subsequently filed Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K. The Company does not undertake an obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
Wrap Technologies má ve čtvrtek před otevřením trhu oznámit výsledky hospodaření za 2. čtvrtletí 2026. Analytici čekají ztrátu 0,1033 USD na akcii a tržby 1,609 mil. USD.
Wrap Technologies (NASDAQ:WRAP – Get Free Report) is expected to announce its Q2 2026 results before the market opens on Thursday, August 13th. Analysts expect Wrap Technologies to post earnings of ($0.1033) per share and revenue of $1.6090 million for the quarter. Interested persons may visit the the company’s upcoming Q2 2026 earning overview page for the latest details on the call scheduled for Tuesday, August 11, 2026 at 4:30 PM ET.
Wrap Technologies (NASDAQ:WRAP – Get Free Report) last issued its earnings results on Wednesday, May 13th. The company reported ($0.09) EPS for the quarter, topping the consensus estimate of ($0.10) by $0.01. Wrap Technologies had a negative return on equity of 115.68% and a negative net margin of 270.03%.The company had revenue of $1.11 million during the quarter, compared to analyst estimates of $1.61 million.
Wrap Technologies Price Performance Shares of WRAP opened at $1.93 on Thursday. The business’s fifty day moving average price is $1.58 and its 200 day moving average price is $1.65. Wrap Technologies has a 12-month low of $1.04 and a 12-month high of $3.23. The stock has a market capitalization of $107.58 million, a PE ratio of -6.43 and a beta of 1.34.
Insider Activity In other Wrap Technologies news, Director John D. Shulman bought 100,000 shares of the company’s stock in a transaction that occurred on Wednesday, July 8th. The shares were acquired at an average cost of $1.10 per share, for a total transaction of $110,000.00. Following the acquisition, the director directly owned 199,037 shares of the company’s stock, valued at $218,940.70. This trade represents a 100.97% increase in their ownership of the stock. The purchase was disclosed in a document filed with the SEC, which is available through this link. 33.26% of the stock is owned by corporate insiders.
Hedge Funds Weigh In On Wrap Technologies Hedge funds have recently modified their holdings of the stock. XTX Topco Ltd acquired a new stake in shares of Wrap Technologies during the second quarter worth $32,000. Osaic Holdings Inc. lifted its position in shares of Wrap Technologies by 13.6% in the 2nd quarter. Osaic Holdings Inc. now owns 53,708 shares of the company’s stock valued at $84,000 after acquiring an additional 6,442 shares in the last quarter. Vanguard Group Inc. boosted its stake in Wrap Technologies by 6.3% in the 3rd quarter. Vanguard Group Inc. now owns 1,660,908 shares of the company’s stock worth $3,604,000 after purchasing an additional 98,782 shares during the period. Squarepoint Ops LLC grew its position in Wrap Technologies by 45.3% during the 3rd quarter. Squarepoint Ops LLC now owns 50,209 shares of the company’s stock worth $109,000 after purchasing an additional 15,650 shares in the last quarter. Finally, Raymond James Financial Inc. raised its stake in Wrap Technologies by 6.0% during the 3rd quarter. Raymond James Financial Inc. now owns 646,853 shares of the company’s stock valued at $1,404,000 after purchasing an additional 36,429 shares during the period. 8.82% of the stock is currently owned by institutional investors and hedge funds.
Wall Street Analysts Forecast Growth WRAP has been the subject of several recent research reports. Wall Street Zen lowered Wrap Technologies from a “hold” rating to a “sell” rating in a report on Saturday, May 16th. Weiss Ratings downgraded shares of Wrap Technologies from a “sell (d-)” rating to a “sell (e+)” rating in a report on Monday, May 18th. One equities research analyst has rated the stock with a Sell rating, Based on data from MarketBeat.com, the stock presently has a consensus rating of “Sell”.
Get Our Latest Analysis on Wrap Technologies
About Wrap Technologies (Get Free Report)
Wrap Technologies, Inc (NASDAQ: WRAP) is a designer and manufacturer of less-lethal restraint devices aimed at law enforcement and security professionals. Its flagship product, the BolaWrap®, is a handheld remote restraint tool that deploys a Kevlar-reinforced cord to safely immobilize individuals from a distance of up to 25 feet. The system is engineered to support de-escalation tactics and reduce reliance on physical force in high-risk encounters.
Based in Scottsdale, Arizona, Wrap Technologies oversees product development, testing and training at its headquarters.
Featured Stories Five stocks we like better than Wrap Technologies SpaceX: Love the Company, But the Stock Is a Harder Call Ulta’s Growth Is Real, But So Are the Risks BWX Technologies Is Turning the AI Power Problem Into a Nuclear Growth Story Meta’s Earnings Drop Shows Wall Street Wants More Than Ad Growth
Receive News & Ratings for Wrap Technologies Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for Wrap Technologies and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINEGambling.com Group (GAMB) Projected to Announce Earnings on Thursday
NEXT HEADLINE »VolitionRX (VNRX) to Release Quarterly Earnings on Thursday
Amundi boosted its stake in shares of The Western Union Company (NYSE:WU – Free Report) by 1,179.5% in the 1st quarter, according to the company in its most recent disclosure with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The institutional investor owned 576,465 shares of the credit services provider’s stock after acquiring an additional 531,412 shares during the quarter. Amundi owned 0.18% of Western Union worth $5,033,000 at the end of the most recent reporting period.
A number of other large investors also recently bought and sold shares of the stock. Parvin Asset Management LLC grew its position in Western Union by 56.1% during the first quarter. Parvin Asset Management LLC now owns 16,625 shares of the credit services provider’s stock valued at $145,000 after buying an additional 5,975 shares during the period. EverSource Wealth Advisors LLC boosted its stake in shares of Western Union by 23.2% during the 1st quarter. EverSource Wealth Advisors LLC now owns 8,020 shares of the credit services provider’s stock worth $70,000 after acquiring an additional 1,509 shares in the last quarter. California State Teachers Retirement System boosted its stake in shares of Western Union by 18.3% during the 1st quarter. California State Teachers Retirement System now owns 383,223 shares of the credit services provider’s stock worth $3,346,000 after acquiring an additional 59,318 shares in the last quarter. Royal Bank of Canada grew its position in shares of Western Union by 28.5% during the 1st quarter. Royal Bank of Canada now owns 1,922,728 shares of the credit services provider’s stock valued at $16,785,000 after acquiring an additional 426,939 shares during the period. Finally, Empowered Funds LLC grew its position in shares of Western Union by 76.8% during the 1st quarter. Empowered Funds LLC now owns 57,621 shares of the credit services provider’s stock valued at $503,000 after acquiring an additional 25,030 shares during the period. 91.81% of the stock is owned by institutional investors and hedge funds.
Wall Street Analyst Weigh In A number of equities analysts recently weighed in on the company. Wolfe Research reaffirmed an “underperform” rating and issued a $8.00 price target on shares of Western Union in a report on Friday, July 31st. Cantor Fitzgerald cut their price objective on Western Union from $8.00 to $7.00 and set an “underweight” rating for the company in a research report on Monday. JPMorgan Chase & Co. reduced their target price on Western Union from $9.00 to $8.00 and set an “underweight” rating for the company in a research note on Monday, July 13th. Weiss Ratings upgraded Western Union from a “sell (d+)” rating to a “hold (c-)” rating in a research report on Monday. Finally, Barclays dropped their price target on shares of Western Union from $7.00 to $6.00 and set an “underweight” rating on the stock in a research note on Friday, July 31st. Seven research analysts have rated the stock with a Hold rating and six have issued a Sell rating to the company. According to data from MarketBeat.com, Western Union has a consensus rating of “Reduce” and an average price target of $7.55.
Check Out Our Latest Research Report on WU
Western Union Stock Performance NYSE WU opened at $7.23 on Thursday. The company has a debt-to-equity ratio of 2.95, a current ratio of 1.12 and a quick ratio of 1.12. The stock’s 50 day simple moving average is $7.72 and its 200-day simple moving average is $8.69. The company has a market cap of $2.26 billion, a PE ratio of 5.88, a price-to-earnings-growth ratio of 1.26 and a beta of 0.47. The Western Union Company has a 1-year low of $6.27 and a 1-year high of $10.35.
Western Union (NYSE:WU – Get Free Report) last posted its quarterly earnings data on Thursday, July 30th. The credit services provider reported $0.31 EPS for the quarter, missing the consensus estimate of $0.42 by ($0.11). The firm had revenue of $1.01 billion during the quarter, compared to analyst estimates of $1.02 billion. Western Union had a net margin of 9.79% and a return on equity of 50.89%. The firm’s revenue for the quarter was down 1.3% compared to the same quarter last year. During the same period in the prior year, the company posted $0.37 earnings per share. Western Union has set its FY 2026 guidance at 1.250-1.350 EPS. As a group, equities research analysts anticipate that The Western Union Company will post 1.29 EPS for the current fiscal year.
Western Union Announces Dividend The business also recently announced a quarterly dividend, which will be paid on Wednesday, September 30th. Stockholders of record on Wednesday, September 16th will be issued a dividend of $0.235 per share. This represents a $0.94 annualized dividend and a dividend yield of 13.0%. The ex-dividend date is Wednesday, September 16th. Western Union’s payout ratio is currently 76.42%.
Western Union Profile (Free Report)
Western Union Company (NYSE: WU) is a global leader in cross-border, cross-currency money movement and payments. The company enables individuals and businesses to send and receive money through a variety of channels, including its vast agent network, online platforms, and mobile applications. Core services include person-to-person money transfers, business-to-business cross-border payments, bill payment services and prepaid card programs.
Through its digital offerings, Western Union provides customers with the ability to initiate transfers via its website and mobile app, as well as track transactions in real time.
Further Reading Five stocks we like better than Western Union SpaceX: Love the Company, But the Stock Is a Harder Call Ulta’s Growth Is Real, But So Are the Risks BWX Technologies Is Turning the AI Power Problem Into a Nuclear Growth Story Meta’s Earnings Drop Shows Wall Street Wants More Than Ad Growth Want to see what other hedge funds are holding WU? Visit HoldingsChannel.com to get the latest 13F filings and insider trades for The Western Union Company (NYSE:WU – Free Report).
Receive News & Ratings for Western Union Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for Western Union and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINEHashdex Nasdaq Crypto Index US ETF $NCIQ Shares Acquired by Archer Investment Management LLC
NEXT HEADLINE »HealthEquity, Inc. $HQY Shares Purchased by Amundi
ČEZ má za 2Q 2026 vykázat pokles EBITDA o 12,3 % na 27,1 mld. Kč kvůli nižším cenám elektřiny. Očištěný čistý zisk má ale stoupnout na 8 mld. Kč díky absenci loňské windfall tax.
ČEZ v úterý 11. srpna před otevřením trhu zveřejní výsledky hospodaření za 2Q 2026, resp. 1H 2026. Konferenční hovor s managementem společnosti bude následovat od 16h.
Pozn.: Čistý zisk a zisk na akcii jsou očištěné o mimořádné nehotovostní vlivy
I ve druhém letošním kvartále by měl pokračovat, zejména kvůli nižším prodejním cenám silové elektřiny, trend meziročních poklesů na provozní úrovni hospodaření. Na druhou stranu čistá ziskovost podle našich odhadů opět vykáže, pod vlivem absence mimořádného zdanění, meziroční zlepšení.
Predikujeme meziroční pokles provozního zisku EBITDA o 12,3 % na 27,1 mld. Kč. Hlavní důvod tohoto poklesu vidíme stále v nižších prodejních cenách silové elektřiny. Propad realizačních cen z loňských 121 EUR na námi odhadovaných cca 104 EUR/MWh je významný, jeho negativní dopad do provozní ziskovosti vyčíslujeme kolem úrovně 4 mld. Kč. Mezi negativní faktory v rámci letošního 2Q řadíme také tuzemský prodej, a to zejména maloobchod. Kombinace poměrně silné loňské srovnávací základny, vyšších tržních cen elektřiny a plynu promítajících se do rostoucích nákladů na pořízení komodit či absence loňských příznivých faktorů jednorázového charakteru bude z našeho pohledu vytvářet tlak na pokles provozní ziskovosti. EBITDA zisk z tuzemského retailového prodeje tak odhadujeme meziročně nižší o 0,5 – 0,8 mld. Kč na hladině 1 – 1,3 mld. Kč.
Stabilitu očekáváme od distribučního segmentu. U základního pilíře v podobě distribuce elektřiny sice konzervativně vidíme mírný meziroční pokles výkonnosti kvůli méně příznivému působení technických vlivů v podobě korekčních faktorů, nicméně v distribuci plynu očekáváme mix organické a akviziční dynamiky. Celkově by se tak EBITDA z distribuce podle našich odhadů mohla za 2Q 2026 vyhoupnout lehce přes 8 mld. Kč a téměř se tak vyrovnat loňské vysoké úrovni.
Zmíníme-li námi očekávané pozitivní faktory, tak z průběžně zveřejňovaných dat pozorujeme velmi solidní produkci z jaderných elektráren. Na úrovni celoroku ČEZ sice stále predikuje meziroční pokles výroby z jádra, ale za letošní 2Q vidíme vlivem meziročně odlišného harmonogramu odstávek nárůst produkce z Temelína a Dukovan o 6 % y/y na téměř 8 TWh. To podle našich odhadů podpoří EBITDA zisk ve výši kolem 1 mld. Kč. Příznivé tržní podmínky propisující se do atraktivnějšího spreadu mezi cenami elektřiny a emisních povolenek vytváří potenciál pro výraznější využití uhelných elektráren, potažmo pro lepší výkonnost z těžby uhlí. Celkově by tak uhlí dle našich predikcí mohlo meziročně přidat do provozní ziskovosti cca 0,4 mld. Kč.
Nepřekvapí-li pozitivně trading, pak kombinace nižších prodejních cen silové elektřiny a slabší výkonnosti v segmentu prodeje převáží nad výše zmíněnými příznivými vlivy, což povede k meziročně slabší provozní ziskovosti.
To by však nemělo platit na úrovni čistého zisku. Zde bude stěžejním pozitivním impulsem absence loňské „windfall tax“. Zatímco loni ČEZ na dani z příjmu (včetně mimořádné daně) zaplatil přes 10 mld. Kč, tak ve 2Q 2026 predikujeme daňový náklad pouze lehce přes 2 mld. Kč. To bude zásadní faktor, který dle naší predikce způsobí meziroční posun očištěného čistého zisku z loňských 4 mld. Kč na 8 mld. Kč.
Naše aktuální prognóza letošní EBITDA, resp. čisté ziskovosti je posazena na hladině 113,9 mld. Kč, resp. 35 mld. Kč. To by značilo pokles z loňských silných 137 mld. Kč, resp. růst z 28,1 mld. Kč.
ČEZ je prozatím ve svých predikcích o něco konzervativnější. EBITDA zisk odhaduje do rozmezí 107 – 112 mld. Kč, čistou ziskovost pak do intervalu 30 – 34 mld. Kč.
Akcie ČEZ (BAACEZ) na pražské burze oslabují o 0,88 % na 1357 Kč, na RM-SYSTÉMu klesají o 0,22 % na 1364 Kč.
First Advantage ve 2. čtvrtletí zvýšila tržby na 448,8 mil. USD a čistý zisk na 16,9 mil. USD. Zároveň zvedla celoroční výhled tržeb na 1,67–1,71 mld. USD.
Posts Record Quarter and Raises Full Year 2026 Guidance
Second Quarter 2026 Highlights1
Revenues of $448.8 million (14.9% growth year-over-year)Net income of $16.9 million (3.8% margin); Diluted net income per share of $0.10Adjusted EBITDA of $128.5 million (28.6% margin)Adjusted Net Income of $61.4 million; Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share of $0.35Cash Flows from Operations of $73.6 millionSubsequent to the end of the quarter, voluntary debt prepayment of $45 million made on August 4, in addition to $25 million prepayment made on May 6$18.7 million in shares repurchased under $100 million share repurchase program
Raising Full Year 2026 Guidance
Raising full year 2026 guidance ranges for Revenues of $1.67 billion to $1.71 billion, Adjusted EBITDA of $472 million to $486 million, Adjusted Net Income of $214 million to $225 million, and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share of $1.23 to $1.292
ATLANTA, Aug. 06, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- First Advantage Corporation (NASDAQ: FA), a global software and data company, today announced financial results for the second quarter ended June 30, 2026.
Key Financials
(Amounts in millions, except per share data and percentages)
Three Months Ended June 30,2026 2025 ChangeRevenues$448.8 $390.6 14.9%Net income$16.9 $0.3 NM Net income margin 3.8% 0.1% NA Diluted net income per share$0.10 $0.00 NM Adjusted EBITDA1$128.5 $113.9 12.8%Adjusted EBITDA Margin1 28.6% 29.2% NA Adjusted Net Income1$61.4 $47.0 30.8%Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share1$0.35 $0.27 29.6% 1 Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Adjusted Net Income, and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share are non-GAAP measures. Please see the end of this earnings release for definitions and schedules with reconciliations of these measures to their most directly comparable respective GAAP measures.
Note: "NA" indicates not applicable information; "NM" indicates not meaningful information.
“Our outstanding second quarter performance, highlighted by 15% year-over-year revenue growth and exceptional per share earnings growth, demonstrated the strength of our AI-driven proprietary technology platform and our continued go-to-market momentum. In addition to our team’s excellent execution, our results benefited from sustained momentum driven by our recent large contract wins and continued improvement in base revenue performance. We further showcased the agility, flexibility, and scalability of our operations by seamlessly absorbing increased volumes and continuing to enable our customers to hire with speed and confidence,” said Scott Staples, Chief Executive Officer.
“We continue to see increased customer demand across a number of our verticals, including in transportation & logistics, retail & e-commerce, industrials & manufacturing, and general staffing. We outpaced our previously stated expectations for the quarter as well as our long-term revenue growth algorithm target, supported by exceptional base growth, upsell and cross-sell outperformance, consistent new logo wins, including 20 enterprise bookings in the quarter, and healthy customer retention. As we mark the fifth anniversary of our IPO, we continue to win with our differentiated suite of products, including Digital Identity, underpinned by our proprietary data sets, deep customer relationships, and focused FA 5.0 strategy,” Staples concluded.
Raising Full Year 2026 Guidance
“We are progressing toward our long-term financial targets, with revenue growth, Adjusted EBITDA Margins, and robust cash flow reflecting the consistency and durability of our business. We continue to deploy capital in a balanced and disciplined manner, with a focus on deleveraging, as reflected by our previously announced $25 million debt prepayment during the quarter and an additional, upsized $45 million prepayment subsequent to quarter-end. We also repurchased $18.7 million of common stock during the quarter under our $100 million share repurchase program, with total repurchases through July 31, 2026 of $38.2 million, or approximately 1.9% of total shares outstanding,” said Steven Marks, Chief Financial Officer. “In view of our strong year-to-date performance, current labor market trends, and our confidence in our outlook for the remainder of the year, we are raising our full year guidance.”
The following table summarizes our updated full year 2026 guidance.
Updated Guidance
As of August 6, 2026Prior Guidance
As of May 7, 2026Revenues$1,670 million – $1,710 million$1,625 million – $1,700 millionAdjusted EBITDA2$472 million – $486 million$460 million – $485 millionAdjusted Net Income2$214 million – $225 million$200 million – $220 millionAdjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share2$1.23 – $1.29$1.15 – $1.25 2 A reconciliation of the foregoing guidance for the non-GAAP metrics of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income to GAAP net income and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share to GAAP diluted net income per share cannot be provided without unreasonable effort because of the inherent difficulty of accurately forecasting the occurrence and financial impact of the various adjusting items necessary for such reconciliation that have not yet occurred, are out of our control, or cannot be reasonably predicted. For the same reasons, the Company is unable to assess the probable significance of the unavailable information, which could have a material impact on its future GAAP financial results.
Actual results may differ materially from First Advantage’s full year 2026 guidance as a result of, among other things, the factors described under “Forward-Looking Statements” below.
Conference Call and Webcast Information
First Advantage will host a conference call to review its second quarter 2026 results today, August 6, 2026, at 8:30 a.m. ET.
To participate in the conference call, please dial 800-274-8461 (domestic) or 203-518-9814 (international) approximately ten minutes before the 8:30 a.m. ET start. Please mention to the operator that you are dialing in for the First Advantage second quarter 2026 earnings call or provide the conference code FA2Q26. The call will also be webcast live on the Company’s investor relations website at https://investors.fadv.com under the “News & Events” and then “Events & Presentations” section, where related presentation materials will be posted prior to the conference call.
Following the conference call, a replay of the webcast will be available on the Company’s investor relations website, https://investors.fadv.com. Alternatively, the live webcast and subsequent replay will be available at https://event.on24.com/wcc/r/5409234/68E3AC95DE943B08FC0B97F9AA813C80.
Forward-Looking Statements
This press release contains “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements reflect our current views with respect to, among other things, our operations and financial performance. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical facts. These forward-looking statements relate to matters such as our industry, business strategy, goals, and expectations concerning our market position, future operations, margins, profitability, capital expenditures, liquidity and capital resources, and other financial and operating information. In some cases, you can identify these forward-looking statements by the use of words such as “anticipate,” “assume,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “future,” “will,” “seek,” “foreseeable,” “target,” “guidance,” the negative version of these words, or similar terms and phrases.
These forward-looking statements are subject to various risks, uncertainties, assumptions, or changes in circumstances that are difficult to predict or quantify. Such risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the following:
the failure to realize the expected benefits of the Sterling Acquisition;adverse changes in external events beyond our control, including our customers’ onboarding volumes, economic drivers which are sensitive to macroeconomic cycles, such as interest rate volatility and inflation, geopolitical unrest, global trade disputes, uncertainty in financial markets, and changes in tax laws;our operations in a highly regulated industry and the fact that we are subject to numerous and evolving laws and regulations, including with respect to personal data, data security, and artificial intelligence ("AI");our inability to identify and successfully implement our growth strategies on a timely basis or at all;potential harm to our business, brand, and reputation as a result of security breaches, cyber-attacks, social, ethical, and legal issues relating to the use of new and evolving technologies, employee or other internal misconduct, computer viruses, or the mishandling of personal data;operating in a penetrated and competitive market;our reliance on third-party data providers;our sales to government entities and higher-tier contractors to governmental customers which involve unique competitive, procurement, budget, administrative and contractual risks;due to the sensitive and privacy-driven nature of our products and solutions, we could face liability and legal or regulatory proceedings, which could be costly and time-consuming to defend and may not be fully covered by insurance;our international business exposes us to a number of risks;real or perceived errors, failures, or bugs in our products could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and growth prospects;our ability to identify attractive targets or successfully complete such transactions;failure to comply with anti-corruption, economic and trade sanctions, and anti-money laundering laws and regulations;disruptions at our Operation Centers of Excellence and other operational sites;our contracts with our customers, which do not guarantee exclusivity or contracted volumes;the timing, manner and volume of repurchases of common stock pursuant to our share repurchase program;disruptions, outages, or other errors with our technology and network infrastructure, including our data centers, servers, and third-party cloud and internet providers and our migration to the cloud;the continued integration of our platforms and solutions with human resource providers such as applicant tracking systems and human capital management systems as well as our relationships with such human resource providers;risks relating to public opinion, which may be magnified by incidents or adverse publicity concerning our industry or operations;our reliance on third-party vendors to carry out certain portions of our operations;our dependence on the service of our key executives and other employees, and our ability to find and retain qualified employees;our ability to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce our intellectual property and other proprietary information;our ability to maintain, protect, and enforce the confidentiality of our trade secrets;the use of open-source software in our applications;seasonality in our operations from quarter to quarter;our indebtedness could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry, and prevent us from meeting our obligations;Silver Lake’s control of us and the potential conflict of its interest with ours or those of our stockholders; andchanging interpretations of tax laws. For additional information on these and other factors that could cause First Advantage’s actual results to differ materially from expected results, please see our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), as such factors may be updated from time to time in our filings with the SEC, which are or will be accessible on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. The forward-looking statements included in this press release are made only as of the date of this press release, and we undertake no obligation to publicly update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments, or otherwise, except as required by law.
Non-GAAP Financial Information
This press release contains “non-GAAP financial measures” that are financial measures that either exclude or include amounts that are not excluded or included in the most directly comparable measures calculated and presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). Specifically, we make use of the non-GAAP financial measures “Adjusted EBITDA,” “Adjusted EBITDA Margin,” “Adjusted Net Income,” and “Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share.”
Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Adjusted Net Income, and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share have been presented in this press release as supplemental measures of financial performance that are not required by or presented in accordance with GAAP because we believe they assist investors and analysts in comparing our operating performance across reporting periods on a consistent basis by excluding items that we do not believe are indicative of our core operating performance. Management believes these non-GAAP measures are useful to investors in highlighting trends in our operating performance, while other measures can differ significantly depending on long-term strategic decisions regarding capital structure, the tax jurisdictions in which we operate, and capital investments. Management uses Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Adjusted Net Income, and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share to supplement GAAP measures of performance in the evaluation of the effectiveness of our business strategies, to make budgeting decisions, to establish discretionary annual incentive compensation, and to compare our performance against that of other peer companies using similar measures. Management supplements GAAP results with non-GAAP financial measures to provide a more complete understanding of the factors and trends affecting the business than GAAP results alone.
Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA Margin, Adjusted Net Income, and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share are not recognized terms under GAAP and should not be considered as an alternative to net income as a measure of financial performance or cash provided by operating activities as a measure of liquidity, or any other performance measure derived in accordance with GAAP.
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, and as further adjusted for loss on extinguishment of debt, share-based compensation, transaction and acquisition-related charges, integration and restructuring charges, and other non-cash charges. We define Adjusted EBITDA Margin as Adjusted EBITDA divided by total revenues. We define Adjusted Net Income for a particular period as net income before taxes adjusted for debt-related costs, acquisition-related depreciation and amortization, share-based compensation, transaction and acquisition-related charges, integration and restructuring charges, and other non-cash charges, to which we then apply the related effective tax rate. We define Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share as Adjusted Net Income divided by adjusted weighted average number of shares outstanding—diluted.
For reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP measures, see the reconciliations included at the end of this press release.
The presentations of these measures have limitations as analytical tools and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because not all companies use identical calculations, the presentations of these measures may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies and can differ significantly from company to company.
Certain monetary amounts, percentages, and other figures have been subject to rounding adjustments. Percentage amounts have not in all cases been calculated on the basis of such rounded figures, but on the basis of such amounts prior to rounding. For this reason, percentage amounts may vary from those obtained by performing the same calculations using the figures in our press release. Certain other amounts that appear in this press release may not sum due to rounding.
About First Advantage
First Advantage (NASDAQ: FA) is a global software and data company. We provide comprehensive, end-to-end identity solutions, criminal background screening, credential verifications, drug and health screening, and continuous risk monitoring. Combining AI-powered proprietary technology platforms with proprietary data, primary source data, and third-party data, we help organizations hire with confidence and manage risk across the entire employee lifecycle. With over 80,000 customers worldwide – including approximately two-thirds of the Fortune 100 – we deliver fast, comprehensive, and reliable solutions for employers, their candidates, and their employees. We conduct more than 200 million screens annually across over 200 countries and territories, supported by our verticalized go-to-market strategy, decades of experience, and proprietary databases containing over 1 billion records. For more information, please visit our website at https://fadv.com/.
First Advantage Corporation
Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Unaudited)
(in thousands, except share and par value amounts) June 30, 2026 December 31, 2025ASSETS CURRENT ASSETS Cash and cash equivalents $237,900 $239,998 Restricted cash 110 86 Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $7,792 and $8,084 at June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively) 309,282 297,281 Prepaid expenses and other current assets 26,472 15,323 Income tax receivable 7,282 9,010 Total current assets 581,046 561,698 Property and equipment, net 227,267 250,865 Goodwill 2,135,158 2,143,604 Intangible assets, net 785,062 857,111 Deferred tax asset, net 4,289 4,183 Other assets 14,424 16,341 TOTAL ASSETS $3,747,246 $3,833,802 LIABILITIES AND EQUITY CURRENT LIABILITIES Accounts payable $124,250 $109,888 Accrued compensation 55,432 60,537 Accrued liabilities 40,564 49,140 Current portion of operating lease liability 3,125 3,568 Income tax payable 1,319 2,298 Deferred revenues 5,251 5,028 Total current liabilities 229,941 230,459 Long-term debt (net of deferred financing costs of $30,756 and $34,498 at June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively) 2,033,781 2,080,039 Deferred tax liability, net 172,266 190,255 Operating lease liability, less current portion 4,155 5,525 Other liabilities 13,149 13,972 Total liabilities 2,453,292 2,520,250 EQUITY Common stock - $0.001 par value; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized, 171,571,364 and 174,190,461 shares issued and outstanding at June 30, 2026 and December 31, 2025, respectively 172 174 Additional paid-in-capital 1,541,000 1,528,315 Accumulated deficit (214,107) (194,632)Accumulated other comprehensive loss (33,111) (20,305)Total equity 1,293,954 1,313,552 TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY $3,747,246 $3,833,802 First Advantage Corporation
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
(Unaudited)
Three Months Ended June 30,(in thousands, except share and per share amounts) 2026 2025REVENUES $448,763 $390,633 OPERATING EXPENSES: Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation and amortization below) 244,771 207,841 Product and technology expense 27,265 25,676 Selling, general, and administrative expense 57,811 57,473 Depreciation and amortization 61,893 61,906 Total operating expenses 391,740 352,896 INCOME FROM OPERATIONS 57,023 37,737 OTHER EXPENSE, NET: Interest expense, net 31,608 44,785 Loss on extinguishment of debt 359 254 Total other expense, net 31,967 45,039 INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES 25,056 (7,302)Provision (benefit) for income taxes 8,142 (7,610)NET INCOME $16,914 $308 Foreign currency translation (loss) income (5,886) 14,384 COMPREHENSIVE INCOME $11,028 $14,692 NET INCOME $16,914 $308 Basic net income per share $0.10 $0.00 Diluted net income per share $0.10 $0.00 Weighted average number of shares outstanding - basic 171,747,641 173,288,662 Weighted average number of shares outstanding - diluted 173,225,170 175,069,451 First Advantage Corporation
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Unaudited) Six Months Ended June 30,(in thousands) 2026 2025CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES Net income (loss) $19,082 $(40,886)Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation and amortization 124,083 123,572 Loss on extinguishment of debt 733 254 Amortization of deferred financing costs 3,009 3,205 Bad debt expense (recovery) 792 (1,495)Deferred taxes (18,124) (26,965)Share-based compensation 9,670 13,709 Loss on disposal and impairment of long-lived assets 6,864 527 Change in fair value of interest rate swaps (8,172) 6,419 Changes in operating assets and liabilities: Accounts receivable (13,486) (13,033)Prepaid expenses and other assets (9,854) 1,878 Accounts payable 16,470 (12,049)Accrued compensation and accrued liabilities (7,452) 2,585 Deferred revenues 241 501 Operating lease liabilities 149 (155)Other liabilities (1,835) (308)Income taxes receivable and payable, net 857 (943)Net cash provided by operating activities 123,027 56,816 CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES Capitalized software development costs (28,075) (22,180)Purchases of property and equipment (7,464) (1,718)Other investing activities 2,028 82 Net cash used in investing activities (33,511) (23,816)CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES Repayments of First Lien Credit Facility (50,000) (20,462)Share repurchases (38,179) — Proceeds from issuance of common stock under share-based compensation plans 4,334 2,219 Net settlement of share-based compensation plan awards (1,318) (2,761)Cash dividends paid (79) (103)Net cash used in financing activities (85,242) (21,107)Effect of exchange rate on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash (6,348) 2,969 (Decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash (2,074) 14,862 Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of period 240,084 169,483 Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of period $238,010 $184,345 SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds received $26,457 $24,273 Cash paid for interest $69,327 $84,140 NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES: Property and equipment acquired on account $1,177 $426 Excise taxes on share repurchases incurred but not paid $381 $— Reconciliation of Consolidated Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Three Months Ended June 30,(in thousands, except percentages) 2026 2025Net income $16,914 $308 Interest expense, net 31,608 44,785 Provision (benefit) for income taxes 8,142 (7,610)Depreciation and amortization 61,893 61,906 Loss on extinguishment of debt 359 254 Share-based compensation(a) 5,240 5,742 Transaction and acquisition-related charges(b) 497 2,390 Integration, restructuring, and other charges(c) 3,868 6,171 Adjusted EBITDA $128,521 $113,946 Revenues 448,763 390,633 Net income margin 3.8% 0.1%Adjusted EBITDA Margin 28.6% 29.2% (a)Share-based compensation for the three months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, includes approximately $0.1 million and $1.8 million, respectively, of incrementally recognized expense associated with the May 2023 modification of the vesting terms of outstanding unvested and unearned performance-based options, restricted stock units, and restricted stock awards.(b)Represents charges incurred related to acquisitions and similar transactions, primarily consisting of change in control-related costs, professional service fees, and other third-party costs. Transaction and acquisition related charges for the three months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, include approximately $0.3 million and $2.3 million, respectively, of expense associated with the Sterling Acquisition.(c)Represents charges from organizational restructuring and integration activities, non-cash, and other charges primarily related to nonrecurring legal exposures, foreign currency (gains) losses, (gains) losses on the sale of assets, and other non-recurring items. Integration, restructuring, and other charges for the three months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, include approximately $2.2 million and $3.7 million, respectively, of expense associated with the integration of Sterling. Reconciliation of Consolidated Non-GAAP Financial Measures (continued)
Three Months Ended June 30,(in thousands) 2026 2025Net income $16,914 $308 Provision (benefit) for income taxes 8,142 (7,610)Income (loss) before provision for income taxes 25,056 (7,302)Debt-related charges(a) (1,632) 5,239 Acquisition-related depreciation and amortization(b) 49,877 50,885 Share-based compensation(c) 5,240 5,742 Transaction and acquisition-related charges(d) 497 2,390 Integration, restructuring, and other charges(e) 3,868 6,171 Adjusted Net Income before income tax effect 82,906 63,125 Less: Adjusted income taxes(f) 21,480 16,160 Adjusted Net Income $61,426 $46,965 Three Months Ended June 30, 2026 2025Diluted net income per share $0.10 $0.00 Adjusted Net Income adjustments per share Provision (benefit) for income taxes 0.05 (0.04)Debt-related charges(a) (0.01) 0.03 Acquisition-related depreciation and amortization(b) 0.29 0.29 Share-based compensation(c) 0.03 0.03 Transaction and acquisition related charges(d) 0.00 0.01 Integration, restructuring, and other charges(e) 0.01 0.04 Adjusted income taxes(f) (0.12) (0.09)Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share (Non-GAAP) $0.35 $0.27 Weighted average number of shares outstanding used in computation of Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share: Weighted average number of shares outstanding—diluted (GAAP and Non-GAAP) 173,225,170 175,069,451 (a)Represents the loss on extinguishment and non-cash interest expense associated with the amortization of debt issuance costs related to the refinancing of the Company’s First Lien Credit Facility. This adjustment also includes the impact of changes in fair value of interest rate swaps, which represents the difference between unrealized fair value gains or losses and actual cash payments and receipts on the interest rate swaps.(b)Represents the depreciation and amortization expense related to incremental intangible and developed technology assets recorded due to the application of ASC 805, Business Combinations. As a result, the purchase accounting related depreciation and amortization expense will recur in future periods until the related assets are fully depreciated or amortized, and the related purchase accounting assets may contribute to revenue generation.(c)Share-based compensation for the three months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, includes approximately $0.1 million and $1.8 million, respectively, of incrementally recognized expense associated with the May 2023 modification of the vesting terms of outstanding unvested and unearned performance-based options, restricted stock units, and restricted stock awards. (d)Represents charges incurred related to acquisitions and similar transactions, primarily consisting of change in control-related costs, professional service fees, and other third-party costs. Transaction and acquisition related charges for the three months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, include approximately $0.3 million and $2.3 million, respectively, of expense associated with the Sterling Acquisition.(e)Represents charges from organizational restructuring and integration activities, non-cash, and other charges primarily related to nonrecurring legal exposures, foreign currency (gains) losses, (gains) losses on the sale of assets, and other non-recurring items. Integration, restructuring, and other charges for the three months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, include approximately $2.2 million and $3.7 million, respectively, of expense associated with the integration of Sterling.(f)Effective tax rates of approximately 25.9% and 25.6% have been used to compute Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted Diluted Earnings Per Share for the three months ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively.
Odvětví správy investic má podle Zacks dobré vyhlídky díky růstu ETF, penzijních úspor, AI a alternativních investic. BlackRock, Ameriprise i Invesco z toho mohou těžit přes vyšší AUM a příjmy z poplatků.
The Zacks Investment Management industry is well-positioned for growth, supported by structural shifts in investor preferences, rapid technological advancements and expanding opportunities in alternative investments. Rising adoption of low-cost investment products, resilient retirement savings, AI-driven operational transformation, and increasing demand for private markets and digital assets are expected to drive higher assets under management (AUM), improve profitability and strengthen long-term growth prospects.
Against this backdrop, leading asset managers such as BlackRock, Ameriprise Financial and Invesco are well-placed to capitalize on these favorable industry trends through stronger client inflows, expanding fee-based revenues and enhanced operating efficiency.
About the IndustryThe Zacks Investment Management industry comprises companies that manage securities and funds for clients to meet specified investment goals. The companies earn by charging service fees or commissions. Investment managers, also called asset managers, manage hedge funds, mutual funds, private equity, venture capital and other financial investments for third parties.
By appointing an investment manager for one’s assets, investors get more diversification options than if they manage their assets independently. Investment managers invest their clients’ assets in different asset classes, depending on their needs and risk-taking abilities. Hence, the diversification, which investors get by appointing asset managers to manage their assets helps reduce the impacts of volatility and ensures steady returns over time.
3 Themes Influencing the Investment Management IndustryNet Inflows Supported by ETFs & Retirement Assets to Drive AUM Growth: The ongoing migration from traditional mutual funds to exchange-traded funds (ETFs) continues to reshape the asset management industry, as investors increasingly favor these products for their lower costs, tax efficiency, liquidity and broader range of investment strategies, particularly actively managed ETFs.
Retirement savings represent another resilient driver of industry growth. Unlike market-sensitive investment flows, vehicles like individual retirement accounts (IRAs) and 401(k) plans receive recurring employee and employer contributions, providing investment managers with a consistent stream of long-term capital across market cycles. The continued expansion of managed advisory accounts and wealth management services further strengthens this recurring flow of assets into professionally managed investment products.
These structural inflows are expected to provide a solid foundation for AUM growth, while favorable market performance can offer an additional tailwind through asset appreciation. As client portfolios expand through both new investments and higher market valuations, asset managers stand to benefit from rising fee-based revenues, given that management fees are largely calculated as a percentage of AUM. Consequently, sustained ETF adoption, steady retirement contributions and continued growth in advisory assets are likely to support higher AUM over the near to medium term.
AI-Led Digital Transformation to Enhance Efficiency: Asset managers are increasingly integrating AI and machine learning into investment research, portfolio construction, risk management, and compliance functions to process vast amounts of structured and unstructured data in real time. These technologies enable faster investment decisions, improve risk identification and uncover investment opportunities that traditional analytical methods may overlook, helping firms deliver stronger investment outcomes and remain competitive in an increasingly data-driven market.
Beyond investment management, AI is streamlining middle- and back-office operations by automating repetitive and time-intensive tasks, reducing manual intervention, improving operational accuracy and lowering administrative costs. As operating expenses decline, investment managers are expected to benefit from improved operating leverage and stronger profitability, even amid fee compression across traditional asset management products.
Generative AI is also reshaping client engagement and wealth management. Firms are embedding AI-powered assistants and personalized advisory tools into digital platforms to provide customized investment insights, portfolio recommendations and faster client service. These capabilities will enhance the overall investor experience, strengthen client retention and support new asset gathering by enabling advisors to serve a larger client base more efficiently.
Growing Demand for Alternatives to Support Growth: Rising investor demand for alternative investments is expected to remain a key growth driver for the industry. As investors seek greater diversification, higher risk-adjusted returns and stable income streams, allocations to private credit, private equity, infrastructure, real estate and hedge funds continue to increase. This trend presents a significant opportunity for asset managers to expand AUM and diversify revenue sources, as alternative products typically command higher management and performance fees than traditional investment products.
An emerging opportunity lies in digital assets and tokenized investment products as well. Improving regulatory clarity and rising investor acceptance are encouraging asset managers to expand their digital asset offerings, while tokenized funds are gaining traction for their ability to enhance liquidity, improve operational efficiency and broaden investor access through fractional ownership. As investment managers continue to strengthen their alternatives and digital capabilities, they are likely to attract higher client inflows, grow fee-generating AUM and enhance long-term profitability.
Zacks Industry Rank Indicates Bright ProspectsThe Zacks Investment Management industry is a 36-stock group within the broader Zacks Finance sector. The industry currently carries a Zacks Industry Rank #58, which places it at the top 24% of more than 250 Zacks industries.
The group’s Zacks Industry Rank, which is the average of the Zacks Rank of all the member stocks, indicates outperformance in the near term. Our research shows that the top 50% of the Zacks-ranked industries outperform the bottom 50% by a factor of more than two to one.
The industry’s positioning in the top 50% of the Zacks-ranked industries is because of an improving earnings outlook for the constituent companies in aggregate. The aggregate earnings estimate revisions show that analysts are gradually gaining confidence in this group’s growth potential. Since May 2026-end, the industry’s most recent earnings estimates for the current year have been revised marginally higher.
Thus, we present a few stocks from the industry that you may want to invest in for long-term gains. But before that, let us check out the industry’s recent stock market performance and valuation picture.
Industry vs. Broader Sector
In the past two years, the Zacks Investment Management industry has underperformed the S&P 500 Index and its sector. Stocks in the industry have collectively gained 12%, while the S&P 500 composite has rallied 50.9% and the Zacks Finance Sector has appreciated 42.2%.
Industry's Current ValuationOne might get a good sense of the industry’s relative valuation by looking at its price-to-tangible book ratio (P/TB), which is commonly used for valuing investment management companies because of large variations in their earnings from one quarter to the next.
The industry currently has a trailing 12-month P/TB of 3.98X. This compares with the highest level of 7.45X, the lowest level of 2.75X and the median of 4.48 over the past five years. The industry is trading at a significant discount compared with the market at large, as the trailing 12-month P/TB for the S&P 500 composite is 9.54X.
As finance stocks typically have a low P/TB ratio, comparing investment managers with the S&P 500 may not make sense to many investors. However, the comparison of the group’s P/TB ratio with that of its broader sector seems more meaningful.
When we compare the group’s P/TB ratio with the broader Finance sector, it seems the group is trading at a decent discount. The Zacks Finance sector’s trailing 12-month P/TB of 6.00X for the same period is above the Zacks Investment Management industry’s ratio.
3 Investment Management Stocks to BuyBlackRock: The New York, NY-based Zacks Rank #1 (Strong Buy) company is the largest asset manager (by assets) in the United States. The company’s broad product diversification, its revenue mix and a steadily improving AUM balance have been aiding the top line. As of June 30, 2026, BlackRock’s total AUM was a record $15.34 trillion.
BLK has been enhancing its competitive position through disciplined acquisitions and strategic partnerships that expand its capabilities across private markets, technology and investment solutions. Acquisitions, including those of Global Infrastructure Partners, HPS Investment Partners, Preqin, ElmTree Funds and SpiderRock, have significantly strengthened the firm’s presence in alternative assets, private credit, infrastructure, data analytics and customized wealth solutions, while complementing its Aladdin technology ecosystem.
Backed by a robust balance sheet and strong cash generation, the company remains well-positioned to pursue additional value-accretive acquisitions, supporting sustainable long-term growth and shareholder value creation.
Over the last five years (2020-2025), the company’s AUM witnessed a compound annual growth rate (CAGR) of 10.1%, supported by market appreciation, client inflows and acquisitions. Over the same period, its revenues (on a GAAP basis) saw a CAGR of 8.4%. The uptrend in revenues and AUM continued in the first half of 2026. Given its efforts to strengthen iShares and ETF operations, along with the company’s increased focus on the active equity business, AUM growth is expected to continue.
In the past six months, shares of BlackRock have gained 7.1%. Over the past seven days, the Zacks Consensus Estimate for the company’s 2026 earnings has been unchanged at $55.63 per share.
Ameriprise: Headquartered in Minneapolis, AMP provides financial planning and related services through its Advice & Wealth Management, Asset Management, and Retirement & Protection Solutions segments. As of June 30, 2026, the company’s total assets under management, administration and advisement were a record $1.81 trillion.
Over the last five years (ending 2025), the company’s net revenues (GAAP basis) saw a CAGR of 9.2% and AUM/AUA witnessed a CAGR of 9%. The uptrend in AUM/AUA and revenues continued in the first half of 2026. AMP is expanding AI capabilities across advisor workflows to enhance productivity, deepen client engagement and deliver more personalized financial advice, reinforcing its competitive edge. These initiatives, coupled with strong advisor recruitment, record adviser productivity, continued AUM/AUA growth and rising adoption of fee-based solutions, are expected to keep supporting consistent revenue expansion.
Ameriprise has consistently optimized its business portfolio to sharpen focus on higher-growth, fee-based businesses and improve long-term profitability. The acquisition of BMO Financial Group’s EMEA asset management business strengthened its global asset management franchise and diversified its geographic footprint, while the divestiture of the Ameriprise Auto & Home business enabled the company to concentrate on its core wealth and asset management operations. At the same time, Ameriprise Bank has become an increasingly important growth engine.
Since Ameriprise’s operations are majorly dependent on the performance of the equity markets and client activities, it benefited significantly during 2020 and the first couple of months of 2021 because of the coronavirus outbreak-induced market volatility. While markets began to normalize in second-quarter 2021, volatility increased again from 2022 due to several geopolitical and macroeconomic concerns. Although volatility is likely to persist for some time in the near term, aiding the company’s top-line growth, any significant change in client activity toward the negative side might hurt Ameriprise’s financials.
In the past six months, AMP shares have gained 2%. Over the past seven days, the Zacks Consensus Estimate for the company’s 2026 earnings has been revised marginally higher to $46.12. The company currently flaunts a Zacks Rank #1.
Invesco: Headquartered in Atlanta, IVZ operates as an independent investment manager and offers a wide range of investment products and services. As of June 30, 2026, it had AUM worth $2.47 trillion. While the company’s total AUM balance declined in 2022, the metric witnessed a CAGR of 10% in the last five years (ending 2025). The uptrend continued in the first half of 2026.
IVZ has been taking steps to constantly accelerate AUM growth. It continues to position QQQ around total cost of ownership, liquidity, scale and an entrenched shareholder base, with no immediate plans for fee reductions. These attributes help Invesco capture more economics from a large global franchise while extending the brand outside the United States. Also, Invesco's product pipeline remains active, with more than 50 new products launched year to date, including active ETFs, while partnerships with Barings and LGT Capital are aimed at expanding private wealth and defined contribution opportunities.
Invesco has been undertaking initiatives to improve operating efficiency. The company completed the sale of its Canadian fund management business in June, and formed a long-term subadvisory partnership. It also shifted its India partnership to a minority stake and subadvisor role, reducing operating expenses while retaining strategic exposure. These actions are occurring alongside the hybrid investment platform rollout, which remains on track for completion by the end of 2026.
Apart from a strong presence in the United States, Invesco maintains a solid foothold across the Asia Pacific and EMEA. As of June 30, 2026, Asia Pacific represented 15% of total AUM and EMEA represented 16%. The company generated net long-term inflows of $21.4 billion in Asia Pacific and $13.7 billion in EMEA in the first six months of 2026.
The China JV also reached record AUM of $163.2 billion and generated $19.2 billion in total net inflows. The acquisition of Europe-based Source, a leading, independent specialist provider of ETFs, continues to drive the company’s global presence. This geographic diversification gives Invesco multiple sources of demand as clients rebalance portfolios across regions, asset classes and channels.
In the past six months, IVZ shares have gained 19.3%. In the past seven days, the Zacks Consensus Estimate for the company’s 2026 earnings has been revised 1.1% higher to $2.81. Currently, Invesco sports a Zacks Rank #1. You can see the complete list of today’s Zacks #1 Rank stocks here.
Why Haven't You Looked at Zacks' Top Stocks?Since 2000, our top stock-picking strategies have blown away the S&P's +7.7% average gain per year. Amazingly, they soared with average gains of +48.4%, +50.2% and +56.7% per year.
Today you can access their live picks without cost or obligation.
See Stocks Free >>
Join us on Facebook: https://www.facebook.com/ZacksInvestmentResearch/
Zacks Investment Research is under common control with affiliated entities (including a broker-dealer and an investment adviser), which may engage in transactions involving the foregoing securities for the clients of such affiliates.
Past performance is no guarantee of future results. Inherent in any investment is the potential for loss. This material is being provided for informational purposes only and nothing herein constitutes investment, legal, accounting or tax advice, or a recommendation to buy, sell or hold a security. No recommendation or advice is being given as to whether any investment is suitable for a particular investor. It should not be assumed that any investments in securities, companies, sectors or markets identified and described were or will be profitable. All information is current as of the date of herein and is subject to change without notice. Any views or opinions expressed may not reflect those of the firm as a whole. Zacks Investment Research does not engage in investment banking, market making or asset management activities of any securities. These returns are from hypothetical portfolios consisting of stocks with Zacks Rank = 1 that were rebalanced monthly with zero transaction costs. These are not the returns of actual portfolios of stocks. The S&P 500 is an unmanaged index. Visit https://www.zacks.com/performance for information about the performance numbers displayed in this press release.
180 Wealth Advisors LLC ve 2. čtvrtletí snížila podíl v PNC o 19,4 % na 18 241 akcií. PNC zároveň oznámila vyšší čtvrtletní dividendu 2,00 USD na akcii z předchozích 1,70 USD.
180 Wealth Advisors LLC reduced its holdings in The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc (NYSE:PNC – Free Report) by 19.4% during the 2nd quarter, according to the company in its most recent Form 13F filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission. The institutional investor owned 18,241 shares of the financial services provider’s stock after selling 4,399 shares during the period. 180 Wealth Advisors LLC’s holdings in The PNC Financial Services Group were worth $4,491,000 as of its most recent filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Several other large investors also recently bought and sold shares of PNC. Monetary Solutions Ltd acquired a new stake in shares of The PNC Financial Services Group in the 4th quarter worth $25,000. Quarry LP acquired a new stake in The PNC Financial Services Group during the third quarter worth about $25,000. Modus Advisors LLC purchased a new position in The PNC Financial Services Group during the fourth quarter worth about $29,000. Financial Life Planners acquired a new position in The PNC Financial Services Group in the 1st quarter valued at about $31,000. Finally, Wilkerson Advisory Group LLC grew its stake in shares of The PNC Financial Services Group by 93.4% in the 1st quarter. Wilkerson Advisory Group LLC now owns 147 shares of the financial services provider’s stock valued at $31,000 after buying an additional 71 shares during the period. Hedge funds and other institutional investors own 83.53% of the company’s stock.
Analysts Set New Price Targets A number of research analysts recently commented on the company. Morgan Stanley upped their price objective on The PNC Financial Services Group from $267.00 to $278.00 and gave the company an “equal weight” rating in a report on Monday, June 29th. Stephens lifted their target price on The PNC Financial Services Group from $265.00 to $275.00 and gave the company an “overweight” rating in a research report on Thursday, July 16th. Oppenheimer increased their price target on The PNC Financial Services Group from $271.00 to $281.00 and gave the stock an “outperform” rating in a report on Thursday, July 16th. Barclays raised their price objective on The PNC Financial Services Group from $277.00 to $284.00 and gave the stock an “overweight” rating in a research report on Thursday, July 16th. Finally, Truist Financial upped their target price on shares of The PNC Financial Services Group from $257.00 to $264.00 and gave the company a “hold” rating in a research report on Thursday, July 16th. One analyst has rated the stock with a Strong Buy rating, seventeen have issued a Buy rating and four have given a Hold rating to the stock. According to MarketBeat, the stock has an average rating of “Moderate Buy” and an average price target of $265.73.
Check Out Our Latest Stock Report on The PNC Financial Services Group
The PNC Financial Services Group Stock Performance NYSE PNC opened at $255.29 on Thursday. The company has a debt-to-equity ratio of 1.29, a current ratio of 0.85 and a quick ratio of 0.84. The company has a market cap of $102.52 billion, a P/E ratio of 14.05, a P/E/G ratio of 1.01 and a beta of 0.91. The stock has a 50-day moving average of $242.23 and a two-hundred day moving average of $226.94. The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc has a 1-year low of $176.88 and a 1-year high of $256.49.
The PNC Financial Services Group (NYSE:PNC – Get Free Report) last issued its quarterly earnings results on Wednesday, July 15th. The financial services provider reported $4.85 earnings per share for the quarter, topping the consensus estimate of $4.46 by $0.39. The PNC Financial Services Group had a return on equity of 12.48% and a net margin of 21.41%.The company had revenue of $6.88 billion for the quarter, compared to the consensus estimate of $6.51 billion. During the same quarter in the prior year, the business earned $3.85 EPS. The PNC Financial Services Group’s revenue was up 21.4% on a year-over-year basis. As a group, analysts anticipate that The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc will post 19.25 EPS for the current year.
The PNC Financial Services Group Increases Dividend The business also recently disclosed a quarterly dividend, which was paid on Wednesday, August 5th. Shareholders of record on Monday, July 20th were issued a dividend of $2.00 per share. The ex-dividend date of this dividend was Monday, July 20th. This is an increase from The PNC Financial Services Group’s previous quarterly dividend of $1.70. This represents a $8.00 dividend on an annualized basis and a yield of 3.1%. The PNC Financial Services Group’s dividend payout ratio is 44.03%.
Insider Activity In related news, EVP Michael Duane Thomas sold 1,500 shares of the company’s stock in a transaction on Friday, June 12th. The shares were sold at an average price of $238.14, for a total value of $357,210.00. Following the completion of the sale, the executive vice president owned 5,059 shares in the company, valued at $1,204,750.26. This represents a 22.87% decrease in their position. The transaction was disclosed in a document filed with the Securities & Exchange Commission, which is available through the SEC website. Also, Director Andrew T. Feldstein sold 45,000 shares of the company’s stock in a transaction dated Tuesday, May 26th. The shares were sold at an average price of $220.57, for a total transaction of $9,925,650.00. Following the completion of the sale, the director directly owned 10,749 shares of the company’s stock, valued at $2,370,906.93. The trade was a 80.72% decrease in their ownership of the stock. Additional details regarding this sale are available in the official SEC disclosure. Insiders have sold 48,300 shares of company stock valued at $10,694,574 in the last ninety days. 0.38% of the stock is currently owned by company insiders.
The PNC Financial Services Group Profile (Free Report)
The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc is a diversified financial services company headquartered in Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania, offering a broad range of banking, lending, investment and wealth management services. PNC operates a national banking franchise with a significant retail branch network and dedicated capabilities for commercial, institutional and government clients. Its services are designed to serve individuals, small businesses, corporations and public sector entities across the United States.
PNC’s core business activities include consumer and business banking, residential mortgage lending, corporate and institutional banking, asset management and wealth advisory services.
Read More Five stocks we like better than The PNC Financial Services Group SpaceX: Love the Company, But the Stock Is a Harder Call Ulta’s Growth Is Real, But So Are the Risks BWX Technologies Is Turning the AI Power Problem Into a Nuclear Growth Story Meta’s Earnings Drop Shows Wall Street Wants More Than Ad Growth Want to see what other hedge funds are holding PNC? Visit HoldingsChannel.com to get the latest 13F filings and insider trades for The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc (NYSE:PNC – Free Report).
Receive News & Ratings for The PNC Financial Services Group Daily - Enter your email address below to receive a concise daily summary of the latest news and analysts' ratings for The PNC Financial Services Group and related companies with MarketBeat.com's FREE daily email newsletter.
« PREVIOUS HEADLINEGrowth Stocks To Consider – August 4th
NEXT HEADLINE »Social Media Stocks To Follow Now – August 4th
Newmark koupil německou společnost L+P Immobilienbewertungs GmbH a rozšířil tím oceňování a advisory v Evropě. Jde o čtvrtou akvizici v této divizi letos.
, /PRNewswire/ -- Newmark Group, Inc. (Nasdaq: NMRK) ("Newmark" or the "Company"), a leading commercial real estate advisor and service provider to large institutional investors, global corporations and other owners and occupiers, announces the acquisition of L+P Immobilienbewertungs GmbH ("L+P"), which will become part of Newmark's Valuation & Advisory business within Investor Solutions.
Founded more than 25 years ago, L+P has grown into one of Germany's most established full-service real estate valuation firms, with a team of more than 40 professionals serving institutional clients across Europe. The firm is recognized for its expertise across commercial, residential and specialized real estate, supported by deep local market knowledge and a long-standing reputation for high-quality valuations.
"Our focus always has been on delivering independent, reliable and high-quality valuation advice," said Dr. Helge Ludwig, Founder of L+P. "Joining Newmark allows us to combine that expertise with an international platform and complementary technology capabilities. Together, we can deliver greater value to clients while creating new opportunities for our people."
"L+P is an outstanding addition to Newmark and another important step in the expansion of our Valuation and Advisory business across Europe," said John Busi, President, Newmark Valuation & Advisory. "As our fourth Valuation & Advisory acquisition this year, it further strengthens our ability to support clients with market-leading expertise, technology-enabled capabilities and a growing international platform."
"The German market demands valuation expertise that combines technical rigor with decades of market experience," said Marcus Lütgering, Country Head, Germany at Newmark. "With L+P, we are adding a team that has been trusted for more than a quarter of a century to deliver precise, court-tested appraisals for investors, banks, fund initiators and public-sector clients. Together, we are further enhancing our ability to deliver greater value to investors, lenders and institutional clients."
The acquisition builds on Newmark's continued investment in Valuation & Advisory, including Catella Valuation Advisory in France, the Altus Group Canadian Appraisals business, and einwert, which joined Newmark in Germany earlier this year. Together, these investments strengthen Newmark's valuation capabilities across key international markets.
About Newmark
Newmark Group, Inc. (Nasdaq: NMRK), together with its subsidiaries ("Newmark"), is a world leader in commercial real estate, seamlessly powering every phase of the property life cycle. Newmark's comprehensive suite of services and products is uniquely tailored to each client, from owners to occupiers, investors to founders, and startups to blue-chip companies. Combining the platform's global reach with market intelligence in both established and emerging property markets, Newmark provides superior service to clients across the industry spectrum. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2026, Newmark generated revenues of more than $3.6 billion. As of June 30, 2026, Newmark and its business partners together operated from over 195 offices with more than 10,000 professionals across four continents. To learn more, visit nmrk.com or follow @newmark.
Discussion of Forward-Looking Statements about Newmark
Statements in this document regarding Newmark that are not historical facts are "forward-looking statements" that involve risks and uncertainties, which could cause actual results to differ from those contained in the forward-looking statements. These include statements about the Company's business, results, financial position, liquidity, and outlook, which may constitute forward-looking statements and are subject to the risk that the actual impact may differ, possibly materially, from what is currently expected. Except as required by law, Newmark undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statements. For a discussion of additional risks and uncertainties, which could cause actual results to differ from those contained in the forward-looking statements, see Newmark's Securities and Exchange Commission filings, including, but not limited to, the risk factors and Special Note on Forward-Looking Information set forth in these filings and any updates to such risk factors and Special Note on Forward-Looking Information contained in subsequent reports on Form 10-K, Form 10-Q or Form 8-K.
IPG Photonics ve 2. čtvrtletí zvýšila tržby na 279 milionů USD, meziročně o 11 %, už potřetí v řadě dvouciferně. Růst táhly průmyslové systémy, hlavně svařování pro výrobu baterií.
IPG Photonics (NASDAQ:IPGP) reported second-quarter 2026 revenue of $279 million, up 11% from a year earlier and representing its third consecutive quarter of double-digit year-over-year sales growth. Revenue exceeded the midpoint of the company’s guidance, while bookings improved and book-to-bill remained above one, according to management.
CEO Mark Gitin said growth was led by industrial solutions, particularly welding applications tied to battery manufacturing. The company also cited contributions from cleaning and additive manufacturing, while advanced solutions improved sequentially on demand from semiconductor customers.
“Growth in both revenue and bookings points to sustained demand for our products across our end markets,” Gitin said.
Industrial Growth Led by Battery Welding Industrial solutions revenue increased 16% year over year and 4% sequentially in the second quarter. CFO Tim Mammen attributed the annual increase to growth in welding, marking, cleaning and additive manufacturing, while the sequential gain was driven primarily by welding and cleaning.
Management said demand in battery manufacturing remained strong across electric-vehicle and stationary-storage applications. Gitin said stationary storage is increasingly being supported by data-center energy requirements associated with artificial intelligence, as well as grid stability needs tied to solar and other renewable-energy sources.
The company said its battery-related wins have been supported by its Adjustable Mode Beam lasers, beam-delivery technology and real-time process monitoring capabilities. Gitin said those offerings have helped IPG secure recent business with two major global automotive manufacturers.
Additive manufacturing revenue also grew significantly from the prior year. Gitin said IPG’s latest laser products can raise process speeds by roughly 1.5 to two times in certain applications, which the company said can improve customer productivity and lower the total cost per part. The company is working with OEM customers to expand additive manufacturing beyond its traditional aerospace and defense uses into areas including medical and consumer devices.
Sales of emerging growth products represented 58% of total second-quarter revenue, up from 53% in the first quarter. Mammen said the increase was driven by strong growth in lasers and solutions for battery manufacturing processes.
Advanced Solutions Shows Semiconductor Momentum Advanced solutions revenue declined 9% year over year, as growth in semiconductor applications was offset by lower micromachining and defense revenue. However, the segment increased 10% sequentially, supported by semiconductor growth and an improvement in micromachining applications.
Gitin said the company is gaining business with large semiconductor-equipment manufacturers in lithography, metrology and inspection applications. He said IPG is working with customers on product design and development opportunities as demand rises for GPUs and high-bandwidth memory chips used in AI-related applications.
In defense, IPG began shipping Lockheed Martin’s order for its CROSSBOW directed-energy system during the second quarter and expects to ship additional units in the third quarter. Gitin said the company recently demonstrated CROSSBOW at White Sands Missile Range and that the system has undergone testing in domestic and overseas environments.
Management said it sees potential for the system in military and civilian infrastructure applications, citing the need for cost-effective countermeasures against Group 1 and Group 2 drones.
Medical Acquisition and Business Outlook On July 16, IPG entered into a binding offer to acquire Lumibird Medical, which provides diagnostic and treatment systems for ophthalmology. The company expects the transaction to close in the fourth quarter of 2026.
Gitin said the acquisition would expand IPG’s advanced solutions business into medical markets, combine its urology business with Lumibird Medical’s ophthalmology operations, and increase the company’s addressable medical market by approximately $1 billion. IPG expects the deal to be accretive to gross margin, EBITDA and adjusted earnings per share in its first year.
Separately, management said medical bookings and backlog remain strong, with shipments expected to increase during the second half of 2026. Gitin said the company expects its existing medical business, currently representing roughly 7% to 8% of revenue according to comments on the call, to more than double over the next two to three years. New product approvals and introductions are planned for 2026 and 2027.
Margins, Cash Position and Third-Quarter Guidance GAAP gross margin was 40.4%, while adjusted gross margin was 40.7%, above the company’s guidance range. Results included approximately $4.7 million in tariff refunds, contributing about 170 basis points to gross margin. Lower inventory provisions and product costs also helped margins, though Mammen said manufacturing cost absorption remains below the company’s medium-term target.
GAAP operating income was $5 million, and GAAP diluted earnings per share were $0.12. Adjusted operating income was $24 million, while adjusted diluted earnings per share were $0.58. Adjusted EBITDA totaled $49 million. The company ended the quarter with $871 million in cash equivalents and short-term investments, $33 million in long-term investments and no debt. Cash flow from operations was $38 million, while capital expenditures were $21 million during the quarter. IPG maintained its full-year capital-expenditure outlook of $90 million to $100 million, including spending for a major fiber manufacturing facility in Germany.
For the third quarter, the company forecast revenue of $265 million to $295 million, adjusted gross margin of 37.5% to 40.5%, and adjusted diluted earnings per share of $0.30 to $0.60. The outlook incorporates an estimated tariff impact of about 150 basis points on adjusted gross margin. IPG expects third-quarter adjusted EBITDA of $35 million to $51 million.
Mammen said the company expects operating expenses to rise modestly as it continues investing in growth initiatives, while management continues to pursue product-cost reductions, manufacturing-efficiency improvements and pricing optimization in differentiated applications.
About IPG Photonics (NASDAQ:IPGP) IPG Photonics Corporation is a global leader in the design and manufacture of high-performance fiber lasers and amplifiers used in industrial, medical, scientific, and telecommunications applications. The company’s core products include ytterbium and erbium fiber lasers, diode lasers, and fiber amplifiers that deliver high power and efficiency for precision cutting, welding, marking, and engraving. IPG’s systems are engineered to optimize process speed, reliability, and energy consumption, making them a preferred choice for advanced manufacturing environments.
In addition to stand-alone laser sources, IPG offers turnkey laser systems and integrated solutions tailored to sectors such as automotive, electronics, aerospace, additive manufacturing, and life sciences.
HubSpot, Inc. (HUBS) Q2 2026 Earnings Call August 5, 2026 4:30 PM EDT
Company Participants
Geoff Koegler
Yamini Rangan - CEO, President and Director
Kathryn Bueker - CFO & Treasurer
Conference Call Participants
Samad Samana - Jefferies LLC, Research Division
Rishi Jaluria - RBC Capital Markets, Research Division
Brian Peterson - Raymond James & Associates, Inc., Research Division
Eamon Coughlin - Barclays Bank PLC, Research Division
Giancarlo Valle - Truist Securities, Inc., Research Division
Gabriela Borges - Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Research Division
Ivan Radojicic - Wolfe Research, LLC
Jackson Ader - KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., Research Division
Sitikantha Panigrahi - Mizuho Securities USA LLC, Research Division
J. Lane - Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, Research Division
Presentation
Operator
Good day, everyone. My name is Lenius, and I will be your conference operator today. At this time, I would like to welcome you to HubSpot's Second Quarter 2026 Earnings Call. [Operator Instructions] At this time, I would like to turn the call over to Vice President, Investor Relations, Geoff Koegler. Please go ahead.
Geoff Koegler
Thanks, operator. Good afternoon, and welcome to HubSpot's Second Quarter 2026 Earnings Conference Call. Today, we'll be discussing the results announced in the press release we issued this afternoon. With me on the call this afternoon is Yamini Rangan, our Chief Executive Officer; Dharmesh Shah, our Co-Founder and CTO; and Kate Bueker, our Chief Financial Officer.
Before we start, I'd like to draw your attention to the safe harbor statement included in today's press release. During this call, we'll make forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws that are subject to risks and uncertainties, including statements regarding our financial guidance for the third fiscal quarter and full year 2026, future financial performance, business outlook and strategy.
These statements reflect our views only as of today and, except as required by law, we
Nintendo za 1. fiskální čtvrtletí překonalo odhady tržeb i čistého zisku, i když prodeje Switch 2 meziročně klesly o 34,4 % na 3,82 milionu kusů. Firma potvrdila celoroční výhled tržeb na 2,05 bilionu jenů.
Nintendo reported fiscal first-quarter earnings on Thursday, beating analysts' revenue and profit estimates, even as its Switch 2 console sales saw a sharp decline.
Here's how Nintendo did in its fiscal first quarter ended June 30, compared with LSEG median estimates:
Revenue: 517.8 billion Japanese yen ($3.28 billion) versus 444.96 billion yen expected.Net profit: 147.4 billion yen versus 78.30 billion yen expected. Shares of the Japanese gaming giant closed 2.87% higher ahead of its earnings release.
The company maintained its forecast for the year ending March 2027 announced in May, keeping its net sales outlook unchanged at 2.05 trillion yen.
Nintendo Switch 2 hardware sales fell 34.4% from a year earlier to 3.82 million units, while sales of the original Nintendo Switch dropped 31.8% to 0.66 million units. The company said consumers continued to adopt the Switch 2 despite lower hardware sales than the year-ago period, supported by the release of new titles and other factors.
Nintendo said it has factored nearly a 100 billion yen impact from higher component prices, particularly for memory, and tariffs into its cost of sales.
Nintendo's flagship Switch 2, launched last June, uses memory chips whose prices have risen sharply against a backdrop of robust AI demand.
Nintendo game sales were driven by the solid performance of Tomodachi Life: Living the Dream, which sold 7.94 million units, and Pokémon Pokopia, which sold 1.27 million units.
The company said releasing new titles at regular intervals is crucial to expanding the Switch 2's installed base, adding that a steady pipeline of new games helps broaden the console's appeal to a wider range of consumers.
In the Japanese market, where Nintendo raised Switch 2 prices on May 25, hardware sell-through has remained solid, the company said.
Nintendo earlier announced a $50 price increase for the console in the United States, raising its retail price to $499.99 from $449.99 effective Sept. 1.
Beyond games, Nintendo said "The Super Mario Galaxy Movie" has generated more than $1 billion in global box office revenue since its worldwide release on April 1, making it the second highest-grossing film ever based on a video game.
Microsoft ve čtvrtletí zvýšil tržby o 18 % na 90 miliard USD a cloud Azure a další služby rostly o 43 %. Firma navíc zůstala v kladném volném cash flow ve výši 19,6 miliardy USD.
Over the past year or so, investors haven’t known what to make of artificial intelligence (AI). One the one hand, this next-generation technology has shown great promise for streamlining tasks, simplifying workflows, and generating original content. On the other hand, the veritable spending frenzy raises questions about whether these investments will generate sufficient returns to justify the cost.
For the calendar second quarter, the world's three largest cloud providers -- namely Amazon (AMZN -1.72%) Web Services (AWS), Alphabet's (GOOGL -4.03%) (GOOG -4.05%) Google Cloud, and Microsoft (MSFT -1.09%) Azure -- all reported stunning growth as the demand for AI ramps higher. While the results from each of these tech titans seem to justify the increased investments, one has separated itself from the pack and is the clear choice.
Let's review the results to see which one is an obvious buy.
Image source: Getty Images.
As the long-time leader and pioneer in the space, all eyes were on Amazon when the company delivered its second-quarter results, and it did not disappoint. Total net sales grew 20% to $201 billion, while operating income -- which excludes the non-cash gains related to its investment in AI start-up Anthropic -- jumped 44%.
Today's Change
(
-1.72
%) $
-4.77
Current Price
$
272.65
The biggest contributor was AWS, as cloud revenue increased 37% year over year to $42.2 billion, marking the segment's fastest growth in 18 quarters. CEO Andy Jassy noted that the growth was fueled by strong demand for the company's AI and chips businesses, which each delivered triple-digit growth, achieving run rates exceeding $25 billion. Amazon plans to increase its capex spending to $220 billion, primarily for AI and cloud infrastructure.
MicrosoftDespite fears that AI will decimate the software industry, Microsoft delivered robust results for the company's fiscal 2026 fourth quarter (ended June 30). Revenue grew 18% year over year to $90 billion, as the feared software meltdown never materialized. Operating income -- which excludes changes related to its stakes in Anthropic and OpenAI -- climbed 18% to $41 billion.
Today's Change
(
-1.09
%) $
-5.35
Current Price
$
487.46
The company's cloud segment made headlines, as Azure and other cloud services grew 43% year over year. It's also worth noting that in fiscal 2026, Azure revenue surpassed $100 billion for the first time. While Microsoft didn't reveal full-year plans for 2027, it does expect capex spending of $50 billion in Q1.
AlphabetLike its two main rivals, Alphabet is spending heavily to capture the AI opportunity, and that strategy is paying off. Second quarter revenue grew 24% year over year to $120 billion, while operating income jumped 30% to $41 billion.
Google Cloud was the highlight, with revenue soaring 82% to $25 billion, fueled by demand for AI infrastructure and solutions. CEO Sundar Pichai noted that 90% of Fortune 100 companies use its Gemini Enterprise AI platform. To support the strong demand, Alphabet raised its full-year capex forecast to $200 billion at the midpoint of its guidance.
The clear standoutThe results show a clear trend that supports heavy spending on AI, but not all spending is created equal. Amazon reported negative free cash flow of $7.6 billion, driven by higher capex. Alphabet too reported negative free cash flow of $5.8 billion during the quarter, driven by -- you guessed it -- higher capex. Microsoft was the outlier and clear standout. Despite higher spending, the company delivered free cash flow of $19.6 billion. Furthermore, CFO Amy Hood said the company expects "to remain free cash flow positive in fiscal 2027."
There's more. Microsoft is selling for just 21 times next year's expected earnings, compared to multiples of 25 and 26 for Alphabet and Amazon. So not only is the company being more deliberate in its spending -- keeping its cash flow positive -- but it's also the least expensive of the three.
I have stakes in Amazon, Alphabet, and Microsoft, and I think all three are good bets for the future of AI. But if I could only buy one right now, the smart money is on Microsoft stock.
Hi-View na projektu Borealis identifikoval pět silných anomálií nabíjitelnosti, které mohou představovat cíle pro budoucí vrtání. Zóna u Cas navíc ukázala mělké i hlubší signály od přibližně 200 do 400 metrů.
VANCOUVER, BRITISH COLUMBIA – TheNewswire - AUGUST 6, 2026 – HI-VIEW RESOURCES INC. (“Hi-View” or the “Company”) (CSE: GXLD; OTC: GXLDF; FSE: B630) announces preliminary 2026 field results from the Borealis Project in the Toodoggone Mining District of north-central British Columbia. Hi-View has now completed 14 line-kilometres of induced polarization ("IP") survey over the historical Cas showing at the Borealis Project. The 2026 survey identified five chargeability anomalies, each representing a potential mineralized target for future drilling. The 2026 geological mapping and rock sampling over these areas have identified zoned alteration and localized copper mineralization suggesting a large-scale hydrothermal system. The Cas showing is located approximately 10 kilometres northwest from Centerra Gold's past-producing Kemess copper-gold mine. The Company will now be conducting three additional lines of IP survey to further define the targets. Rock and soil samples mentioned in this news release from the 2026 Borealis surface program have been submitted to ALS Geochemistry Ltd. (“ALS”) in North Vancouver, BC — an ISO/IEC 17025 accredited laboratory — for sample preparation and geochemical analysis. The samples were sealed in the field, stored securely, and transported by personnel of Apex Geoscience Ltd. of Edmonton, Alberta, to maintain chain of custody.
R. Nick Horsley, Chief Executive Officer of Hi-View, commented: “These new findings further confirm our hypothesis that Borealis contains a large hydrothermal system of the same style that created the porphyry complexes at Centerra’s Kemess and Amarc’s Joy projects. In the first few weeks of our field season, we have advanced from two historical IP targets to five distinct chargeability and resistivity anomalies. The program has reproduced historical signatures and provided new depth extensions, a previously unknown anomaly with copper mineralization at surface, and consistent porphyry-style alteration, giving us high confidence that the Borealis Project has potential for a significant discovery. With assays and hyperspectral analysis pending, new Mobile MT results imminent, and continued IP survey planned, these final datasets will enable further delineation of drill targets at Borealis.”
Highlights
Five distinct strong-to-intense chargeability anomalies are preliminarily identified at Cas, up from two identified by Placer Dome’s historical work (1992), each representing a separate potential drill target.
The 2026 IP survey reproduced the two main chargeability zones first outlined by the 1992 IP survey (Line 6000E).
2026 IP survey depth has extended sub-surface data from approximately 200 metres to 400 metres deep, defining a new high chargeability target at depth.
Refined 2026 data show that the historical southern anomaly is in fact three separate chargeability anomalies, one of which remains open at depth (Line 1800N).
A new, previously unidentified high-chargeability zone has been outlined southwest of Cas, coincident with copper mineralization mapped at surface (Line 1400N).
A strong-to-intense chargeability anomaly on Line 2600N is associated with mapped crystal lithic tuff showing quartz-clay-pyrite (herein interpreted as "QSP") alteration and disseminated pyrite, also coincident with low resistivity.
Background
A 1984 drill campaign in the area included a diamond drill hole (DDH84-7; Figure 1) that reached a final depth of 43.2 m and did not intersect its intended target of a mineralized and altered N-trending fault west of the drill hole collar.
Historical IP surveying completed in 1992 produced two shallow, strong, high-chargeability zones at Cas, associated with pyritic clay alteration along the margin of a monzonitic intrusive body. The mapped intrusion produced a high-resistivity response typical of disseminated sulphide mineralization associated with copper porphyry systems.
2026 Preliminary Program Results
Click Image To View Full Size
Figure 1. Aerial Magnetics with 2026 IP Survey lines showing new Borealis - Cas Targets 1-5 sitting within two approximately 800 m-wide ring-shaped high magnetic anomaly centres. 1992 IP survey high chargeability anomalies represented by dashed lines.
Line 6000E: The 2026 survey reproduced and refined the signatures of both main intense chargeability and coincident intense resistivity zones identified historically (Targets 1 and 2; Figure 2).
Click Image To View Full Size
Figure 2. Line 6000E IP Survey Results with Targets 1 and 2 highlighted.
Line 1400N: Refined modelling shows the southern of the two historical anomalies is in fact three separate chargeability anomalies, two of which are shown in the line sections in Figure 3. In addition, a new anomalous high-chargeability zone, coincident with a high-resistivity response, has been identified southwest of the southern historical anomaly. Copper mineralization was mapped at surface along this line (Figure 4), including:
Sample A1: A northeast-trending, 15-centimetre-wide granular to saw-tooth quartz vein hosting a malachite, chalcopyrite, and pyrite mineralization, hosted in crystal lithic tuff with weak sugary silica alteration, and locally cut by north-trending, thin, sheeted quartz-chlorite-epidote-sulphide veinlets. Interpreted to be associated with Target 4.
Sample B1: Left image: Historical BQ drill core (DDH84-7) found littered on the ground, intersected strongly magnetic granodiorite and feldspar porphyry with pyrite-chalcopyrite-hematite veinlets with alteration halos ranging from millimetre-scale up to 0.5 centimetres in width. X-ray Fluorescence (XRF) readings yielded 525 ppm Mo and 133 ppm Zn. Right image: Black banded chalcedonic veins cut a gossanous zone with variable QSP alteration near the DDH84-7 drill site (Target 2).
Click Image To View Full Size
Figure 3. Line 1400N IP Survey Results with Targets 2, 4, and 5.
Click Image To View Full Size
Figure 4. Images of surface hand samples and legacy drill core collected along Line 1400N transect.
Line 1800N: A strong to intense chargeability anomaly is coincident with the historical Cas 3-9 mineral showing (Target 5; Figure 5). Another deeper and strong chargeability anomaly (Target 3) extends from approximately 200 to 400 metres depth and remains open at depth. Surface rock samples (Figure 6) in this area returned:
Sample A2: An estimated 15% and 1% disseminated pyrite and chalcopyrite, respectively. Mineralization is hosted in an incohesive volcanic unit with fragments up to 5 cm in size and is interpreted to be associated with an intense chargeability anomaly (Target 5).
Sample B2: Magnetic quartz monzonite is interpreted to be associated with an intense and large magnetic body, and an intense resistivity anomaly.
Click Image To View Full Size
Figure 5. Line 1800N IP Survey Results with Targets 3 (buried) and 5.
Click Image To View Full Size
Figure 6. Images of surface grab samples collected near Cas 3-9 mineral showing along IP Line 1800N.
Line 2600N: Several geological stations along this line report disseminated pyrite, both fine- and coarse-grained associated with mapped crystal lithic tuff displaying QSP alteration of variable, weak-to-moderate intensity (Figure 8). These observations are interpreted to represent the distal phyllic alteration to a porphyry system and are coincident with strong-to-intense chargeability anomalies that extend up to a collective length of 1 km (Target 1; Figure 7) and with a ring-shaped magnetic anomaly of similar size (see Figure 1).
Click Image To View Full Size
Figure 7. Line 2600N IP Survey Results with Target 1 shown.
Click Image To View Full Size
Figure 8. Image of surface grab sample with QSP alteration along IP Line 2600N.
Additionally, the Company has retained Expert Geophysics Surveys Inc. to conduct a Mobile MT (Magnetotellurics) Survey consisting of 1,042 line-kilometres. This geophysical technology is utilized to detect deep electrical conductivity and resistivity signatures of copper-gold porphyry systems. It maps subsurface structures, fault conduits, and alteration zones down to depths up to 2 km. The survey was completed this week and results and interpretation are pending.
Qualified Person’s Statement
The technical content of this news release has been reviewed and approved by Nader Mostaghimi, M.Sc., P.Geo. (EGBC #53441), Vice President of Exploration for the Company and a Qualified Person as defined by National Instrument 43-101.
Corporate Update
Hi-View Resources Inc. has elected to rely on Coordinated Blanket Order 51-933, Exemptions to Permit Semi-Annual Reporting for Certain Venture Issuers, and move to semi-annual financial reporting.
The blanket order permits eligible venture issuers to voluntarily move from quarterly to semi-annual financial reporting. The company has determined that it meets the eligibility criteria under the blanket order, including that it is a venture issuer listing on the Canadian Securities Exchange, has annual revenue of less than $10-million and has a clean 12-month continuous disclosure record.
Under the blanket order, the company will be exempt from filing interim financial reports and related management discussion and analysis (MD&A) for its first and third quarters. The company's fiscal year ends on September 30. The initial period for which the company will not file an interim financial report and related MD&A in reliance of the quarterly reporting exemption will be for the three-month period ended June 30, 2026. The company will continue to file its audited annual financial report and related MD&A (due within 120 days of September 30) and six-month interim financial report and related MD&A (due within 60 days of March 31). This news release is being filed pursuant to the blanket order.
About Hi-View Resources Inc.
Hi-View Resources Inc., a publicly listed mineral exploration company on the Canadian Securities Exchange, is advancing a portfolio of gold, silver, and copper assets in the Toodoggone region of northern British Columbia. The Company’s 100% owned and optioned projects cover more than 27,791 hectares and include the flagship Golden Stranger Project, the Lawyers claims, and the Borealis Project — all designated as high-priority targets. Additional assets in the portfolio include the Nub and Saunders properties, while the Northern Claims and Harmon Peak remain under active option agreements. The company also has an additional 1,300 hectares currently under mineral claim application. For more information, please visit Hi-View’s website or review the Company’s filings on SEDAR+ (www.sedarplus.ca).
This news release includes certain statements that may be deemed “forward-looking statements”. All statements in this news release, other than statements of historical facts that address events or developments that the Company expects to occur, are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are statements that are not historical facts and are generally, but not always, identified by the words “expects”, “plans”, “anticipates”, “believes”, “intends”, “estimates”, “projects”, “potential” and similar expressions, or that events or conditions “will”, “would”, “may”, “could” or “should” occur. Although the Company believes the expectations expressed in such forward-looking statements are based on reasonable assumptions, such statements are not guarantees of future performance and actual results may differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause the actual results to differ materially from those in forward-looking statements include market prices, continued availability of capital and financing, and general economic, market or business conditions. Investors are cautioned that any such statements are not guarantees of future performance and actual results or developments may differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are based on the beliefs, estimates and opinions of the Company’s management on the date the statements are made. Except as required by applicable securities laws, the Company undertakes no obligation to update these forward-looking statements in the event that management’s beliefs, estimates or opinions, or other factors, should change.
The Canadian Securities Exchange has neither approved nor disapproved the contents of this news release.
SoftBank vykázal čistý zisk připadající akcionářům 347,3 mld. ¥, což překonalo odhad 148,4 mld. ¥ díky zisku 1,33 bil. ¥ z podílu v Intelu. Akcie v Tokiu před výsledky klesly o 4,41 %.
SoftBank Group stock tanked 4.41% in Tokyo on Thursday as investors reduced exposure to a volatile Asian AI trade before the company released its first-quarter results.
The caution looked premature when the numbers arrived after the market closed.
SoftBank reported net income attributable to shareholders of ¥347.3 billion, down 17.7% from a year earlier but comfortably above the ¥148.4 billion consensus.
A ¥1.33 trillion gain on Intel provided the surprise, turning founder Masayoshi Son’s $2 billion investment into the quarter’s main profit driver.
The disconnect suggests Thursday’s share decline reflected anxiety about SoftBank’s concentrated, debt-funded AI strategy rather than disappointment with the results.
SoftBank agreed in August 2025 to buy $2 billion of Intel shares at $23 each, backing the chipmaker during a difficult restructuring.
The wager had looked contrarian when Intel was struggling to revive manufacturing, defend market share and establish an AI strategy.
That position generated a ¥1.33 trillion paper gain as Intel shares rallied. SoftBank’s total investment gains reached ¥1.86 trillion, compared with ¥486.9 billion a year earlier.
Morningstar analyst Brian Colello raised his Intel fair-value estimate to $105 from $90 after the chipmaker’s latest results, citing a sharp increase in demand for server processors.
Intel’s Data Center and AI revenue grew 59%, encouraging Morningstar to adopt stronger long-term assumptions for server computing.
Wedbush analyst Matt Bryson also raised his Intel price target to $98 from $60 while retaining a Neutral rating, Benzinga reported.
Bank of America’s Vivek Arya maintained a Buy rating and a $160 target, arguing that Intel’s server business was participating meaningfully in the agentic-AI cycle.
Those views give SoftBank’s gain a stronger fundamental foundation, although it remains an unrealised mark-to-market benefit rather than operating cash flow.
SoftBank’s headline profit still fell from ¥421.8 billion a year earlier, showing how much the quarter depended on portfolio valuations rather than recurring operations.
The group recorded no gain or loss on OpenAI during the period, after a $25 billion valuation gain from the holding had powered the previous quarter.
That pattern matters because SoftBank’s profits can change dramatically when one or two holdings are revalued.
The Intel gain was substantial, but foreign-exchange movements, derivatives and financing costs absorbed much of the broader investment windfall.
The results were a clear earnings beat, but not an uncomplicated improvement in profit quality.
The underlying concern remains whether SoftBank can generate sufficient cash while financing investments whose valuations may fluctuate sharply.
SoftBank has committed $64.6 billion for an estimated 13% stake in OpenAI. It had invested $44.6 billion by June, added another $10 billion in July and plans a further $10 billion contribution in October.
The group has arranged a $40 billion bridge facility that expires in March 2027 and agreed to borrow another $10 billion against its OpenAI shares.
It has also sold holdings including Nvidia and T-Mobile to fund its expansion.
Further commitments include $5.4 billion for ABB’s robotics business and $3.1 billion for DigitalBridge, alongside investment in data centres, energy and AI infrastructure.
Fastly, Inc. (FSLY) Q2 2026 Earnings Call August 5, 2026 4:30 PM EDT
Company Participants
Vernon Essi - Head of IR
Kip Compton - CEO & Director
Richard Wong - Chief Financial Officer
Conference Call Participants
Aidan Daniels - KeyBanc Capital Markets Inc., Research Division
Frank Louthan - Raymond James & Associates, Inc., Research Division
Peter Levine - Evercore ISI Institutional Equities, Research Division
James Fish - Piper Sandler & Co., Research Division
Paramveer Singh - Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., Research Division
Rudy Kessinger - D.A. Davidson & Co., Research Division
Fatima Boolani - Citigroup Inc., Research Division
Daniel Hibshman - Craig-Hallum Capital Group LLC, Research Division
Presentation
Operator
Good afternoon. My name is Corey, and I will be your conference operator today. At this time, I would like to welcome everyone to the Fastly Second Quarter 2026 Earnings Conference Call. [Operator Instructions]
Please be advised that today's conference is being recorded. I would now like to turn the conference over to Vern Essi, Investor Relations at Fastly. Please go ahead.
Vernon Essi
Head of IR
Thank you, and welcome, everyone, to our second quarter 2026 earnings conference call. We have Fastly's CEO, Kip Compton; and CFO, Rich Wong, with us today.
The webcast of this call can be accessed through our website, fastly.com, and will be archived for 1 quarter. A copy of today's earnings press release, related financial tables and supplement, all of which are furnished in our 8-K filing today, can be found in the Investor Relations portion of Fastly's website, along with the investor presentation.
During this call, we will make forward-looking statements, including statements related to the expected performance of our business, future financial results, product and services, sales and growth, strategy, long-term growth and overall future prospects. These statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected
ZoomInfo ve 2. čtvrtletí zvýšila tržby na 310 milionů USD a upravený provozní zisk na 110 milionů USD, zároveň zvedla celoroční výhled po lepším než očekávaném výsledku.
3 High-Yield Banks for Investors to Buy on the DipZoomInfo Technologies NASDAQ: ZI reported second-quarter revenue of $310 million, up 1.2% from a year earlier, as the company emphasized profitability, free-cash-flow generation and product development aimed at embedding its data in AI-driven go-to-market workflows.
Founder and CEO Henry Schuck said the company exceeded the guidance it issued after the first quarter. Adjusted operating income rose 5% year over year to $110 million, producing a 35% margin, while unlevered free cash flow increased 7% to $107 million.
Get ZoomInfo Technologies alerts:
New York Community Bank stock plummets amid real estate risks“We exceeded our guidance coming out of Q1 and are making good progress on our path forward,” Schuck said, citing the company’s enterprise-focused product strategy, profitability efforts and goal of returning to durable growth.
AI product expansion and pricing changes During the quarter, ZoomInfo launched GTM.AI, which Schuck described as a “headless GTM context layer” that provides API, MCP and other connectors for embedding ZoomInfo data and insights into agentic workflows. The company has integrated its tools with platforms including Codex, Cursor, Claude, Gemini, Amazon Q, Copilot, Vercel, Perplexity and Zapier, he said.
Banking and trucking: Is the economy rolling toward troubles?Schuck said customers increasingly want to use ZoomInfo’s data in both traditional seat-based software environments and in large language models, coding agents and internally developed applications. ZoomInfo plans to begin offering more flexible pricing and packaging later in the third quarter, allowing customers historically served through per-seat subscriptions to access data, applications and agents through pre-purchased consumption.
The company is testing migration approaches with selected customer groups and has not finalized the timing, pricing or packaging of the new model. Chief Financial Officer Graham O’Brien said the company’s third-quarter outlook assumes little impact from the rollout, as it expects to begin primarily with new business near the end of the quarter and migrate existing customers later in 2026 and into 2027.
In response to analyst questions, Schuck said the intended behavior behind the hybrid pricing model is “consumption.” He also said the company is seeing healthy consumption growth among customers using GTM.AI tools, though ZoomInfo is not incorporating upside from new products or GTM.AI growth into its financial outlook.
Upmarket growth offsets software weakness ZoomInfo said 76% of annual contract value, or ACV, now comes from upmarket customers. Upmarket ACV grew 3% from a year ago, though O’Brien said a substantial software customer base, especially in the lower half of the upmarket segment, remained a headwind.
The company’s ZoomInfo Operations business, which is primarily data-driven and not tied to seats, delivered 20% ACV growth year over year. ZoomInfo ended the quarter with 1,891 customers generating at least $100,000 in ACV, nine more than a year earlier but nine fewer than in the prior quarter. ACV from customers spending at least $1 million grew 16% year over year.
O’Brien said non-software verticals continued to show healthy growth and improved gross retention, while software remained challenged. Longer sales cycles that began in the first quarter continued to pressure upsells and net revenue retention. Downmarket ACV declined 12% year over year, and ZoomInfo is reducing downmarket sales resources while shifting more toward a product-led growth motion.
Net revenue retention was 89%, down from 90% in each of the prior three quarters. Gross retention remained relatively strong, supported by improvement outside the software sector, O’Brien said. Schuck added that retention improved year over year among the company’s largest enterprise customers, while smaller upmarket software customers continued to face pressure.
Schuck said ZoomInfo completed its largest ACV deal to date during the quarter, a multiyear renewal with a software customer that expanded both its data and seat deployment. The company also cited upmarket wins with Legora, Cohere, Bank of Montreal and Korn Ferry.
Restructuring, capital allocation and balance sheet The quarter included a $651 million non-cash goodwill impairment charge, primarily tied to a decline in ZoomInfo’s market capitalization after its first-quarter results. O’Brien said the charge did not affect cash, taxes payable, liquidity, debt covenants or non-GAAP results.
ZoomInfo also recorded a $35 million charge, primarily related to severance and employee benefits under the restructuring announced in May. Headcount declined by approximately 350 employees sequentially and was down 15% from a year earlier. O’Brien said headcount is expected to fall by several hundred additional employees as transition plans are completed later this year.
The company repurchased 6.3 million shares for $28 million during the quarter, at an average price of $4.51 each. It also retired $58.5 million in aggregate principal of senior notes for $48 million, recording an $11 million gain on debt extinguishment and expecting to reduce annual cash interest expense by $2.3 million.
ZoomInfo ended the quarter with $151 million of cash equivalents and investments, $1.27 billion of gross debt and a net leverage ratio of 2.3 times trailing-12-month adjusted EBITDA. O’Brien said the company was comfortable with its debt maturity profile and had sufficient liquidity and cash generation to manage its obligations.
Outlook raised after second-quarter outperformance For the third quarter, ZoomInfo expects revenue of $298 million to $301 million, adjusted operating income of $113 million to $115 million, and non-GAAP net income of $0.28 to $0.29 per share.
For full-year 2026, the company raised its outlook following second-quarter outperformance. ZoomInfo now expects:
GAAP revenue of $1.207 billion to $1.217 billion, representing a 3% year-over-year decline at the midpoint; Adjusted operating income of $446 million to $451 million, for a 37% margin at the midpoint; Non-GAAP net income of $1.12 to $1.13 per share; and Unlevered free cash flow of $403 million to $423 million. O’Brien said the higher outlook primarily reflects second-quarter outperformance while maintaining the company’s prior assumptions on downmarket pressure, software-sector weakness and uncertainty surrounding the rollout of new pricing and packaging.
About ZoomInfo Technologies (NASDAQ:ZI)ZoomInfo Technologies Inc is a cloud-based software company specializing in business-to-business (B2B) intelligence and go-to-market solutions. Its platform aggregates firmographic, demographic, technographic and intent data to help sales, marketing and recruiting professionals identify, engage and close on high-value prospects. Subscribers gain access to a proprietary database of company and contact information, enabling targeted outreach and data enrichment across various workflows.
Founded in 2007 and headquartered in Vancouver, Washington, ZoomInfo has expanded its capabilities through both internal development and strategic acquisitions.
This instant news alert was generated by narrative science technology and financial data from MarketBeat in order to provide readers with the fastest reporting and unbiased coverage. Please send any questions or comments about this story to [email protected].
Continue following MarketBeat
Add MarketBeat as your preferred source on Google to see our latest stories in your feed.
Should You Invest $1,000 in ZoomInfo Technologies Right Now?Before you consider ZoomInfo Technologies, you'll want to hear this.
MarketBeat keeps track of Wall Street's top-rated and best performing research analysts and the stocks they recommend to their clients on a daily basis. MarketBeat has identified the five stocks that top analysts are quietly whispering to their clients to buy now before the broader market catches on... and ZoomInfo Technologies wasn't on the list.
While ZoomInfo Technologies currently has a Reduce rating among analysts, top-rated analysts believe these five stocks are better buys.
View The Five Stocks Here
Nuclear energy is entering a new growth cycle as rising power demand, expanding data centers, and renewed policy support bring the sector back into focus. After strong gains in recent years, the most impactful phase of nuclear investment may still be ahead. This report highlights seven nuclear energy stocks positioned across the value chain—combining near-term revenue with long-term upside as next-generation technologies scale. Click the link below to unlock the full list.
Big 3 Music Giant Warner: Streaming Boom Sends Shares HigherWarner Music Group NASDAQ: WMG reported fiscal third-quarter revenue growth and margin expansion, citing subscription price increases, streaming-market-share progress, cost reductions and strong cash-flow generation.
For the quarter ended June 30, total revenue rose 9%, or 11% on an adjusted constant-currency basis. Adjusted OIBDA increased 15%, producing 100 basis points of margin expansion. Operating cash flow increased 209%, lifting the company’s cash balance by roughly $100 million to $618 million.
Get Warner Music Group alerts:
How to Invest in Music Stocks CEO Robert Kyncl said the company had met or exceeded its targets for five consecutive quarters. He reiterated Warner Music’s long-term objectives of high-single-digit consolidated revenue growth, double-digit Adjusted OIBDA and adjusted EPS growth, and operating cash flow conversion of 50% to 60%.
Streaming, physical and publishing results Recorded-music revenue increased 9%, led by 12% adjusted growth in subscription streaming revenue. Acting CFO Lou Dickler said subscriber growth contributed roughly 6% to 7% to subscription-streaming growth, while pricing added about 3.5 percentage points and market share accounted for about 1 percentage point.
The Market Is Suddenly All Ears on Warner Music GroupDickler said the pricing contribution reflects contractual per-subscriber minimum, or PSM, increases negotiated with digital service providers. Kyncl said the company now has PSM increases across 88% of subscription-streaming revenue, compared with none two years ago. Warner Music’s recently renewed agreement with Apple completed alignment with its major digital service partners on contractual pricing increases, according to Kyncl.
Ad-supported streaming revenue grew 10% on an adjusted basis. Dickler attributed the performance to a healthy advertising market, improved digital-service-provider economics and elevated spending related to the FIFA World Cup. He said the company expects ad-supported streaming growth to normalize to the mid-single digits in the fourth quarter, as World Cup-related spending does not recur.
Physical revenue increased 17%, supported by new releases as well as catalog and carryover sales. Artist services and expanded-rights revenue rose 15%, driven primarily by concert-promotion revenue in Japan and higher merchandising revenue. Licensing revenue declined 1%.
Music publishing revenue increased 11%, including 14% streaming growth. Sync revenue rose 7% and mechanical revenue increased 19%, while performance revenue declined 2%. Recorded music Adjusted OIBDA rose 16% to a 25.3% margin, up 150 basis points, while music publishing Adjusted OIBDA rose 14% to a 28.9% margin, up 70 basis points.
Management transition and cost initiatives Kyncl addressed the departure of former CFO Armin Zerza, who stepped down for personal reasons. He said Zerza helped sharpen the company’s focus on capital allocation, forecasting and investor communications, and that those practices are now institutionalized. Global Controller and Chief Accounting Officer Lou Dickler is serving as acting CFO while Warner Music conducts a search.
Tom Corson, previously co-chairman and chief operating officer of Warner Records, has been named chief operating officer of Warner Music Group.
Kyncl said the company’s performance reflects a multiyear strategy that included restructurings in fiscal 2023 and 2024 totaling $300 million, alongside reinvestment in technology and artists and repertoire. Dickler said Warner Music remains on track to realize $200 million in savings during fiscal 2026 and $300 million on an annualized basis in fiscal 2027 from its 2025 restructuring plan.
The company expects to deliver fiscal 2026 margin expansion at the high end of its previously stated 150- to 200-basis-point range. Dickler said Warner Music continues to target margins in the mid-20% range in the short term and the high-20% range over the longer term.
Catalog, distribution and capital allocation Kyncl said Warner Music’s year-to-date U.S. streaming share and U.S. new-release streaming share have increased. During the question-and-answer session, he said publicly disclosed U.S. data showed streaming share up 0.3 percentage points year to date and new-release streaming share up 0.8 percentage points, while noting that the company focuses primarily on global trends and longer-term performance.
The company is using proprietary artificial-intelligence tools across a catalog of more than 1 million songs to identify marketing opportunities, optimize music for streaming services and automate workflows. Kyncl cited Chris Rainbow’s 1979 recording “Be Like a Woman,” which grew from 50,000 streams during all of 2025 to more than 140 million streams so far this year after the company used those tools.
Warner Music also expanded its distribution operation through the acquisition of Revelator, a platform providing digital distribution, rights-management, royalty-accounting and analytics tools. The company recently entered distribution arrangements with GoDigital Music and Berlin-based AIM Music.
Kyncl said Warner Music’s joint venture with Bain Capital has deployed $650 million toward catalog acquisitions, out of $1.65 billion in capacity. He said the company is targeting roughly 20% returns on investments, including investments made through the Bain venture, and is focusing on high-margin catalogs with growth potential.
AI licensing and artist protections Management said artificial intelligence represents a prospective revenue source but emphasized the need for artist and songwriter protections. Warner Music has licensing partnerships with Suno, Stability AI, KLAY and Udio, and expects AI licensing agreements to begin contributing materially to subscription-streaming revenue in fiscal 2027.
Kyncl said Suno remains on schedule to transition to a licensed model later this year. He also said operationalizing artist permissions is a complex and labor-intensive process for AI products, rather than a reflection of whether artists support the products.
On protections, Kyncl said Warner Music has agreements with distributors to take down deepfakes and has expanded arrangements requiring fully generative AI content to be identified and excluded from pro-rata revenue pools. He cited Deezer’s public data showing that more than 90,000 AI-generated tracks are uploaded daily, but said their consumption represents approximately 1% to 3% of total listening and monetization is a fraction of that level.
As of June 30, Warner Music had total debt of $4.7 billion and net debt of $4.1 billion. Management said it expects continued growth from global subscriber additions, pricing, catalog, distribution and future AI licensing revenue.
About Warner Music Group (NASDAQ:WMG)Warner Music Group is a major global music company that operates across recorded music and music publishing. Its recorded-music business comprises a portfolio of well-known labels—including Atlantic, Warner Records and Parlophone—as well as distribution and artist-services operations that support both established and emerging artists. The company's publishing arm, Warner Chappell Music, manages songwriting catalogs and administers rights for compositions across multiple media, providing licensing for film, television, advertising and other commercial uses.
WMG's activities span the full music value chain: signing and developing artists, producing and marketing recordings, distributing music through physical channels and streaming platforms, and monetizing rights through licensing, synchronization and neighboring-rights collection.
This instant news alert was generated by narrative science technology and financial data from MarketBeat in order to provide readers with the fastest reporting and unbiased coverage. Please send any questions or comments about this story to [email protected].
Continue following MarketBeat
Add MarketBeat as your preferred source on Google to see our latest stories in your feed.
Should You Invest $1,000 in Warner Music Group Right Now?Before you consider Warner Music Group, you'll want to hear this.
MarketBeat keeps track of Wall Street's top-rated and best performing research analysts and the stocks they recommend to their clients on a daily basis. MarketBeat has identified the five stocks that top analysts are quietly whispering to their clients to buy now before the broader market catches on... and Warner Music Group wasn't on the list.
While Warner Music Group currently has a Moderate Buy rating among analysts, top-rated analysts believe these five stocks are better buys.
View The Five Stocks Here
Click the link to see MarketBeat's list of seven stocks and why their long-term outlooks are very promising.
Blair Vernon - CEO, MD & Director
Jackie Cleary - Chief Financial Officer
Adrian Ryan - Acting Chief Financial Officer
Jason Bounassif - Group Treasurer & Investor Relations
Conference Call Participants
Simon Fitzgerald - Jefferies LLC, Research Division
Julian Braganza - Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Research Division
Siddharth Parameswaran - JPMorgan Chase & Co, Research Division
Lafitani Sotiriou - MST Financial Services Pty Limited, Research Division
Freya Kong - BofA Securities, Research Division
Nigel Pittaway - Citigroup Inc., Research Division
Andrew Buncombe - Macquarie Research
Andrei Stadnik
Presentation
Operator
Good day, and thank you for standing by. Welcome to AMP Half Year 2026 Results Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] Please be advised that today's conference is being recorded.
I'd now like to hand the conference over to your first speaker today, Blair Vernon, Chief Executive Officer of AMP. Please go ahead.
Blair Vernon
CEO, MD & Director
Thank you. Welcome to the first half 2026 results briefing for AMP, my first as CEO. I'm delighted to be joined today by our new CFO, Jackie Cleary.
I'd like to acknowledge the traditional custodians of the land upon which we meet today here at AMP in Sydney, that's the Gadigal People of the Eora Nation, and I'd like to pay my respects to elders past and present. I extend that respect to the traditional custodians of the lands on which all participants on this call are joining from today.
I'm going to kick things off with an overview of our first half 2026 results and also provide some brief context to our strategic focus and immediate priorities. Jackie will then discuss the results in more detail, including business unit performance, key metrics and also our revised FY '26 guidance. I will then conclude with a brief summary of our immediate priorities
Datadog, Inc. (NASDAQ:DDOG) will release its second quarter earnings report before the opening bell on Thursday, Aug. 6.
Analysts expect the New York-based company to report quarterly earnings of 58 cents per share, up from 46 cents per share in the year-ago period. The consensus estimate for Datadog’s quarterly revenue is $1.08 billion. It reported $826.76 million last year, according to Benzinga Pro.
On June 30, Datadog announced it has acquired Adaptive ML.
Shares of Datadog fell 1.7% to close at $283.17 on Wednesday.
Benzinga readers can access the latest analyst ratings on the Analyst Stock Ratings page. Readers can sort by stock ticker, company name, analyst firm, rating change or other variables.
Let’s have a look at how Benzinga’s most-accurate analysts have rated the company in the recent period.
Considering buying DDOG stock? Here’s what analysts think:
Photo via Shutterstock
Market News and Data brought to you by Benzinga APIs
DoorDash, Inc. (DASH) Q2 2026 Earnings Call August 5, 2026 4:30 PM EDT
Company Participants
Weston Twigg - Vice President of Finance & Investor Relations
Tony Xu - Co-Founder, CEO & Chair
Ravi Inukonda - Chief Financial Officer
Conference Call Participants
Michael Morton - MoffettNathanson LLC
Mark Stephen Mahaney - Evercore ISI Institutional Equities, Research Division
Nikhil Devnani - Bernstein Institutional Services LLC, Research Division
Deepak Mathivanan - Cantor Fitzgerald & Co., Research Division
Dominic Ball - Rothschild & Co Redburn, Research Division
Jason Helfstein - Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., Research Division
Shweta Khajuria - Wolfe Research, LLC
Josh Beck - Raymond James & Associates, Inc., Research Division
Youssef Squali - Truist Securities, Inc., Research Division
Ross Sandler - Barclays Bank PLC, Research Division
Brian Nowak - Morgan Stanley, Research Division
Ronald Josey - Citigroup Inc., Research Division
Justin Post - BofA Securities, Research Division
Douglas Anmuth - JPMorgan Chase & Co, Research Division
Thomas Champion - Piper Sandler & Co., Research Division
Presentation
Operator
Hello, everyone. Thank you for joining us, and welcome to the DoorDash Q2 2026 Earnings Call. [Operator Instructions]
I will now hand the call over to Weston Twigg. Please go ahead.
Weston Twigg
Vice President of Finance & Investor Relations
Thanks, Connor. Good afternoon, everyone, and thanks for joining us for our Q2 2026 Earnings Call. I'm pleased to be joined today by Co-Founder, Chair and CEO Tony Xu; and CFO, Ravi Inukonda. We'll be making forward-looking statements during today's call, including without limitation, our expectations for our business, financial position, operating performance, profitability, our guidance, strategies, capital allocation approach, and broader economic environment. Forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described.
Many of these uncertainties are described in our SEC filings, including our most recent Form 10-K and 10-Q. You should not rely on forward-looking statements as predictions of
Trading information for KKR & Co is displayed on a screen on the floor of the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) in New York, U.S., August 23, 2018. REUTERS/Brendan McDermid Purchase Licensing Rights, opens new tab
CompaniesAug 6 (Reuters) - Swedish healthcare provider Medicover (MCOVb.ST), opens new tab agreed on Thursday to sell its India hospital business to funds managed by global investment firm KKR (KKR.N), opens new tab for €1.2 billion ($1.39 billion).
Medicover said the deal would help it focus strategically and operationally on Poland, Germany and Romania.
Jumpstart your morning with the latest legal news delivered straight to your inbox from The Daily Docket newsletter. Sign up here.
The divestment will bring Medicover gross cash proceeds of €740 million
Medicover's financial targets remain unchanged until after completion of the transaction, the company said
It expects to complete the divestment in the fourth quarter of 2026
Medicover’s ownership in Medicover Hospitals India (MHI) amounts to 66.1%, while minority shareholders hold 33.9%
MHI generated annual revenue of €220.5 million on a last-twelve-months basis as of June 30, 2026
In the second quarter, India made up 10% of Medicover's revenue, according to its quarterly report
($1 = 0.8663 euros)
Reporting by Vera Dvorakova in Gdansk; Editing by Izabela Niemiec
Our Standards: The Thomson Reuters Trust Principles., opens new tab
, /PRNewswire/ -- Manulife's Board of Directors today announced a quarterly common shareholders' dividend of $0.485 per share on the common shares of Manulife, payable on and after September 21, 2026, to shareholders of record at the close of business on August 21, 2026.
In respect of the Company's Canadian Dividend Reinvestment and Share Purchase Plan and its U.S. Dividend Reinvestment and Share Purchase Plan, the Company will purchase common shares on the open market in connection with the reinvestment of dividends and optional cash purchases under these plans. The purchase price of these common shares will be based on the average of the actual cost to purchase them and there are no applicable discounts.
About Manulife
Manulife Financial Corporation is a leading international financial services provider, headquartered in Toronto, Canada. Anchored in our ambition to be the number one choice for customers, we operate as Manulife across Canada and Asia, and primarily as John Hancock in the United States, providing financial advice, insurance and health solutions for individuals, groups and businesses. Through Manulife Wealth & Asset Management, we offer global investment solutions, financial advice, and retirement plan services to individuals, institutions, and retirement plan members worldwide. At the end of 2025, we had more than 37,000 employees, over 106,000 agents, and thousands of distribution partners, serving over 37 million customers with operations across 25 markets globally. We trade as 'MFC' on the Toronto, New York, and Philippine stock exchanges, and under '945' in Hong Kong stock exchange. Not all offerings are available in all jurisdictions. For additional information, please visit manulife.com.
Media Contact
Fiona McLean
Manulife
437-441-7491
[email protected]
, /PRNewswire/ -- Manulife's Board of Directors today announced quarterly shareholders' dividends on the following non-cumulative preferred shares of Manulife Financial Corporation, payable on or after September 19, 2026 to shareholders of record at the close of business on August 21, 2026:
Class A Shares Series 2 - $0.29063 per share Class A Shares Series 3 - $0.28125 per share Class 1 Shares Series 3 - $0.29000 per share Class 1 Shares Series 9 - $0.373625 per share Class 1 Shares Series 11 - $0.384938 per share Class 1 Shares Series 13 - $0.396875 per share Class 1 Shares Series 15 - $0.360938 per share Class 1 Shares Series 17 - $0.346375 per share Class 1 Shares Series 19 - $0.323063 per share Class 1 Shares Series 25 - $0.371375 per share About Manulife
Manulife Financial Corporation is a leading international financial services provider, headquartered in Toronto, Canada. Anchored in our ambition to be the number one choice for customers, we operate as Manulife across Canada and Asia, and primarily as John Hancock in the United States, providing financial advice, insurance and health solutions for individuals, groups and businesses. Through Manulife Wealth & Asset Management, we offer global investment solutions, financial advice, and retirement plan services to individuals, institutions, and retirement plan members worldwide. At the end of 2025, we had more than 37,000 employees, over 106,000 agents, and thousands of distribution partners, serving over 37 million customers with operations across 25 markets globally. We trade as 'MFC' on the Toronto, New York, and Philippine stock exchanges, and under '945' in Hong Kong stock exchange. Not all offerings are available in all jurisdictions. For additional information, please visit manulife.com.
Media Contact:
Fiona McLean
Manulife
437-441-7491
[email protected]
Uber podle CTO Praveena Neppalli Naga končí s érou „tokenmaxxingu“, protože náklady na AI klesají rychleji než její využití. Počet uživatelů nástrojů frontier AI se od začátku roku zčtyřnásobil.
Uber's CTO said the company's tokenmaxxing era is coming to an end. Big Event Media/Getty Images for HumanX Conference Uber is shutting the door on its infamous tokenmaxxing era.
In a Wednesday X post, Uber CTO Praveen Neppalli Naga said the company is seeing some "very interesting trends on AI costs," and that this was "another signal that we're coming to the end of the so-called 'tokenmaxxing' era."
Tokenmaxxing is an enterprise AI trend that emerged in the first half of 2026, in which companies urge their employees to adopt AI as much as possible in their workflows. Some companies made AI usage a performance metric that staff would be evaluated on.
Naga said that since the beginning of the year, the number of people at Uber using frontier AI tools has quadrupled, but this has coincided with a decline in per-AI-token costs.
The company managed to lower costs by improving its prompt caching process, using better default models, giving engineers better visibility into their AI usage, and experimenting with open-weight models, Naga wrote in his post.
"The next phase, whatever we call it, will not be characterized by who spends the most tokens, but about how people use them as efficiently as possible," he added.
Uber's finance chief, Balaji Krishnamurthy, shared similar updates during the company's second-quarter earnings call on Wednesday.
"On AI, we are very early, but what we are seeing is that we are able to cost-efficiently deliver some productivity lifts with developers," he said.
"And for the measurement that we are looking at right now, we are seeing doubling in the code output for engineers," Krishnamurthy added.
Uber made headlines earlier this year for igniting the tokenmaxxing trend, with Naga saying in April that the company had already blown through its 2026 budget for Anthropic's Claude Code. He said in a March LinkedIn post that 1,800 code changes weekly were entirely written by its internal coding agent.
But in May, Uber COO Andrew Macdonald said in an interview that it was getting harder to justify the trade-offs of AI investments in the company. He said he wasn't seeing proportional productivity gains from the increased AI costs.
This is not only an Uber problem; the rest of the tech industry has been grappling with how to get better returns on investment from their highly inflated AI spending. Some, like Coinbase, have said they're experimenting with model switching, which involves assigning the most challenging tasks to frontier models and offloading easier, repetitive tasks to cheaper ones.
The problem of enterprise AI spending has also driven a new wave of businesses geared toward helping companies reduce their costs. Some are consultancies that give executives advice on how to allocate their AI budgets; others are building products like inference infrastructure to help companies scale their AI products cost-effectively.
Read next
Aditi Bharade You're currently following this author! Want to unfollow? Unsubscribe via the link in your email.
Bill Ackman v prvním čtvrtletí koupil 5,7 milionu akcií Microsoftu za 2,1 miliardy USD. Akcie Microsoftu po zveřejnění výsledků za čtvrté fiskální čtvrtletí vzrostly z 390 USD na 488 USD, tedy o 25 %.
Billionaire hedge fund manager Bill Ackman, founder of Pershing Square Capital Management, made a big bet earlier this year on "Magnificent Seven" stock Microsoft (MSFT -1.09%).
In the first-quarter 13F filing, released in May, Pershing Square revealed it bought 5.7 million shares of Microsoft stock at a value of $2.1 billion. The tech giant immediately became Ackman's fourth-largest holding, making up 15.2% of the portfolio.
The purchase came when Microsoft stock was trading at a price-to-earnings (P/E) ratio of 21, the lowest it had been since 2017 and some 32% below Microsoft's average P/E ratio of 31.
At that valuation, getting a powerhouse stock like Microsoft was a no-brainer.
Pershing Square Capital Management founder Bill Ackman. Image source: Getty Images.
In mid-2017, Microsoft was trading at about $75 per share. Over the next four years, the stock price surged some 300% to over $300 per share by October 2021.
The value was not lost on Ackman.
"In our 13F which we will file later today, we will disclose a new position in Microsoft, a company we have followed for many years now offered at a highly compelling valuation," Ackman wrote in an X post on May 15. "Microsoft operates two of the most valuable franchises in enterprise technology, which account for approximately 70% of the company's overall profits: M365 and Azure."
Microsoft stock goes parabolic Since Microsoft reported earnings on July 29, its stock has gone parabolic, as I predicted a few weeks ago. In the past few days, Microsoft stock has gone from $390 per share on July 29 to $488 per share on Aug. 5 -- a 25% jump.
As of the end of June, Microsoft stock had been down about 23% year to date, trading at around $373 per share. The reason the stock was down was mainly due to concerns about too much spending on AI, the potential for AI disruption, and slightly slowing cloud growth, among other factors. In addition, some investors were worried about Microsoft's exclusive partnership with OpenAI, given concerns about OpenAI's profitability.
But those concerns were soon alleviated as Microsoft showed cloud growth in the March-ended quarter and reworked its deal with OpenAI so that it was no longer exclusive. Based on management's projections for accelerating cloud growth in the second half of the year, it seemed that the AI spending was starting to pay off.
Today's Change
(
-1.09
%) $
-5.35
Current Price
$
487.46
These trends continued when the fiscal Q4 earnings were released on July 29. Revenue rose 18% and earnings climbed 32% in the period ended June 30, crushing estimates. Further, Azure cloud revenue blasted past estimates, rising 43%, compared to 40% the previous quarter.
For the current quarter, its fiscal Q1, Microsoft sees 45% growth in its Azure cloud business, showing that the spending on AI infrastructure is providing capacity for growth.
Even after the big jump, Microsoft has more room to run. It's still trading below its average at around 25 times earnings, so it remains a great call by Ackman and a good buy.
Nvidia za 12 měsíců zvýšila výnosy o 71 % na 253 miliard USD a zisk více než zdvojnásobila. Akcie se přesto obchodují asi za 21násobek forwardového zisku na akcii.
Over the past 12 months, Nvidia (NVDA +3.44%) grew revenue 71% to $253 billion and more than doubled its net income, to about $160 billion. The stock, meanwhile, trades at about 21 times forward earnings (the profits the company is expected to produce over the next year) as of this writing.
That's the kind of price tag the market usually puts on a mature business with ordinary prospects -- not on the largest company in the stock market, worth about $5.1 trillion, while its revenue climbs 71% a year. A price like this says the market expects the extraordinary part of Nvidia's growth to end, and to end fairly soon.
I think that bet overshoots. Here's a closer look at why.
Image source: The Motley Fool.
Growth is moving the wrong way for the skeptics In the quarter Nvidia reported a year ago, revenue grew 56% year over year. In the fiscal first quarter of 2027 (the period ended April 26), revenue grew 85% year over year to $81.6 billion. For perspective, that's more revenue in one quarter than Nvidia generated in its entire fiscal 2024. And management's guidance calls for revenue of about $91 billion in the fiscal second quarter, nearly double the $46.7 billion the company generated in the same period a year earlier.
Guidance is a forecast, not a result, and forecasts can miss. But it's management's most concrete signal about demand, and it points up.
In other words, growth isn't decelerating toward that mature-company price tag. It has been accelerating away from it.
The engine of all this is the data center business, which supplies the chips and networking gear behind artificial intelligence (AI) computing. Its revenue rose 92% year over year to $75.2 billion in the fiscal first quarter.
Profitability kept pace, too. Nvidia's gross margin came in near 75%, and non-GAAP (adjusted) earnings per share rose 140% year over year to $1.87.
Alongside the results, Nvidia raised its quarterly dividend from a penny per share to $0.25 and announced an $80 billion buyback authorization. That's a small dividend, but it says a lot about how much cash the business now generates.
"The buildout of AI factories -- the largest infrastructure expansion in human history -- is accelerating at extraordinary speed," CEO Jensen Huang said in the company's fiscal first-quarter earnings release.
Management's tone could prove too optimistic, of course. But the numbers, so far, keep agreeing with it.
Today's Change
(
3.44
%) $
7.28
Current Price
$
219.22
Priced as if the surge is already over Now look at the price. Shares trade around $210 as of this writing, below the $236.54 they reached within the past year, even as the results kept strengthening. At about 21 times forward earnings, the market expects Nvidia to earn about $10 per share over the next year -- up more than 50% from the $6.53 it earned over the trailing 12 months. So even the skeptical price concedes next year.
The skepticism is aimed at everything after that. When the market pays 21 times forward earnings for an average large company, it's paying for modest, dependable growth. Applied to Nvidia, the same price treats the years beyond the next one as ordinary, as if growth flattens out quickly once the current wave of AI spending passes.
Maybe it does. Semiconductors have always been cyclical, and some of Nvidia's biggest customers are designing chips of their own. If AI spending pauses, a stock valued on next year's earnings could still get hit hard.
Investors should take that possibility seriously. After all, it's the strongest argument for caution here, and it's probably the reason the shares don't command a premium price despite premium growth.
But there's a difference between growth slowing and growth stopping, and today's valuation sits closer to the second. Nvidia's own guidance implies the quarter it reports next nearly doubled year over year. And if growth a few years out lands anywhere near respectable (say, 20% or 30% instead of zero), then today's buyer paid an ordinary price for what could be an extraordinary stretch of compounding.
I think the market has the direction right and the timing wrong. Growth this fast will cool eventually -- it always does. But a price built for a company whose growth is cooling now doesn't match the evidence, which keeps pointing the other way. I like the stock here. I'd just keep the position sized for the swings that come with a cyclical business.
Jamie Dimon uvedl, že miliardy investované do AI infrastruktury se podle něj nakonec vrátí. Zároveň řekl, že tento výdaj podporuje americkou ekonomiku.
By You're currently following this author! Want to unfollow? Unsubscribe via the link in your email.
and Katherine Li You're currently following this author! Want to unfollow? Unsubscribe via the link in your email.
Jamie Dimon said companies are mindful of their token and data center spending. SAUL LOEB / AFP via Getty Images Jamie Dimon is optimistic that the country's AI spending will pay off.
The JPMorgan CEO told CNBC's Leslie Picker in a video interview that aired on Wednesday that he believes the billions pouring into AI infrastructure will ultimately prove worthwhile.
"In my own view, and I may be wrong, it'll ultimately play out and pay out," Dimon said. "These people are doing real calculations about what's needed. They see what it costs to do the frontier models. They see what it costs to do inferencing. The need is going up dramatically."
He said that AI spending is also driving the American economy, "because the increase alone is 1% of GDP, and next year it's going to be another 1% of GDP increase."
"You've got to get steel and cement and all these things to build the data centers," he added.
When asked about whether a cooling AI market would be a threat to the nation's economy, Dimon said that while there are "a lot of things to worry about," this specific scenario is "not high on the list."
JPMorgan has poured significant capital into tech and AI projects this year, with Dimon saying on a January earnings call that he didn't want the bank to fall behind other Wall Street rivals and fintech companies.
"We are going to stay out front, so help us God," he said in response to a question about the bank's spending from Wells Fargo analyst Mike Mayo.
The bank then announced in February that it was planning to boost its technology budget to $19.8 billion this year, which included investments in some AI projects.
Since then, the company has pushed its engineers to use AI more, tracking their usage on internal dashboards. Business Insider saw screenshots of some of these tracking systems and spoke to current and former developers, most of whom were worried about being labeled as underperformers if their AI use didn't increase.
During a second-quarter earnings call in July, Dimon said that AI has led to as much as a 40% reduction in jobs in some areas of the firm, but that it wouldn't suddenly shrink its operational budget.
But that's not to say he hasn't been skeptical about high AI spending, particularly in recent months, as the tokenmaxxing trend has been on the decline. In July, the executive said during a CNBC appearance that companies need to be rational about AI spending, "like any other resource we use."
The company's AI leadership is also undergoing a reset following the July announcement by its AI chief, Teresa Heitsenrether, that she would retire after four decades at the bank.
Read next
Aditi Bharade You're currently following this author! Want to unfollow? Unsubscribe via the link in your email.
Katherine Li You're currently following this author! Want to unfollow? Unsubscribe via the link in your email.
Beyond Meat, Inc. (BYND) Q2 2026 Earnings Call August 5, 2026 5:00 PM EDT
Company Participants
Paul Sheppard - Vice President of Financial Planning & Analysis and Investor Relations
Ethan Brown - Founder, President, CEO & Director
Lubi Kutua - CFO & Treasurer
Conference Call Participants
Benjamin Theurer - Barclays Bank PLC, Research Division
Thomas Palmer - JPMorgan Chase & Co, Research Division
Presentation
Operator
Good day, everyone. Once again, thank you for your patience, and we would like to welcome everyone to Beyond Meat's Second Quarter 2026 Conference Call. [Operator Instructions] Please also note today's event is being recorded.
It is now my pleasure to turn the conference call over to Paul Sheppard, Vice President of FP&A and Investor Relations. Please go ahead.
Paul Sheppard
Vice President of Financial Planning & Analysis and Investor Relations
Thank you. Hello, everyone, and thank you for participating in today's call. Joining me are Ethan Brown, Founder, President, and Chief Executive Officer; and Lubi Kutua, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer.
By now, everyone should have access to our second quarter 2026 earnings press release filed today after market close. This document is available in the Investor Relations section of Beyond Meat's website at www.beyondmeat.com.
Before we begin, please note that during the course of this call, management may make forward-looking statements within the meaning of the federal securities laws. These statements are based on management's current expectations and beliefs and involve risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described in these forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements in our earnings release, along with the comments on this call, are made only as of today and will not be updated as actual events unfold. We refer you to today's press release, our quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 27, 2026, to be filed with the SEC, our annual
Applied Materials před zveřejněním výsledků 13. srpna čeká na potvrzení silného růstu: vedení zvýšilo výhled růstu v oblasti polovodičových zařízení pro rok 2026 na více než 30 %. Analytici zároveň očekávají tržby 8,95 miliardy USD a non-GAAP EPS 3,36 USD.
At $534.24, Applied Materials (NASDAQ:AMAT | AMAT Price Prediction) sits at a decision point heading into the August 13 earnings report. The stock has staged one of the sharpest recoveries in large-cap semis this year, and the earnings report will decide whether the next leg is toward $600 or back into the low $400s.
Applied Materials is the largest wafer fab equipment vendor by revenue, selling deposition, etch, and inspection tools to TSMC, Samsung, SK hynix, Micron and Intel. It has ridden the Gate-All-Around transition and the HBM buildout hard: shares are up 108.4% year to date and 200.44% over the past year. After peaking near $739.67, a July drawdown pulled the stock back before a 22.41% one-week rebound heading into the report.
Why the Setup Looks Explosive Management raised its calendar 2026 semi equipment growth outlook to more than 30%, and Q3 guidance calls for revenue of $8.95 billion and non-GAAP EPS of $3.36, up nearly 36% year over year. Q2 already delivered $7.91 billion in revenue and $2.86 EPS, a 6.56% beat.
CEO Gary Dickerson expects packaging revenues to grow more than 50% in calendar 2026, with leading-edge foundry logic, DRAM and advanced packaging driving more than 80% of WFE growth. Morningstar raised its fair value to $520 and flagged global WFE spending above $150 billion in 2026. Polymarket puts the odds of another beat at 92.5%.
Why the Rally Could Snap Applied trades at 32 times forward earnings and 51 times trailing, rich for a cyclical toolmaker. Free cash flow collapsed 80.21% year over year to $210 million on working capital build, and operating cash flow fell 46.21%.
China still contributes 27% of revenue after a $253 million BIS settlement, and history shows Applied often sells off on earnings day. The average day-of reaction across the last five beats is -2.18%, including a -14.07% drop after Q3 2025. KLA beat last week and still dipped, a warning that the bar is high.
Why Patience Wins Buy conviction requires the October-quarter guide to hold above $8.95 billion with commentary confirming 2027 strength; Sell conviction requires softness on China licenses or a walk-back on the 30% growth outlook. Both answers arrive only with Wednesday’s report.
Act now: the analyst who called NVIDIA in 2010 just named his top 10 AI stocks — and Applied Materials didn't make the cut. Grab the names FREE today.
Q2 gross margin at 50%, Semi Systems operating margin at 35.1%, and a 15% dividend hike make it hard to sell here. But the 108.4% YTD move makes it hard to chase.
What the Numbers Say Applied Materials trades at $534.24 against an analyst average target of $629.09, implying roughly 18% upside if consensus is right, though targets are one data point rather than a promise. Of 39 analysts, 32 rate it Buy or Strong Buy, 7 Hold, and none Sell.
YTD, AMAT is up 108.4%, dwarfing the S&P 500’s low-single-digit gain implied by SPY’s move to $769.79. The 200-day moving average sits at $374.97, showing how much technical distance the stock has traveled.
The Verdict: Hold Through the Earnings Report At $534.24, Applied Materials is a Hold. A clean beat plus October-quarter guidance confirming the 2027 record year commentary from CFO Brice Hill would validate the analyst target and open a path back toward $600. Any hedge on China license timing, HBM order pacing, or 2027 buildouts pushes shares back into the range-bound zone described earlier.
The cost of waiting one week is small; the cost of buying at a 32 forward multiple into a report where the crowd already prices in a 92.5% beat probability is asymmetric to the downside. Investors should watch the October revenue guide, packaging commentary, and China licensing color. When a stock has doubled YTD and history shows a -2.18% average earnings-day move, patience through one report is the cheapest option available.
Act now: the analyst who called NVIDIA in 2010 just named his top 10 AI stocks — and Applied Materials didn't make the cut. Grab the names FREE today.
MIDLAND, Texas--(BUSINESS WIRE)--Permian Resources Corporation (“Permian Resources” or the “Company”) (NYSE: PR) today announced that its Board of Directors declared a quarterly base cash dividend of $0.16 per share of Class A common stock, or $0.64 per share on an annualized basis. The base dividend is payable on September 30, 2026 to shareholders of record as of September 16, 2026.
About Permian Resources
Headquartered in Midland, Texas, Permian Resources is an independent oil and natural gas company focused on driving peer-leading returns through the acquisition, optimization and development of high-return oil and natural gas properties. The Company’s assets are located in the Permian Basin, with a concentration in the core of the Delaware Basin. Through its position of approximately 535,000 net acres in West Texas and Southeast New Mexico, Permian Resources is the second largest Permian Basin pure-play E&P. For more information, please visit www.permianres.com.
Intercontinental Exchange v červenci 2026 vykázala meziroční růst celkového průměrného denního objemu o 25 % a otevřeného zájmu o 18 %. Silný růst hlásila i energie, finanční kontrakty a akciové indexy.
ATLANTA & NEW YORK--(BUSINESS WIRE)--Intercontinental Exchange, Inc. (NYSE:ICE), one of the world’s leading providers of financial market technology and data powering global capital markets, today reported July 2026 trading volume and related revenue statistics, which can be viewed on the company’s investor relations website at https://ir.theice.com/ir-resources/supplemental-information in the Monthly Statistics Tracking spreadsheet.
July highlights include:
Total average daily volume (ADV) up 25% y/y; open interest (OI) up 18% y/y Total Energy ADV up 13% y/y; OI up 6% y/y Total Oil ADV up 16% y/y Brent ADV up 40% y/y Gasoil ADV up 10% y/y Other Crude & Refined products ADV up 10% y/y Total Natural Gas ADV up 9% y/y; OI up 9% y/y North American Gas OI up 8% y/y TTF gas ADV up 36% y/y; OI up 16% y/y Asia gas ADV up 73% y/y; OI up 40% y/y, including record OI of 272k lots on July 14 Total Environmentals ADV up 18% y/y Total Agriculture & Metals ADV up 38% y/y; OI up 42% y/y Sugar ADV up 11% y/y; OI up 27% y/y Cocoa ADV up 65% y/y; OI up 71% y/y Coffee ADV up 58% y/y; OI up 18% y/y Cotton ADV up 71% y/y; OI up 88% y/y Total Financials ADV up 39% y/y; OI up 38% y/y Total Interest Rates ADV up 40% y/y; OI up 43% y/y Euribor ADV up 25% y/y; OI up 26% y/y SONIA ADV up 66% y/y; OI up 66% y/y Gilts ADV up 7% y/y; OI up 18% y/y Total Equity Indices ADV up 30% MSCI ADV up 45% y/y NYSE Equity Options ADV up 26% y/y About Intercontinental Exchange
Intercontinental Exchange, Inc. (NYSE: ICE) is a Fortune 500 company that designs, builds, and operates digital networks that connect people to opportunity. We provide financial technology and data services across major asset classes helping our customers access mission-critical workflow tools that increase transparency and efficiency. ICE’s futures, equity, and options exchanges -- including the New York Stock Exchange -- and clearing houses help people invest, raise capital and manage risk. We offer some of the world’s largest markets to trade and clear energy and environmental products. Our fixed income, data services and execution capabilities provide information, analytics and platforms that help our customers streamline processes and capitalize on opportunities. At ICE Mortgage Technology, we are transforming U.S. housing finance, from initial consumer engagement through loan production, closing, registration and the long-term servicing relationship. Together, ICE transforms, streamlines, and automates industries to connect our customers to opportunity.
Trademarks of ICE and/or its affiliates include Intercontinental Exchange, ICE, ICE block design, NYSE and New York Stock Exchange. Information regarding additional trademarks and intellectual property rights of Intercontinental Exchange, Inc. and/or its affiliates is located here. Key Information Documents for certain products covered by the EU Packaged Retail and Insurance-based Investment Products Regulation can be accessed on the relevant exchange website under the heading “Key Information Documents (KIDS).”
Safe Harbor Statement under the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 -- Statements in this press release regarding ICE's business that are not historical facts are "forward-looking statements" that involve risks and uncertainties. For a discussion of additional risks and uncertainties, which could cause actual results to differ from those contained in the forward-looking statements, see ICE's Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) filings, including, but not limited to, the risk factors in ICE's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, as filed with the SEC on February 5, 2026.
Motorola Solutions ve 2. čtvrtletí zvýšila tržby o 13 % na 3,133 mld. USD a upravený EPS o 24 % na 4,41 USD. Zároveň zvýšila celoroční výhled tržeb na 12,975 mld. USD.
CHICAGO--(BUSINESS WIRE)--Motorola Solutions, Inc. (NYSE: MSI) today reported its earnings results for the second quarter of 2026.
“Q2 was exceptional across the board,” said Greg Brown, chairman and CEO, Motorola Solutions. “This performance, along with record Q2 orders, is driving very strong momentum into the second half of this year.”
KEY FINANCIAL RESULTS (presented in millions, except per share data and percentages)
Q2 2026
Q2 2025
% Change
Sales
$3,133
$2,765
13 %
GAAP
Operating Earnings2
$809
$692
17 %
% of Sales2
25.8 %
25.0 %
EPS2
$3.33
$3.04
10 %
Non-GAAP1
Operating Earnings2
$1,032
$818
26 %
% of Sales2
32.9 %
29.6 %
EPS2
$4.41
$3.57
24 %
Products and Systems Integration Segment
Sales
$1,908
$1,653
15 %
GAAP Operating Earnings2
$453
$363
25 %
% of Sales2
23.7 %
22.0 %
Non-GAAP1 Operating Earnings2
$599
$442
36 %
% of Sales
31.4 %
26.7 %
Software and Services Segment
Sales
$1,225
$1,112
10 %
GAAP Operating Earnings
$356
$329
8 %
% of Sales
29.1 %
29.6 %
Non-GAAP1 Operating Earnings
$433
$376
15 %
% of Sales
35.3 %
33.8 %
OTHER SELECTED FINANCIAL RESULTS
Revenue - Sales were $3.1 billion, up 13% from the year-ago quarter driven by growth in North America and International. Revenue from acquisitions was $243 million and foreign currency tailwinds were $35 million in the quarter. The Products and Systems Integration segment grew 15% driven by growth in Mission Critical Networks ("MCN") and Video Security and Access Control ("Video"). The Software and Services segment grew 10% driven by growth in MCN, Command Center and Video. Operating margin - GAAP operating margin was 25.8% of sales, up from 25.0% in the year-ago quarter and Non-GAAP operating margin was 32.9% of sales, up 330 basis points from 29.6% a year ago. The increase in both GAAP and non-GAAP operating margin was driven by higher sales and improved operating leverage, inclusive of higher direct material costs and a $60 million benefit, or 190 bps, from IEEPA refunds recorded during the quarter. Taxes - The GAAP effective tax rate during the quarter was 24.8%, versus 24.3% in the year-ago quarter and the non-GAAP effective tax rate was 22.6%, versus 23.5% in the year-ago quarter. The decrease in the non-GAAP effective tax rate was primarily driven by a higher deduction for income generated from export sales recognized in the current quarter. Cash flow - Operating cash flow was $469 million, compared to $272 million in the year-ago quarter, and free cash flow was $414 million, compared to $224 million in the year-ago quarter. Both the operating cash flow and free cash flow for the quarter increased primarily due to higher earnings, net of non-cash charges and lower tax payments, partially offset by higher investments in inventory. Capital allocation - During the quarter, the company repurchased $326 million of common stock at an average price of $413.53 per share, paid $201 million in cash dividends and invested $55 million in capital expenditures. The company also entered into a definitive agreement to acquire D-Fend Solutions ("D-Fend"), an industry leader in counter-drone technology, for $1.5 billion. Backlog - The company ended the quarter with record Q2 backlog of $15.6 billion, up 11% or $1.5 billion from the year-ago quarter driven by record Q2 orders. Products and Systems Integration segment backlog was up $329 million, or 10%, driven primarily by strong demand in MCN and Video. Software and Services segment backlog was up $1.2 billion, or 11%, driven by strong demand across all three technologies. NOTABLE WINS AND ACHIEVEMENTS
Products and Systems Integration
$52 million P25 systems order for a U.S. federal customer $36 million P25 device and SVX order for a U.S. federal customer $34 million P25 system upgrade for a U.S. state and local customer $22 million P25 system upgrade for St. Louis County, MO $20 million P25 device order for Atlanta, GA $17 million P25 device order for Miami-Dade Corrections, FL Software and Services
$25 million mobile video order for the Florida Highway Patrol $24 million mobile video order for Kansas City Police Dept, MO $24 million P25 services order for a North American energy company $20 million Command Center order for the State of Montana Dept of Justice $16 million P25 services order for Fulton County, GA $14 million Command Center order for Hillsborough County, FL BUSINESS OUTLOOK
Third quarter 2026 - The company expects revenue growth of approximately 8% compared to the third quarter of 2025 and non-GAAP EPS between $4.39 and $4.44 per share. This assumes approximately 168 million of fully diluted shares and a non-GAAP effective tax rate of approximately 23%. Full-year 2026 - The company now expects revenue of approximately $12.975 billion, up from its prior guidance of $12.8 billion and non-GAAP EPS between $17.62 and $17.72 per share, up from the prior guidance of between $16.87 and $16.99 per share. This outlook assumes approximately 168 million of fully diluted shares and a non-GAAP effective tax rate between 22% and 22.5%. The company has not quantitatively reconciled its guidance for forward-looking non-GAAP measurements in this news release to their most comparable GAAP measurements because the company does not provide specific guidance for the various reconciling items as certain items that impact these measurements have not occurred, are out of the company’s control, or cannot be reasonably predicted. Accordingly, a reconciliation to the most comparable GAAP financial measurement is not available without unreasonable effort. Please note that the unavailable reconciling items could significantly impact the company’s results.
RECENT EVENTS
MACROECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT UPDATE
The global trade landscape continues to shift rapidly, including evolving tariffs and import/export regulations, such as restrictions around rare earth minerals, trade barriers and trade disputes.
On February 20, 2026, a U.S. Supreme Court ruling invalidated tariffs imposed under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act (“IEEPA”). On April 20, 2026, the U.S. Customs and Border Protection launched a system to process IEEPA tariff refund claims. Following the implementation of this system, the company determined that the recovery of a portion of these refunds is now probable. Accordingly, during the quarter ended July 4, 2026, the company recognized a favorable adjustment of $60 million recorded within Cost of sales in its Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations.
In addition, the company is experiencing higher costs for memory in its products which is a result of substantial demand in the market driven by AI. As a result, the company continues to observe elevated volatility and uncertainty around the global supply chain. The company engages with global suppliers across a diverse network of locations around the world. The company is actively managing its inventory and continues to work with its global supply base to mitigate its exposure to elevated volatility and uncertainty from these rising memory costs, as well as global tariffs and import/export regulations that have developed, and which may continue to develop, to ensure supply continues at levels necessary to meet its current customer demand. The company expects inventory levels to remain elevated as it mitigates this dynamic supply chain environment. The current environment has led to increased costs on materials and components, for which the company continues to develop mitigation actions going forward.
CONFERENCE CALL AND WEBCAST Motorola Solutions will host its quarterly conference call beginning at 4 p.m. U.S. Central Time (5 p.m. U.S. Eastern Time) on Wednesday, August 5. The conference call will be webcast live at www.motorolasolutions.com/investors. An archive of the webcast will be available for a limited period of time thereafter.
CONSOLIDATED GAAP RESULTS (presented in millions, except per share data)
A comparison of results from operations is as follows:
Q2 2026
Q2 2025
Net sales
$3,133
$2,765
Gross margin
$1,678
$1,413
Operating earnings
$809
$692
Amounts attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. common stockholders
Net earnings
$557
$513
Diluted EPS
$3.33
$3.04
Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding
167.2
168.8
USE OF NON-GAAP FINANCIAL INFORMATION
In addition to the results presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. ("GAAP") included in this news release, Motorola Solutions also has included non-GAAP measurements of results, including free cash flow, non-GAAP operating earnings, non-GAAP EPS, non-GAAP operating margin, non-GAAP net earnings attributable to MSI, non-GAAP tax rate, and organic revenue. The company has provided these non-GAAP measurements to help investors better understand its core operating performance, enhance comparisons of core operating performance from period-to-period and allow better comparisons of its operating performance to that of its competitors. Among other things, management uses these operating results, excluding the identified items, to evaluate the performance of its businesses and to evaluate results relative to certain incentive compensation targets. Management uses operating results excluding these items because it believes these measurements enable it to make better period-to-period evaluations of the financial performance of its core business operations. The non-GAAP measurements are intended only as a supplement to the comparable GAAP measurements and the company compensates for the limitations inherent in the use of non-GAAP measurements by using GAAP measures in conjunction with the non-GAAP measurements. As a result, investors should consider these non-GAAP measurements in addition to, and not in substitution for or as superior to, GAAP measurements.
Reconciliations: Details and reconciliations of such non-GAAP measurements to the corresponding GAAP measurements can be found at the end of this news release.
Free cash flow: Free cash flow represents net cash provided by operating activities less capital expenditures. The company believes that free cash flow is useful to investors as the basis for comparing its performance and coverage ratios with other companies in the company's industries, although the company's measure of free cash flow may not be directly comparable to similar measures used by other companies. This measure is also used as a component of incentive compensation.
Organic Revenue: Organic revenue reflects net sales calculated under GAAP excluding net sales from acquired business owned for less than four full quarters. The company believes organic revenue provides useful information for evaluating the periodic growth of the business on a consistent basis and provides for a meaningful period-to-period comparison and analysis of trends in the business.
Non-GAAP operating earnings, non-GAAP EPS, non-GAAP operating margin and non-GAAP net earnings attributable to MSI each excludes highlighted items, including share-based compensation expenses and intangible assets amortization expense, as follows:
Highlighted items: The company has excluded the effects of highlighted items including, but not limited to, acquisition-related transaction fees, tangible and intangible asset impairments, reorganization of business charges, certain non-cash pension adjustments, legal settlements and other contingencies, gains and losses on investments and businesses, Hytera-related legal expenses, gains and losses on the extinguishment of debt, adjustments to contingent earnout, and the income tax effects of significant tax matters, from its non-GAAP operating expenses and net income measurements because the company believes that these historical items do not reflect expected future operating earnings or expenses and do not contribute to a meaningful evaluation of the company's current operating performance or comparisons to the company's past operating performance. For the purposes of management's internal analysis over operating performance, the company uses financial statements that exclude highlighted items, as these charges do not contribute to a meaningful evaluation of the company's current operating performance or comparisons to the company's past operating performance.
Hytera-Related Legal Expenses: In 2017, the company filed a complaint against Hytera Communications Corporation Limited of Shenzhen, China; Hytera America, Inc.; and Hytera Communications America (West), Inc. (collectively, "Hytera"), in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois (the "District Court"), alleging trade secret theft and copyright infringement, and seeking injunctive relief. In 2020, a jury decided in the company's favor, ultimately resulting in an award to the company of $543.7 million, plus $51.1 million in pre-judgment interest and $2.6 million in costs, as well as $34.2 million in attorneys' fees.
In 2024, after both parties appealed to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit (the "Court of Appeals"), the Court of Appeals, among other items, affirmed the District Court's award of $407.4 million in damages under the Defend Trade Secrets Act, and directed the District Court to recalculate and reduce its award of $136.3 million in copyright infringement damages, which remains subject to ruling by the District Court. As of July 4, 2026, as a result of this civil litigation and 2020 bankruptcy proceedings by Hytera America, Inc. and Hytera Communications America (West), Inc., Hytera had paid $232 million against this award, $60 million of which was paid in the first half of 2026. These payments were recorded as a gain within Other charges within the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Further, in 2022, the District Court ordered Hytera to pay the company a forward-looking reasonable royalty on Hytera’s products (“I-Series”) that use the company’s stolen trade secrets, applicable to I-Series products sold from July 1, 2019 forward. In 2024, the company received royalties of $61 million related to the I-Series products, which was recorded as a gain within Other charges within the Consolidated Statement of Operations. Beginning in 2025, a favorable ruling in a related legal proceeding in the District Court (which Hytera has subsequently appealed to the Court of Appeals) also ordered Hytera to pay the company for Hytera’s continued use of the company’s trade secrets and copyrighted source code in Hytera’s currently shipping products (“H-Series”), and Hytera has subsequently reported to the company approximately $116 million in royalties subject to the Court's order. While several aspects of the court proceedings related to the H-Series are subject to appeal, the company continues to seek collection of the amounts owed by Hytera through the ongoing legal process.
Management typically considers legal expenses associated with defending the company's intellectual property as “normal and recurring.” Since 2020, the company has believed that Hytera-related legal expenses have not been part of its “normal and recurring” legal expenses incurred to operate its business and has accordingly excluded such expenses from its GAAP operating Income. In addition, as any contingent or actual gains associated with the Hytera litigation are recognized, they will be similarly excluded from the company's non-GAAP operating income, consistent with the company's treatment of the approximately $15 million realized in 2022, $61 million realized in 2024, $157 million realized in 2025, and $60 million realized in the first half of 2026. The company believes after the jury award, the presentation of excluding both Hytera-related legal expenses and gains related to awards better aligns with how management evaluates the company's ongoing underlying business performance.
Share-based compensation expenses: The company has excluded share-based compensation expense from its non-GAAP operating expenses and net income measurements. Although share-based compensation is a key incentive offered to the company’s employees and the company believes such compensation contributed to the revenue earned during the periods presented and also believes it will contribute to the generation of future period revenues, the company continues to evaluate its performance excluding share-based compensation expense primarily because it represents a significant non-cash expense. Share-based compensation expense will recur in future periods.
Intangible assets amortization expense: The company has excluded intangible assets amortization expense from its non-GAAP operating expenses and net earnings measurements primarily because it represents a non-cash expense and because the company evaluates its performance excluding intangible assets amortization expense. Amortization of intangible assets is consistent in amount and frequency but is significantly affected by the timing and size of the company’s acquisitions. Investors should note that the use of intangible assets contributed to the company’s revenues earned during the periods presented and will contribute to the company’s future period revenues as well. Intangible assets amortization expense will recur in future periods.
FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS
This news release contains "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of applicable federal securities law. These statements are made pursuant to the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 and generally include words such as “believes,” “expects,” “intends,” “anticipates,” “estimates” and similar expressions. The company can give no assurance that any actual or future results or events discussed in these statements will be achieved. Any forward-looking statements represent the company’s views only as of today and should not be relied upon as representing the company’s views as of any subsequent date. Readers are cautioned that such forward-looking statements are subject to a variety of risks and uncertainties that could cause the company’s actual results to differ materially from the statements contained in this release. Such forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, Motorola Solutions’ financial outlook for the third quarter and full-year of 2026; and the impact of changes in the global trade environment, the dynamic supply chain environment and the memory market on Motorola Solutions' business, and Motorola Solutions' actions in response thereto (including with respect to inventory levels). Motorola Solutions cautions the reader that the risks and uncertainties below, as well as those in Part I Item 1A of Motorola Solutions’ 2025 Annual Report on Form 10-K and in its other SEC filings available for free on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov and on Motorola Solutions’ website at www.motorolasolutions.com/investors, could cause Motorola Solutions’ actual results to differ materially from those estimated or predicted in the forward-looking statements. Many of these risks and uncertainties cannot be controlled by Motorola Solutions, and factors that may impact forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to: (i) impact of current global economic and political conditions in the markets in which the company operates; (ii) increased areas of risk, increased competition and additional compliance obligations associated with the introduction of new or enhanced products and services in our segments; (iii) challenges relating to the use of artificial intelligence ("AI") in our products and services; (iv) impact of catastrophic events on our business or our customers' or suppliers' business; (v) the effectiveness of our strategic acquisitions, including the integrations of such acquired businesses; (vi) the inability of our products to meet our customers’ expectations or regulatory or industry standards, or actual or perceived systems or service failures of our products and services; (vii) our inability to purchase a sufficient amount of materials, parts, and components, as well as software and services, at acceptable prices to meet the demands of our customers, and any disruption to our suppliers or significant increase in the price of supplies; (viii) risks related to our large, multi-year system and services contracts; (ix) the global nature of our employees, customers, suppliers and outsource partners; (x) our use of third-parties to develop, design and/or manufacture many of our components and some of our products, and to perform portions of our business operations; (xi) the inability of our subcontractors to perform in a timely and compliant manner or adhere to our Human Rights Policy; (xii) inability to attract and retain senior management and key employees; (xiii) evolving and sometimes conflicting expectations from investors, customers, lawmakers, regulators and other stakeholders regarding social and sustainability considerations and disclosures; (xiv) challenges relating to existing or future legislation and regulations pertaining to AI, AI-enabled products and the use of biometrics and other video analytics; (xv) the impact, including increased costs and potential liabilities, associated with changes in laws and regulations regarding cybersecurity, privacy, data protection, data sovereignty and information security; (xvi) the impact of government regulation of radio frequencies; (xvii) regulations, laws and other compliance requirements and risks applicable to our U.S. government customer contracts and grants; (xviii) the impact, including increased costs and additional compliance obligations, associated with existing or future telecommunications-related laws and regulations; (xix) impact of product regulatory and safety, consumer, worker safety and environmental product compliance and remediation laws; (xx) impact of tax matters; (xxi) increased cybersecurity threats, a security breach or other significant disruption of our IT systems or those of our outsource partners, suppliers or customers; (xxii) our inability to protect our intellectual property or potential infringement of intellectual property rights of third parties; (xxiii) risks relating to intellectual property licenses and intellectual property indemnities in our customer and supplier contracts; (xxiv) our license of the MOTOROLA, MOTO, MOTOROLA SOLUTIONS and the Stylized M logo and all derivatives and formatives thereof from Motorola Trademark Holdings, LLC; (xxv) inability to access the capital markets for financing on acceptable terms and conditions; (xxvi) exposure to exchange rate fluctuations on cross-border transactions and the translation of local currency results into U.S. dollars; (xxvii) impact of returns on pension and retirement plan assets and interest rate changes; and (xxviii) the return of capital to shareholders through dividends and/or repurchasing shares. Motorola Solutions undertakes no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement or risk factor, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
The company uses its website as a means of disclosing material, non-public information and for complying with the company's disclosure obligations under Regulation FD. Therefore, the company encourages investors to monitor the Investor Relations page of the company's website at www.motorolasolutions.com/investors, and review the information the company posts on that page.
About Motorola Solutions | Solving for safer
Safety and security are at the heart of everything we do at Motorola Solutions. We build and connect technologies to help protect people, property and places. Our solutions foster the collaboration that’s critical for safer communities, safer schools, safer hospitals, safer businesses, and ultimately, safer nations. Learn more about our commitment to innovating for a safer future for us all at www.motorolasolutions.com.
GAAP-1 Motorola Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (In millions, except per share amounts) Three Months Ended July 4, 2026 June 28, 2025 Net sales from products $
1,818
$
1,533
Net sales from services 1,315
1,232
Net sales 3,133
2,765
Costs of products sales 702
646
Costs of services sales 753
706
Costs of sales 1,455
1,352
Gross margin 1,678
1,413
Selling, general and administrative expenses 496
450
Research and development expenditures 260
231
Other charges 18
1
Intangibles amortization 95
39
Operating earnings 809
692
Other income (expense): Interest expense, net (103
)
(55
)
Other, net 36
43
Total other expense (67
)
(12
)
Net earnings before income taxes 742
680
Income tax expense 184
165
Net earnings 558
515
Less: Earnings attributable to non-controlling interests 1
2
Net earnings attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. $
557
$
513
Earnings per common share: Basic $
3.36
$
3.08
Diluted $
3.33
$
3.04
Weighted average common shares outstanding: Basic 165.8
166.8
Diluted 167.2
168.8
Percentage of Net Sales* Net sales from products 58.0
%
55.4
%
Net sales from services 42.0
%
44.6
%
Net sales 100.0
%
100.0
%
Costs of products sales 38.6
%
42.1
%
Costs of services sales 57.3
%
57.3
%
Costs of sales 46.4
%
48.9
%
Gross margin 53.6
%
51.1
%
Selling, general and administrative expenses 15.8
%
16.3
%
Research and development expenditures 8.3
%
8.4
%
Other charges 0.6
%
—
%
Intangibles amortization 3.0
%
1.4
%
Operating earnings 25.8
%
25.0
%
Other income (expense): Interest expense, net (3.3
)%
(2.0
)%
Other, net 1.1
%
1.6
%
Total other expense (2.1
)%
(0.4
)%
Net earnings before income taxes 23.7
%
24.6
%
Income tax expense 5.9
%
6.0
%
Net earnings 17.8
%
18.6
%
Less: Earnings attributable to non-controlling interests —
%
0.1
%
Net earnings attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. 17.8
%
18.6
%
* Percentages may not add up due to rounding GAAP-2 Motorola Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations (In millions, except per share amounts) Six Months Ended July 4, 2026 June 28, 2025 Net sales from products $
3,300
$
2,980
Net sales from services 2,548
2,313
Net sales 5,848
5,293
Costs of products sales 1,332
1,220
Costs of services sales 1,476
1,360
Costs of sales 2,808
2,580
Gross margin 3,040
2,713
Selling, general and administrative expenses 935
886
Research and development expenditures 512
464
Other charges 74
13
Intangibles amortization 185
76
Operating earnings 1,334
1,274
Other income (expense): Interest expense, net (208
)
(106
)
Other, net 56
59
Total other expense (152
)
(47
)
Net earnings before income taxes 1,182
1,227
Income tax expense 256
280
Net earnings 926
947
Less: Earnings attributable to non-controlling interests 3
4
Net earnings attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. $
923
$
943
Earnings per common share: Basic $
5.57
$
5.65
Diluted $
5.51
$
5.57
Weighted average common shares outstanding: Basic 165.8
166.8
Diluted 167.6
169.4
Percentage of Net Sales* Net sales from products 56.4
%
56.3
%
Net sales from services 43.6
%
43.7
%
Net sales 100.0
%
100.0
%
Costs of products sales 40.4
%
40.9
%
Costs of services sales 57.9
%
58.8
%
Costs of sales 48.0
%
48.7
%
Gross margin 52.0
%
51.3
%
Selling, general and administrative expenses 16.0
%
16.7
%
Research and development expenditures 8.8
%
8.8
%
Other charges 1.3
%
0.2
%
Intangibles amortization 3.2
%
1.4
%
Operating earnings 22.8
%
24.1
%
Other income (expense): Interest expense, net (3.6
)%
(2.0
)%
Other, net 1.0
%
1.1
%
Total other expense (2.6
)%
(0.9
)%
Net earnings before income taxes 20.2
%
23.2
%
Income tax expense 4.4
%
5.3
%
Net earnings 15.8
%
17.9
%
Less: Earnings attributable to non-controlling interests 0.1
%
0.1
%
Net earnings attributable to Motorola Solutions, Inc. 15.8
%
17.8
%
* Percentages may not add up due to rounding GAAP-3 Motorola Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (In millions) July 4, 2026 December 31, 2025 Assets Cash and cash equivalents $
710
$
1,165
Accounts receivable, net 2,160
2,200
Contract assets 1,455
1,574
Inventories, net 1,333
983
Other current assets 474
378
Total current assets 6,132
6,300
Property, plant and equipment, net 1,167
1,165
Operating lease assets 571
581
Investments 300
187
Deferred income taxes 733
761
Goodwill 6,883
6,800
Intangible assets, net 2,951
3,104
Other assets 505
491
Total assets $
19,242
$
19,389
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity Short-term borrowings $
615
$
749
Accounts payable 957
1,134
Contract liabilities 2,341
2,265
Accrued liabilities 1,666
1,930
Total current liabilities 5,579
6,078
Long-term debt 8,417
8,413
Operating lease liabilities 442
471
Other liabilities 2,116
2,000
Total Motorola Solutions, Inc. stockholders’ equity 2,672
2,410
Non-controlling interests 16
17
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $
19,242
$
19,389
GAAP-4 Motorola Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (In millions) Three Months Ended July 4, 2026 June 28, 2025 Operating Net earnings $
558
$
515
Adjustments to reconcile Net earnings to Net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation and amortization 148
86
Contingent earnout adjustment 16
—
Non-cash other income (8
)
(12
)
Share-based compensation expenses 104
74
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions, dispositions, and foreign currency translation adjustments: Accounts receivable (119
)
(68
)
Inventories (156
)
(22
)
Other current assets and contract assets (94
)
(44
)
Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and contract liabilities 82
(281
)
Other assets and liabilities (72
)
24
Deferred income taxes 10
—
Net cash provided by operating activities 469
272
Investing Acquisitions and investments, net (100
)
(14
)
Proceeds from sales of investments and businesses, net 4
2
Capital expenditures (55
)
(48
)
Net cash used for investing activities (151
)
(60
)
Financing Net proceeds from issuance of debt —
1,983
Net proceeds from short-term borrowings 65
—
Repayments of short-term debt —
(252
)
Revolving credit facility renewal fees —
(5
)
Issuances of common stock, net of tax (3
)
54
Purchases of common stock (331
)
(218
)
Payments of dividends (201
)
(182
)
Payments of dividends to non-controlling interests (4
)
(4
)
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities (474
)
1,376
Effect of exchange rate changes on total cash and cash equivalents (20
)
54
Net increase (decrease) in total cash and cash equivalents (176
)
1,642
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period 886
1,564
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period $
710
$
3,206
GAAP-5 Motorola Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (In millions) Six Months Ended July 4, 2026 June 28, 2025 Operating Net earnings $
926
$
947
Adjustments to reconcile Net earnings to Net cash provided by operating activities: Depreciation and amortization 291
167
Contingent earnout adjustment 91
—
Non-cash other income —
(5
)
Share-based compensation expenses 204
140
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of effects of acquisitions, dispositions, and foreign currency translation adjustments: Accounts receivable 36
129
Inventories (355
)
(84
)
Other current assets and contract assets 9
(122
)
Accounts payable, accrued liabilities and contract liabilities (208
)
(455
)
Other assets and liabilities (84
)
49
Deferred income taxes 10
17
Net cash provided by operating activities 920
783
Investing Acquisitions and investments, net (224
)
(464
)
Proceeds from sales of investments and businesses, net 6
12
Capital expenditures (117
)
(85
)
Proceeds from sales of property, plant and equipment 1
—
Net cash used for investing activities (334
)
(537
)
Financing Net proceeds from issuance of debt —
1,983
Net proceeds from short-term borrowings 65
—
Repayments of short-term debt (200
)
(252
)
Revolving credit facility renewal fees —
(5
)
Issuances of common stock, net of tax (9
)
(37
)
Purchases of common stock (449
)
(543
)
Payments of dividends (402
)
(364
)
Payments of dividends to non-controlling interests (4
)
(4
)
Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities (999
)
778
Effect of exchange rate changes on total cash and cash equivalents (42
)
80
Net increase (decrease) in total cash and cash equivalents (455
)
1,104
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period 1,165
2,102
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period $
710
$
3,206
Non-GAAP-1 Motorola Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries Reconciliation of Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities to Free Cash Flow (In millions) Three Months Ended Six Months Ended July 4, 2026 June 28, 2025 July 4, 2026 June 28, 2025 Net cash provided by operating activities $
469
$
272
$
920
$
783
Capital expenditures (55
)
(48
)
(117
)
(85
)
Free cash flow $
414
$
224
$
803
$
698
Non-GAAP-2 Motorola Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries Reconciliation of Net Earnings Attributable to MSI to Non-GAAP Net Earnings Attributable to MSI (In millions) Three Months Ended Six Months Ended Statement Line July 4, 2026 June 28, 2025 July 4, 2026 June 28, 2025 Net earnings attributable to MSI $
557
$
513
$
923
$
943
Non-GAAP adjustments before income taxes: Share-based compensation expenses Cost of sales, SG&A and R&D 104
Contingent earnout adjustment Other charges (income) 16
—
91
—
Reorganization of business charges Cost of sales and Other charges (income) 15
14
30
31
Acquisition-related transaction fees Other charges (income) 5
2
13
8
Operating lease asset impairments Other charges (income) 3
—
5
—
Legal settlements Other charges (income) 3
1
4
5
Hytera-related legal expenses SG&A 1
6
6
20
Assessments of uncertain tax positions Interest income, net, Other (income) expense 1
—
1
1
Fixed asset impairments Other charges (income) 1
—
1
—
Loss on financing issuance costs Other (income) expense —
2
—
2
Fair value adjustments to equity investments Other (income) expense (13
)
(18
)
(8
)
(13
)
Gain on Hytera litigation Other charges (income) (20
)
(10
)
(60
)
(20
)
Total Non-GAAP adjustments before income taxes $
211
$
110
$
472
$
250
Income tax expense on Non-GAAP adjustments 31
21
92
51
Total Non-GAAP adjustments after income taxes 180
89
380
199
Non-GAAP Net earnings attributable to MSI $
737
$
602
$
1,303
$
1,142
Calculation of Non-GAAP Tax Rate (In millions) Three Months Ended Six Months Ended July 4, 2026 June 28, 2025 July 4, 2026 June 28, 2025 Net earnings before income taxes $
742
$
680
$
1,182
$
1,227
Total Non-GAAP adjustments before income taxes* 211
110
472
250
Non-GAAP Net earnings before income taxes 953
790
1,654
1,477
Income tax expense 184
165
256
280
Income tax expense on Non-GAAP adjustments** 31
21
92
51
Total Non-GAAP Income tax expense $
215
$
186
$
348
$
331
Non-GAAP Tax rate 22.6
%
23.5
%
21.0
%
22.4
%
*See reconciliation on Non-GAAP-2 table above for detail on Non-GAAP adjustments before income taxes **Income tax impact of highlighted items Reconciliation of Earnings Per Share to Non-GAAP Earnings Per Share* Three Months Ended Six Months Ended Statement Line July 4, 2026 June 28, 2025 July 4, 2026 June 28, 2025 Net earnings attributable to MSI $
3.33
$
3.04
$
5.51
$
5.57
Non-GAAP adjustments before income taxes: Share-based compensation expenses Cost of sales, SG&A and R&D $
Contingent earnout adjustment Other charges (income) 0.10
—
0.54
—
Reorganization of business charges Cost of sales and Other charges (income) 0.09
0.08
0.18
0.18
Acquisition-related transaction fees Other charges (income) 0.03
0.01
0.08
0.05
Operating lease asset impairments Other charges (income) 0.02
—
0.03
—
Legal settlements Other charges (income) 0.02
0.01
0.02
0.03
Hytera-related legal expenses SG&A 0.01
0.04
0.04
0.12
Assessments of uncertain tax positions Interest income, net, Other (income) expense 0.01
—
0.01
0.01
Fixed asset impairments Other charges (income) 0.01
—
0.01
—
Loss on financing issuance costs Other (income) expense —
0.01
—
0.01
Fair value adjustments to equity investments Other (income) expense (0.08
)
(0.11
)
(0.05
)
(0.08
)
Gain on Hytera litigation Other charges (income) (0.12
)
(0.06
)
(0.36
)
(0.12
)
Total Non-GAAP adjustments before income taxes $
1.26
$
0.65
$
2.82
$
1.48
Income tax expense on Non-GAAP adjustments 0.18
0.12
0.55
0.31
Total Non-GAAP adjustments after income taxes 1.08
0.53
2.27
1.17
Non-GAAP Net earnings attributable to MSI $
4.41
$
3.57
$
7.78
$
6.74
Diluted Weighted Average Common Shares 167.2
168.8
167.6
169.4
Adjusted for dilutive shares outstanding** —
—
—
—
Non-GAAP Diluted Weighted Average Common Shares 167.2
168.8
167.6
169.4
*Indicates Non-GAAP Diluted EPS Non-GAAP-3 Motorola Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries Reconciliations of Operating Earnings to Non-GAAP Operating Earnings and Operating Margin to Non-GAAP Operating Margin (In millions) Three Months Ended July 4, 2026 June 28, 2025 Products and
Systems Integration Software and
Services Total Products and
Systems Integration Software and
Services Total Net sales $
Operating earnings as a percentage of net sales - GAAP 23.7
%
29.1
%
25.8
%
22.0
%
29.6
%
25.0
%
Operating earnings as a percentage of net sales - after non-GAAP adjustments 31.4
%
35.3
%
32.9
%
26.7
%
33.8
%
29.6
%
Non-GAAP-4 Motorola Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries Reconciliations of Operating Earnings to Non-GAAP Operating Earnings and Operating Margin to Non-GAAP Operating Margin (In millions) Six Months Ended July 4, 2026 June 28, 2025 Products and Systems Integration Software and Services Total Products and Systems Integration Software and Services Total Net sales $
Operating earnings as a percentage of net sales - GAAP 19.2
%
28.1
%
22.8
%
22.4
%
26.7
%
24.1
%
Operating earnings as a percentage of net sales - after non-GAAP adjustments 28.4
%
34.8
%
31.0
%
27.4
%
31.4
%
29.0
%
Non-GAAP-5 Motorola Solutions, Inc. and Subsidiaries Reconciliation of Revenue to Non-GAAP Organic Revenue (In millions) Three Months Ended July 4, 2026 June 28, 2025 % Change Net sales $
3,133
$
2,765
13
%
Non-GAAP adjustments: Sales from acquisitions 243
—
Organic revenue $
2,890
$
2,765
5
%
Six Months Ended July 4, 2026 June 28, 2025 % Change Net sales $
Royal Gold ve 2. čtvrtletí zvýšil tržby na 450,5 mil. USD a provozní cash flow na rekordních 335,2 mil. USD. Zároveň splatil dluh ve výši 200 mil. USD a odkoupil 147 205 akcií.
DENVER--(BUSINESS WIRE)--Royal Gold, Inc. (NASDAQ: RGLD) (together with its subsidiaries, “Royal Gold,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our”) released financial results for the quarter ended June 30, 2026 ("second quarter").
“Financial results for the second quarter were strong and we made meaningful progress on executing our priorities,” commented Bill Heissenbuttel, President and CEO of Royal Gold. “We continued our disciplined approach to capital allocation. We repaid debt, repurchased and cancelled shares, and invested capital toward our Warintza and Hod Maden portfolio interests. We also continued progress on simplifying the Sandstorm portfolio with the restructuring of the Hod Maden joint venture interest and the settlement of the fixed delivery obligations at the Relief Canyon mine. After a solid first half of the year driven by our large and diversified portfolio, our outlook for the second half remains positive, and we will maintain our discipline and long term focus as we consider alternatives to accretively deploy capital in an active environment for new business development opportunities."
Second Quarter Highlights
Financial/Operating
Revenue of $450.5 million (compared to $209.6 million in the prior year period) Revenue split by commodity: 76% gold, 12% silver, 8% copper Record operating cash flow of $335.2 million (compared to $152.8 million in the prior year period) Net income of $236.4 million ($2.78 per share), and adjusted net income1 of $218.2 million ($2.56 per share) (compared to $132.3 million and $118.8 million, respectively, in the prior year period) Sales volume of 100,000 GEOs2 (compared to 63,900 in the prior year period) Adjusted EBITDA margin1 of 83% (compared to 84% in the prior year period) Corporate
Repaid $200 million on the revolving credit facility Increased total available liquidity to approximately $1.2 billion Paid quarterly dividend of $0.475 per share, a 6% increase over the prior year period Repurchased 147,205 shares at an average price of $203.80 per share, for total consideration of $30 million Sold 5,000 ounces of gold received from the settlement of remaining fixed delivery obligations with Americas Gold and Silver Corporation ("Americas") related to the Relief Canyon mine Advanced a further $50 million under the stream agreement to Solaris Resources Inc. ("Solaris") following technical approval of the environmental impact assessment ("EIA") and publication of a pre-feasibility study ("PFS") for the Warintza Project Restructured ownership of the Hod Maden Project interests and funded $70 million in project costs Added a new $600 million uncommitted accordion facility to the $1.4 billion revolving credit facility Post Quarter Events
Repaid $75 million on the revolving credit facility on July 15, 2026, reducing the amount currently drawn to $325 million and increasing the amount available and undrawn to $1.075 billion Closed the Hod Maden ownership restructuring and received a new 2.5% net smelter return ("NSR") royalty on the Hod Maden Project Revenue Summary
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Six Months Ended
June 30,
Revenue (millions)
2026
2025
% Change
2026
2025
% Change
Gold
$
343.9
$
164.3
109.3
%
$
677.8
$
310.0
118.6
%
Silver
55.6
24.1
131.0
%
128.6
47.7
169.8
%
Copper
37.9
14.8
156.4
%
84.5
31.6
167.7
%
Other Metals
13.2
6.5
103.7
%
28.8
13.8
108.5
%
Total revenue
$
450.5
$
209.6
114.9
%
$
919.7
$
403.1
128.2
%
GEOs2
100,000
63,900
56.5
%
196,000
131,500
49.0
%
Revenue split stream / royalty
69% / 31%
64% / 36%
68% / 32%
63% / 37%
Outlook for 2026
Royal Gold provided guidance for 2026 metal sales volumes, depreciation, depletion and amortization ("DD&A") expense and effective tax rate in March, 2026. We are currently forecasting that performance against these metrics will be within the ranges provided with the exceptions of sales of copper and other metals, which are trending to be around or above the top end of the respective guidance ranges.
2026 Guidance Ranges
Actual Performance Through
June 30, 2026
Total Sales
Gold
(oz)
290,000–320,000
143,968
Silver
(M oz)
3.0–3.5
1.6
Copper
(M lb)
21.0–25.0
14.2
Other Metals
(M)
$34–$38
$29
DD&A
(M)
$339–379
$187
Effective Tax Rate
17–22%
19.9%*
* Year to date effective tax rate excluding discrete tax items.
Corporate Activity
Buyback and Cancellation of Shares
During the second quarter, and in accordance with the previously-announced $500 million share repurchase program approved by the Board of Directors on May 4, 2026, we repurchased 147,205 shares at an average price of $203.80 per share, for total consideration of $30 million. The repurchased shares were cancelled and 84,673,027 shares remain outstanding as of June 30, 2026.
The manner, timing, pricing and amount of any repurchases under the program will be subject to management's discretion and may be based upon market conditions and alternative opportunities for the use or investment of capital.
Settlement of Fixed Delivery Obligations for the Relief Canyon Mine
On June 11, 2026, Royal Gold and Americas closed an agreement to settle the remaining fixed delivery obligations owed to Royal Gold related to the Relief Canyon mine. Under the agreement, Americas' obligation to deliver 8,861 ounces of gold over the period between June 2026 and December 2027 was settled in exchange for immediate delivery of 5,000 ounces of gold, which were sold during the second quarter, and 2,652,532 common shares of Americas. The common shares are subject to a four-month hold period after closing.
We recognized a $2.6 million gain due to the agreement in the second quarter, and the proceeds from the sale of the gold delivery were recognized as stream revenue and resulted in the recognition of approximately $12 million of additional DD&A expense. Royal Gold's royalty and stream interest on Relief Canyon remain in place and the net book value of the stream interest was reduced to $0.
Payment to Solaris Resources Upon EIA Approval
As previously announced, on April 14, 2026, after technical approval of the EIA and publication of a PFS for the Warintza project, we advanced Solaris $50 million of the total $100 million outstanding conditional funding under the stream agreement dated May 21, 2025. The remaining $50 million payable to Solaris is subject to the completion of all filings necessary to perfect security in Ecuador, which is underway, and payment is anticipated in the third or fourth quarter of 2026.
Completion of Restructured Ownership Interests in the Hod Maden Project
On May 18, 2026, we announced the restructuring of our ownership in Artmin Madençilik (“Artmin”), the joint venture company that owns 100% of the Hod Maden Project (the “Project”). The restructuring included a 50% reduction in Royal Gold’s direct equity ownership in Artmin (from 30% to 15%), the grant to Royal Gold of a new effective 2.5% NSR royalty interest over the Project (the “New RG Royalty”), and certain rights pertaining to a new effective 4.0% NSR royalty interest over the Project (the “SSR Royalty”) granted to SSR Mining, Inc. (“SSR”). Additionally, as part of this restructuring, Lidya Madençilik (“Lidya”), the additional partner in the ownership of Artmin, acquired SSR's interests in Artmin and assumed operatorship of the Project. Closing of the transactions required to complete this restructuring occurred on July 17, 2026.
Artmin is now owned 15% by Royal Gold and 85% by Lidya, and Royal Gold holds acquisition and certain other rights over the SSR Royalty. Royal Gold retains a perpetual right of first refusal (“ROFR”) over the sale of the SSR Royalty to a third party, and SSR will not be permitted to sell the royalty without Royal Gold’s consent prior to January 1, 2028. SSR also granted Royal Gold the option to acquire half of the SSR Royalty (an equivalent 2.0% NSR royalty interest) for $160 million, exercisable from closing through the period that ends 12 months after the achievement of commercial production at the Project.
As part of the restructuring, Royal Gold further agreed to fund $70 million of Project costs, which was completed in May, 2026. Lidya will complete the funding of the next $397 million of Project costs and further funding will be split pro rata between Royal Gold and Lidya according to their 15%/85% ownership in Artmin. Equity funding requirements may be reduced should Artmin secure debt financing for Project development.
Added $600 Million Accordion Feature to the $1.4 Billion Revolving Credit Facility
As previously announced, on May 5, 2026, we entered into a seventh amendment to the revolving credit facility that added a new $600 million uncommitted accordion feature to the revolving credit facility. The new accordion feature permits the Company to request additional commitments from the credit facility bank syndicate that would increase aggregate commitments under the revolving credit facility to up to $2.0 billion, subject to customary conditions, including the consent of each lender providing an additional commitment.
Portfolio Revenue and Developments
Overall Revenue and Realized Metal Prices
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Six Months Ended
June 30,
Revenue by Region (millions)
2026
2025
2026
2025
North America
$
250.4
56
%
$
160.3
76
%
$
508.4
55
%
$
301.1
75
%
South and Central America
99.5
22
%
19.1
9
%
209.8
23
%
41.5
10
%
Europe, Middle East, Africa (EMEA)
85.4
19
%
20.4
10
%
170.1
18
%
42.8
11
%
Australia Pacific
15.3
3
%
9.8
5
%
31.4
3
%
17.8
4
%
Total revenue
$
450.5
$
209.6
$
919.7
$
403.1
* Percentages may not sum to 100% due to rounding
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Six Months Ended
June 30,
Average Metal Prices
2026
2025
Change
2026
2025
Change
Gold
($/oz)
$4,506
$3,280
37%
$4,693
$3,067
53%
Silver
($/oz)
$73.15
$33.68
117%
$78.83
$32.76
141%
Copper
($/lb)
$6.05
$4.32
40%
$5.93
$4.28
39%
North America
Revenue by Stream/Royalty Interest (thousands)
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Six Months Ended
June 30,
Stream/Royalty
Metal(s)
Current Stream/Royalty Interest*
2026
2025
2026
2025
Mount Milligan**
Gold, copper
35% of payable gold and 18.75% of payable copper
$
57,576
$
63,655
$
114,898
$
106,463
Pueblo Viejo**
Gold, silver
7.5% of Barrick's interest in payable gold and 75% of Barrick's interest in payable silver
44,904
25,618
100,773
54,369
Cortez**
Legacy Zone
Gold
Approx. 9.0% GSR Equivalent
16,312
8,508
32,738
19,650
CC Zone
Gold
Approx. 1.6%–2.6% GSR Equivalent
9,651
8,088
18,444
11,642
Rainy River
Gold, silver
6.5% of gold produced and 60% of silver produced
25,777
9,095
56,992
19,517
Relief Canyon
Gold, silver
2.0% NSR, 1.4% to 2.8% NSR, 4% of payable gold and silver
24,752
–
27,340
–
Peñasquito
Gold, silver, lead, zinc
2.0% NSR
14,373
16,306
40,776
31,715
Voisey's Bay
Copper, nickel, cobalt
2.7% NVR
6,293
3,165
12,359
5,665
Greenstone
Gold
2.375% of payable gold
6,059
–
14,244
–
Manh Choh
Gold, silver
3.0% NSR, 28% NSR (silver)
4,616
6,306
9,769
11,930
Robinson
Gold, copper
3.0% NSR
4,414
4,697
9,792
9,094
Leeville
Gold
1.8% NSR
3,873
2,533
7,515
4,160
South Arturo
Silver
40% of silver produced
2,784
–
6,019
–
Côté Gold
Gold
1.0% NSR
2,671
1,746
4,552
3,061
Granite Creek
Gold
3.0% NSR and 2.94% NSR
2,560
2,368
4,064
2,368
LaRonde Zone 5
Gold
2.0% NSR
2,454
929
5,961
2,102
Other -
North America
Various
Various
21,312
7,296
42,141
19,344
Total revenue - North America
$
250,381
$
160,310
$
508,377
$
301,080
* For a full description of the Company’s stream and royalty interests, refer to our 2025/2026 Asset Handbook, published on March 31, 2026, and available on our website.
** Principal Property
NOTABLE PRODUCING PROPERTY DEVELOPMENTS
Mount Milligan: On July 28, 2026, Centerra Gold Inc. (“Centerra”) reported production of 38,175 ounces of gold and 13.1 million pounds of copper in the second quarter of 2026. Centerra further reported that year-to-date gold and copper production through June 30, 2026, is in line with the PFS mine plan and that production remains on track to achieve the previously provided guidance of between 140,000 and 155,000 ounces of gold and 50 to 60 million pounds of copper for 2026. As previously disclosed, Centerra expects gold production to be higher in the third quarter of 2026, reflecting planned mine sequencing, which we expect to be reflected in our results in 2027 based on the delivery lag between production and deliveries.
Pueblo Viejo: On July 23, 2026, Newmont Corporation ("Newmont") (40% non-operating joint venture partner) reported that gold production increased 17% in the second quarter over the prior year period primarily due to higher mill throughput and higher drawdown of in-circuit inventory, partially offset by lower mill recovery and lower ore grade milled.
Cortez: Production attributable to our royalty interests at the Cortez Complex was approximately 169,200 ounces of gold for the three months ended June 30, 2026, of which 38,400 ounces were attributable to the Legacy Zone, and 130,800 ounces were attributable to the CC Zone, compared to approximately 176,900 ounces of gold for the three months ended June 30, 2025, of which 27,900 ounces were attributable to the Legacy Zone, and 149,000 ounces were attributable to the CC Zone.
Rainy River: After completing the acquisition of New Gold Inc. on March 20, 2026, Coeur Mining Inc. ("Coeur”) has disclosed that it commenced a more aggressive exploration program in May focused on near-mine drill testing and exploration of the large land package in the Rainy River district, which extends over 50 kilometers. Additionally, Coeur has reported that it expects annual gold and silver production at Rainy River to average 287,000 ounces and 527,000 ounces, respectively, through 2028.
Peñasquito: On July 23, 2026, Newmont reported that second quarter gold and other metals production was lower due to lower ore grade milled and lower mill recovery, and planned maintenance was completed in the second quarter with higher throughput expected in the third quarter. Newmont confirmed that 2026 production guidance of 185,000 ounces of gold, 32 million ounces of silver, 90,000 tonnes of lead and 220,000 tonnes of zinc is unchanged.
Greenstone: On July 9, 2026, Equinox Gold Corp. (“Equinox”) reported that mining rates averaged more than 199,000 tonnes per day following the winter months and mill throughput averaged 26,856 tonnes per day, and 69% of days exceeded the nameplate capacity of 27,000 tonnes per day in the second quarter compared to 51% in the first quarter. Equinox expects that this trend will continue into the second half of the year resulting in expected higher production quarter over quarter for the balance of the year.
Red Chris: On July 2, 2026, the Government of Canada and the Province of British Columbia signed the new Canada-British Columbia Cooperative Prosperity Agreement, which is intended to accelerate the construction of major energy and trade corridors throughout the province, and includes a C$500 million investment in the block cave project to expand the Red Chris mine. On July 23, 2026, Newmont provided a progress update on the project, which included the receipt of key regulatory approvals from the province of British Columbia, including an amended Environmental Assessment Certificate, the continuation of the feasibility study and advancement of the project toward Board approval toward the end of the year.
Voisey's Bay: On June 9, 2026, Vale S.A. ("Vale") hosted an investor tour of Voisey's Bay and Long Harbour and reported that ramp-up at the underground mines is largely complete, and nickel production at Long Harbour is expected to increase to over 45,000 tonnes in 2026. Vale also reported the expansion of annual mill capacity from the current year-to-date 2.8 million tonnes to 3.8 million tonnes by 2030, with the potential for mine life extension from orebodies that are open at depth and along strike. On July 21, 2026, Vale further reported finished nickel production of 10,400 tonnes in the second quarter.
NOTABLE DEVELOPMENT PROPERTY ACTIVITY
Great Bear (2.0% NSR royalty): On July 29, 2026, Kinross Gold Corporation ("Kinross") provided an update on activity at the Great Bear Project in Ontario. According to Kinross, detailed engineering of the Main Project is 50% complete, and the Advanced Exploration program surface construction is approximately 93% complete and the first blast of the exploration decline was completed on July 27, 2026. Kinross also reported that permitting and procurement progressing as planned for the Main Project.
Cactus (2.0% NSR royalty): On June 24, 2026, Hudbay Minerals Inc. ("Hudbay") announced completion of the acquisition of Arizona Sonoran Copper Company Inc., the owner and operator of the Cactus Project in Arizona. According to Hudbay, the Cactus Project will be integrated into its Arizona portfolio where there are opportunities to realize development, operational and regional synergies with its Copper World Project and create a copper district in Arizona. On July 29, 2026, Hudbay reported that it expects to spend approximately $30 million at the Cactus Project in the second half of 2026 to advance an updated PFS, perform site de-risking activities, conduct exploration activities and for other ongoing site costs. Hudbay expects the updated Cactus Project PFS to be completed in the second half of 2027.
South and Central America
Revenue by Stream/Royalty Interest (thousands)
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Six Months Ended
June 30,
Stream/Royalty
Metal(s)
Current Stream/Royalty Interest*
2026
2025
2026
2025
Andacollo**
Gold
100% of payable gold
49,107
9,489
76,258
22,234
Antamina
Copper, zinc, molybdenum
1.66% NPI
13,665
–
26,675
–
Xavantina
Gold
25% of gold produced
8,256
4,945
36,529
10,322
Caserones
Copper, molybdenum
0.63% NSR
4,956
–
11,107
–
Fruta del Norte
Gold, silver
0.9% NSR (precious metals)
4,150
–
8,851
–
Cerro Moro
Silver
9% of silver produced
3,381
–
7,506
–
Chapada
Copper
4.2% of payable copper
3,124
–
12,529
–
El Limón
Gold, silver
3.0% NSR
2,938
3,024
7,678
6,302
Other -
South and Central America
Various
Various
9,969
1,671
22,646
2,601
Total revenue - South and Central America
$
99,546
$
19,129
$
209,779
$
41,459
* For a full description of the Company’s stream and royalty interests, refer to our 2025/2026 Asset Handbook, published on March 31, 2026, and available on our website.
** Principal Property
NOTABLE PRODUCING PROPERTY DEVELOPMENTS
Andacollo: On July 23, 2026, Teck Resources Limited (“Teck”) reported higher copper production in the quarter ended June 30, 2026, compared to the prior year period driven by higher copper grades, stable operations and strong recoveries. Teck also confirmed 2026 annual copper production guidance despite the partial suspension of operations on July 17, 2026, due to the impact of severe weather conditions. Gold and copper grades have been relatively well correlated at Andacollo and gold production has tended to track copper production, although there can be no assurance that these correlations will continue in the future.
Antamina: On July 22, 2026, Teck reported second quarter copper production of 108,500 tonnes and zinc production of 54,000 tonnes (100% basis). According to Teck, the mix of mill feed in the quarter was 67% copper-only ore and 33% copper-zinc ore as expected in the mine plan, compared with 23% copper-only ore and 77% copper-zinc ore in the same period last year. Teck also reaffirmed guidance for 2026 production of 422,000 to 467,000 tonnes of copper, and 156,000 to 200,000 tonnes of zinc (100% basis).
Caserones: On June 16, 2026, Lundin Mining Corporation ("Lundin Mining") provided an update on production expansion and exploration opportunities at Caserones. According to the update, work is underway to increase utilization of the cathode plant and grow copper production from 25,800 tonnes in 2025 to 40,000 tonnes, and 39,000 meters of drilling is planned in 2026 on more than 10 exploration targets in the Caserones district. Lundin Mining is targeting 26,900 meters of drilling at the Angelica target and deep sulphide targets adjacent to the Caserones pit, and expects to complete an initial resource estimate in the first quarter of 2027. Additionally on July 21, 2026, Lundin Mining reported that severe winter weather had disrupted site power and operations were temporarily suspended on July 18, 2026. On July 27, 2026, Lundin Mining reported that full power restoration and gradual restart of operations is expected to take approximately two to three weeks.
Chapada: On June 16, 2026, Lundin Mining provided an update on the Saúva growth project. Lundin Mining expects the Saúva project to increase copper and gold production by approximately 30% and 75%, respectively, with the potential to extend the mine plan beyond 4 years. Lundin Mining reported that earthworks for the additional ball mill were expected to begin in July, and first ore from Saúva is targeted in early 2029.
Fruta del Norte: On July 8, 2026, Lundin Gold Inc. (“Lundin Gold”) reported second quarter gold production of 119,000 ounces and confirmed 2026 gold production guidance of 475,000 to 525,000 ounces. On July 21, 2026, Lundin Gold further reported continued success from its district exploration programs with the discovery of two additional copper-gold porphyries, increasing the district total to seven, with a maiden resource for the Sandia porphyry expected in early 2027. On July 27, 2026, Lundin Gold reported that results from its ongoing conversion and near-mine drilling programs also continue to deliver positive results with four gold-silver epithermal deposits identified to date providing a pipeline to continue growing resources and reserves.
NOTABLE DEVELOPMENT PROPERTY ACTIVITY
Lobo-Marte (NSR royalty): On July 29, 2026, Kinross provided an update on the economics of the Lobo-Marte Project in Chile based on a refresh of the 2021 feasibility study. Kinross reported that Lobo-Marte has the potential to become a long-life, low-cost cornerstone asset in its portfolio, and based on the initial mine plan, is expected to produce an average of approximately 350,000 ounces of gold per year during steady state operations. Kinross also reported that the EIA was accepted for review by the Environmental Assessment Service of Chile in the second quarter of 2026, and engineering and execution planning is progressing with first gold production targeted for the early 2030s.
MARA (NSR royalty with gold stream option): On August 5, 2026, Glencore plc ("Glencore") provided an update on progress at the MARA project in Argentina. According to Glencore, mining restarted at Alumbrera ahead of schedule in June 2026, and Agua Rica feasibility engineering is underway with the environmental permitting submission expected in the coming weeks and RIGI approval expected shortly thereafter.
EMEA
Revenue by Stream/Royalty Interest (thousands)
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Six Months Ended
June 30,
Stream/Royalty
Metal(s)
Current Stream/Royalty Interest*
2026
2025
2026
2025
Kansanshi**
Gold
75 ounces of gold per million pounds of recovered copper produced
$
34,303
$
–
$
59,814
$
–
Khoemacau
Silver
100% of payable silver
19,766
10,238
39,334
20,200
Wassa
Gold
10.5% of payable gold
18,578
10,149
37,387
22,568
Bonikro
Gold
6% of gold produced
5,441
–
18,597
–
Houndé
Gold
2.0% NSR
4,554
–
9,412
–
Other - EMEA
Various
Various
2,708
–
5,580
–
Total revenue - EMEA
$
85,350
$
20,387
$
170,124
$
42,768
* For a full description of the Company’s stream and royalty interests, refer to our 2025/2026 Asset Handbook, published on March 31, 2026, and available on our website.
** Principal Property
NOTABLE PRODUCING PROPERTY DEVELOPMENTS
Kansanshi: On July 28, 2026, First Quantum Minerals Ltd. ("First Quantum") reported second quarter copper production of 43,997 tonnes, which was 10% higher than the same quarter of 2025, primarily due to contribution from the S3 plant, which was at construction stage in the same period last year. According to First Quantum, S3 throughput was sustained above design capacity in the second quarter, achieving the highest monthly processed tonnes in May 2026 since commissioning in August 2025, driven by higher operating time, strong utilization and milling rates. First Quantum confirmed that copper production guidance for 2026 remains unchanged at 175,000 to 205,000 tonnes.
Khoemacau: On July 21, 2026, MMG Limited ("MMG") reported contained silver production of 370,877 ounces for the second quarter and 697,660 ounces for the year to date through the end of the second quarter. According to MMG, first-half production was affected by development delays and equipment availability constraints, and the operation is expected to benefit from improved equipment utilization, the introduction of new mining equipment, continued access to higher-grade mining areas and the progressive commissioning of refurbished fleet units in the second half of the year. MMG further reported that the expansion to 130,000 tonnes of copper concentrate per year remains on track for first concentrate production in the first half of 2028. MMG reported that construction activities continued to advance with steady progress across engineering, procurement and site works.
Bonikro: On June 10, 2026, Allied Gold Corporation ("Allied") provided an update on studies to extend the mine life and expand processing capacity. According to Allied, the mine life is expected to extend from 2029 to 2036, with average annual gold production of 120,000 ounces per year. Additionally, Allied is studying an increase in processing capacity intended to bring forward the processing of low grade stockpiles at a rate of 15,000 to 20,000 gold ounces per year, beginning in late 2026 to early 2027.
Houndé: On July 30, 2026, Endeavour Mining plc ("Endeavour") confirmed 2026 gold production guidance of 220,000 to 255,000 ounces, with production weighted towards the second half of 2026. Additionally, Endeavour reported that it is finalizing resource definition at the Vindaloo Deeps discovery, and resource definition drilling is underway at the Vindaloo Deeps South East target, a downdip extension of Vindaloo Deeps. Endeavour expects a resource update on Vindaloo Deeps in the second half of 2026 and a maiden resource at Vindaloo Deeps South East in 2027.
NOTABLE DEVELOPMENT PROPERTY ACTIVITY
Platreef: On July 29, 2026, Ivanhoe Mines Ltd. (“Ivanhoe”) reported that Phase 1 operations have not yet reached commercial production and mining rates are expected to ramp up throughout the second half of 2026 with commercial production now expected in the fourth quarter of 2026. Ivanhoe further reported that Shaft #3 commissioning was completed in June and is expected to support the Phase 1 ramp-up to full capacity and Phase 2 expansion, and construction of the Phase 2 concentrator is on schedule for completion in the fourth quarter of 2027.
Hod Maden (15% joint venture interest and various royalty interests): Following the transition of operatorship to Lidya in the second quarter, construction activities have continued while Lidya undertakes a comprehensive review of the Hod Maden Project schedule and execution plan. Based on the work completed to date, project expenditures and commitments remain within the scope reflected in the SLR Technical Report Summary published by SSR on January 29, 2026. Construction activity during the second quarter included work on the main access road, tunnels, site preparation, permanent camp, utility works, water management and diversion, geotechnical investigations and other site infrastructure. As of June 30, 2026, overall project progress was approximately 25% (comprising completion of 74% engineering, 44% contracts and procurement, 8% construction) and cumulative expenditures were approximately $175 million. Lidya continues to target initial concentrate production in 2028 subject to completion of the updated schedule and cost-to-complete review, timely execution of the remaining major construction and procurement packages and other customary development conditions.
Australia Pacific
Revenue by Stream/Royalty Interest (thousands)
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Six Months Ended
June 30,
Stream/Royalty
Metal(s)
Current Stream/Royalty Interest*
2026
2025
2026
2025
Bellevue
Gold
2.0% NSR
$
3,383
$
2,508
$
7,415
$
3,847
South Laverton
Gold
1.5% NSR, 4.0% NPI
3,304
2,889
7,074
5,380
King of the Hills
Gold
1.5% NSR
2,401
1,544
4,753
3,129
Other -
Australia Pacific
Various
Various
6,174
2,876
12,142
5,417
Total revenue - Australia Pacific
$
15,262
$
9,817
$
31,384
$
17,773
* For a full description of the Company’s stream and royalty interests, refer to our 2025/2026 Asset Handbook, published on March 31, 2026, and available on our website.
NOTABLE PRODUCING PROPERTY DEVELOPMENTS
Bellevue: On July 7, 2026, Bellevue Gold Limited ("Bellevue") reported full year gold production of approximately 144,000 ounces, within guidance of 130,000 to 150,000 ounces for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2026. According to Bellevue, mined and processed grades were in line with expectations through the quarter ended June 30, 2026, as ore is now sourced from five established mining areas. On July 28, 2026, Bellevue provided gold production guidance of 150,000 to 170,000 ounces for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2027.
King of the Hills: On July 14, 2026, Vault Minerals Limited ("Vault") and Genesis Minerals Limited ("Genesis") agreed to merge, with Genesis acquiring all outstanding shares of Vault. Genesis intends to release its new strategic plan in the first half of 2027 after completing a strategic review of optimization opportunities and the merged group's asset portfolio. Royal Gold holds additional royalty interests at the Gwalia and Ulysses operations owned by Genesis.
Second Quarter 2026 Overview
For the second quarter, we recorded net income attributable to Royal Gold stockholders of $236.4 million, or $2.78 per basic and diluted share, as compared to net income of $132.3 million, or $2.01 per basic and diluted share, for the three months ended June 30, 2025. The increase in net income was primarily attributable to higher revenue and gains from marketable securities, partially offset by higher cost of sales, depletion expense, interest expense and income tax expense, each discussed below.
Revenue
For the second quarter, we recognized total revenue of $450.5 million, comprised of stream revenue of $311.0 million and royalty revenue of $139.6 million at an average gold price of $4,506 per ounce, an average silver price of $73.15 per ounce and an average copper price of $6.05 per pound. This is compared to total revenue of $209.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025, comprised of stream revenue of $133.2 million and royalty revenue of $76.5 million, at an average gold price of $3,280 per ounce, an average silver price of $33.68 per ounce and an average copper price of $4.32 per pound.
The increase in our total revenue resulted primarily from higher average gold, silver and copper prices, new revenue from the Kansanshi stream and Sandstorm Gold Ltd. (“Sandstorm”) and Horizon Copper Corp. (“Horizon”) assets, higher gold sales at Andacollo and Rainy River, and higher production from the Cortez Legacy Zone. These increases were partially offset by lower sales from Mount Milligan when compared to the prior year period.
Cost of Sales and Other Costs
Cost of sales, which excludes depreciation, depletion and amortization, increased to $60.1 million for the three months ended June 30, 2026, from $24.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025. The increase compared to the prior year period was primarily due to higher payments for stream deliveries resulting from higher metal prices (except for gold at Mount Milligan), new sales from the Kansanshi stream and Sandstorm and Horizon assets, and higher sales at Andacollo, Rainy River and Wassa. These increases were partially offset by lower gold sales from Mount Milligan when compared to the prior year period. Cost of sales is specific to our stream agreements and, except for Mount Milligan, is the result of our purchase of metal for a cash payment that is a set contractual percentage of the spot price for that metal near the date of metal delivery. For Mount Milligan, the cash payments under the stream agreement are the lesser of $435 per ounce or the prevailing market price of gold when purchased and 15% of the spot price for copper near the date of metal delivery. Separately, and in addition to the cash payments under the stream agreement, the Mount Milligan Cost Support Agreement provides for cash payments on gold and copper deliveries that are expected to begin after certain thresholds are met or earlier, if metal prices are below certain thresholds and if requested by Centerra.
General and administrative costs increased to $13.4 million for the three months ended June 30, 2026, from $10.3 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025. The increase compared to the prior year period was primarily due to increases in non-cash stock compensation and employee and office related costs.
DD&A increased to $96.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2026, from $31.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025. The increase was primarily due to additional depletion from the recently acquired Kansanshi stream and Sandstorm and Horizon assets, and additional expense recognized with the sale of the ounces related to the Relief Canyon fixed delivery obligation settlement. These increases were partially offset by lower sales and depletion at Mount Milligan when compared to the prior year period.
Fair value changes in equity securities was $21.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2026 primarily due to the increase in value of the Entrée Resources Ltd. shares acquired as a result of the Sandstorm and Horizon acquisition.
Interest and other expense increased to $10.0 million for the three months ended June 30, 2026, from $1.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025. The increase was primarily due to higher interest expense as a result of higher average amounts outstanding under our revolving credit facility compared to the prior year period. For the three months ended June 30, 2026, amounts outstanding under our revolving credit facility averaged $476.6 million at an average all-in borrowing rate of 4.8% compared to no outstanding debt for the three months ended June 30, 2025.
For the three months ended June 30, 2026, we recorded income tax expense of $58.2 million, compared to $10.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025. The income tax expense resulted in an effective tax rate of 19.7% in the current period, compared with 7.4% for the three months ended June 30, 2025. The three months ended June 30, 2025, included a $9.3 million discrete benefit related to a withholding tax refund on a foreign royalty and a discrete benefit of $4.3 million attributable to the release of a valuation allowance.
Cash Flows
Net cash provided by operating activities totaled a record $335.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2026, compared to $152.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025. The increase was primarily due to higher net cash proceeds received from our stream and royalty interests of $222.7 million, partially offset by higher income tax payments of $28.1 million, higher general and administrative costs of $8.1 million and higher interest payments on outstanding debt of $6.7 million when compared to the prior year period.
Net cash used in investing activities totaled $117.2 million for the three months ended June 30, 2026, compared to net cash used in investing activities of $112.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025. The increase in cash used was primarily due to lower cash payments for acquisitions of $62.7 million and higher cash calls of $70.0 million for the Hod Maden equity method investment when compared to the prior year period.
Net cash used in financing activities totaled $269.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 2026, compared to net cash used in financing activities of $32.6 million for the three months ended June 30, 2025. The increase in cash used was primarily due to higher debt repayments of $200.0 million, stock repurchase payments of $30.0 million and higher dividend payments of $10.7 million when compared to the prior year period.
Liquidity
Total liquidity at the end of the second quarter was approximately $1.2 billion, which consisted of $243.8 million of working capital and $1.0 billion undrawn and available under the revolving credit facility.
At June 30, 2026, we had $400 million of outstanding debt drawn on the revolving credit facility. Subsequent to the end of the quarter, on July 15, 2026, we repaid $75 million of this amount, resulting in $325 million outstanding and $1.075 billion available as of the date of this press release, excluding the uncommitted accordion feature. In keeping with Royal Gold’s capital allocation strategy to repay outstanding debt as cash flow allows, the Company expects to repay the outstanding balance from future cash flow in the fourth quarter of 2026 at current metal prices and absent further acquisitions.
At June 30, 2026, our contractual cash obligations comprised operating leases and the conditional Warintza funding. With respect to the Warintza funding, we expect to pay the final $50.0 million in the third or fourth quarter of 2026, subject to the completion of all filings necessary to perfect security in Ecuador, which is underway.
Second Quarter 2026 Call Information
Management’s conference call reviewing the second quarter results will be held on Thursday, August 6, 2026, at 12:00 pm Eastern Time (10:00 am Mountain Time). The call will be webcast live and archived on the Company’s website for a limited time.
Royal Gold is a high-margin, large-capitalization company that generates strong cash flows from a large and well-diversified portfolio of precious metal streams, royalties and similar production-based interests located in mining-friendly jurisdictions. Royal Gold shares trade under the symbol “RGLD” and provide growth, value, and income investors exposure to the metals & mining industry. The Company’s website is located at www.royalgold.com.
Additional Investor Information
Royal Gold routinely posts important information, including information about upcoming investor presentations and press releases, on its website under the Investor Resources tab. Investors and other interested parties are encouraged to enroll at www.royalgold.com to receive automatic email alerts for new postings.
Forward-Looking Statements
This press release includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of U.S. federal securities laws. Forward-looking statements are any statements other than statements of historical fact. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance, and actual results may differ materially from these statements. Forward-looking statements are often identified by words such as “will,” “may,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “forecast,” “potential,” “intend,” “continue,” “project,” or negatives of these words or similar expressions. Forward-looking statements include, among others, statements regarding the following: our expected financial performance and outlook, including our 2026 guidance; operators’ expected operating and financial performance and other anticipated developments relating to their properties and operations, including production, deliveries, estimates of mineral resources and mineral reserves, environmental and feasibility studies, technical reports, mine plans, capital requirements, liquidity and capital expenditures; opportunities for, and anticipated benefits from investments, acquisitions and other transactions; receipt and timing of future metal deliveries and sales of metals; anticipated liquidity, capital resources, financing, and stockholder returns, including share repurchases; borrowings and repayments under our revolving credit facility; and prices for gold, silver, copper and other metals.
Factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from these forward-looking statements include, among others, the following: changes in the price of gold, silver, copper or other metals; operating activities or financial performance of properties on which we hold stream or royalty interests, including variations between actual and forecasted performance, operators’ ability to complete projects on schedule and as planned, operators’ changes to mine plans and mineral reserves and mineral resources (including updated mineral reserve and mineral resource information), liquidity needs, mining and environmental hazards, labor disputes, distribution and supply chain disruptions, permitting and licensing issues, other adverse government or court actions, or operational disruptions; the ultimate timing, outcome, and results of integrating the operations of Royal Gold, Sandstorm and Horizon; failure to realize the anticipated benefits from the Sandstorm and Horizon acquisition in the timeframe expected or at all; risks associated with our equity interests in the Hod Maden project; changes of control of properties or operators; contractual issues involving our stream or royalty agreements; the timing of deliveries of metals from operators and our subsequent sales of metal; risks associated with doing business in foreign countries; increased competition for stream and royalty interests; environmental risks, including those caused by climate change; potential cyber-attacks, including ransomware; our ability to identify, finance, value, and complete investments, acquisitions or other transactions; adverse economic and market conditions; effects of health epidemics and pandemics; changes in laws or regulations governing us, operators or operating properties; changes in management and key employees; and other factors described in our reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Item 1A, Risk Factors of our most recent Annual Report. Most of these factors are beyond our ability to predict or control. Other unpredictable or unknown factors not discussed in this release or our reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission could also have material adverse effects on forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements speak only as of the date on which they are made. We disclaim any obligation to update any forward-looking statements, except as required by law. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on forward-looking statements.
Statement Regarding Third-Party Information
Certain information provided in this press release, including information about mineral resources and reserves, historical production, production estimates, property descriptions, and property developments, was provided to us by the operators of the relevant properties (including limited information provided by the operator of the Hod Maden project in connection with our equity interests and board representation) or is publicly available information filed by these operators with applicable securities regulatory bodies, including the Securities and Exchange Commission. Royal Gold has not verified, and is not in a position to verify, and expressly disclaims any responsibility for the accuracy, completeness or fairness of any such third-party information and refers the reader to the public reports filed by the operators for information regarding those properties.
ROYAL GOLD, INC.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Unaudited, in thousands except share data)
June 30, 2026
December 31, 2025
ASSETS
Cash and equivalents
$
182,468
$
233,719
Royalty receivables
131,708
110,846
Income tax receivable
19,460
2,108
Stream inventory
30,486
25,883
Prepaid expenses and other
5,913
4,890
Total current assets
370,035
377,446
Stream and royalty interests, net
8,600,469
8,583,875
Equity method investment
228,275
300,854
Marketable securities
132,087
172,880
Other assets
118,442
102,469
Total assets
$
9,449,308
$
9,537,524
LIABILITIES
Accounts payable
$
4,635
$
10,060
Dividends payable
40,263
40,186
Income tax payable
51,616
33,303
Other current liabilities
30,034
37,367
Total current liabilities
126,548
120,916
Debt
395,892
895,436
Deferred tax liabilities
1,164,553
1,190,672
Mount Milligan deferred liability
69,211
69,211
Other liabilities
59,458
55,942
Total liabilities
1,815,662
2,332,177
Commitments and contingencies
EQUITY
Preferred stock, $.01 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized; and 0 shares issued
–
–
Common stock, $.01 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized; and 84,673,027 and 84,499,692 shares outstanding, respectively
844
845
Additional paid-in capital
5,922,062
5,928,123
Accumulated other comprehensive income
–
993
Accumulated earnings
1,664,100
1,227,169
Total Royal Gold stockholders’ equity
7,587,006
7,157,130
Non-controlling interests
46,640
48,217
Total equity
7,633,646
7,205,347
Total liabilities and equity
$
9,449,308
$
9,537,524
ROYAL GOLD, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
(Unaudited, in thousands except share data)
Three Months Ended
Six Months Ended
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
Revenue
$
450,539
$
209,643
$
919,664
$
403,080
Costs and expenses
Cost of sales (excludes depreciation, depletion and amortization)
60,094
24,180
120,431
48,685
General and administrative
13,445
10,269
30,976
21,333
Production taxes
3,437
2,201
6,729
3,962
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
96,200
31,153
187,075
64,148
Total costs and expenses
173,176
67,803
345,211
138,128
Gain on settlement of Relief Canyon fixed obligation
2,575
–
2,575
–
Operating income
279,938
141,840
577,028
264,952
Fair value changes in equity securities
21,863
3
27,813
(34
)
Gain on sale of marketable securities
458
–
14,573
–
Interest and other income
3,551
2,713
6,743
4,762
Interest and other expense
(10,010
)
(1,544
)
(23,253
)
(2,701
)
Income before income taxes
295,800
143,012
602,904
266,979
Income tax expense
(58,241
)
(10,538
)
(83,638
)
(20,927
)
Net income
237,559
132,474
519,266
246,052
Net income attributable to non-controlling interests
(1,166
)
(125
)
(1,743
)
(205
)
Net income attributable to Royal Gold common stockholders
$
236,393
$
132,349
$
517,523
$
245,847
Net income
$
237,559
$
132,474
$
519,266
$
246,052
Adjustments to comprehensive income, net of tax:
Realized gain on available-for-sale debt securities
–
–
(993
)
–
Comprehensive income
237,559
132,474
518,273
246,052
Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests
(1,166
)
(125
)
(1,743
)
(205
)
Comprehensive income attributable to Royal Gold stockholders
$
236,393
$
132,349
$
516,530
$
245,847
Net income per share attributable to Royal Gold common stockholders:
Basic earnings per share
$
2.78
$
2.01
$
6.10
$
3.73
Basic weighted average shares outstanding
84,781,861
65,748,410
84,751,231
65,726,903
Diluted earnings per share
$
2.78
$
2.01
$
6.07
$
3.73
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding
85,052,094
65,820,530
85,068,765
65,806,160
Cash dividends declared per common share
$
0.475
$
0.450
$
0.950
$
0.900
ROYAL GOLD, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(Unaudited, in thousands)
Three Months Ended
Six Months Ended
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2025
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income
$
237,558
$
132,474
$
519,266
$
246,052
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
96,200
31,153
187,075
64,148
Non-cash employee stock compensation expense
3,294
2,713
6,886
5,911
Fair value changes in equity securities
(21,863
)
(3
)
(27,813
)
34
Gain on sale of marketable securities
(458
)
–
(14,573
)
–
Gain on settlement of Relief Canyon fixed obligation
(2,575
)
–
(2,575
)
–
Deferred tax benefit
18,106
(2,191
)
(9,658
)
(11,019
)
Other
1,636
222
3,163
446
Changes in assets and liabilities:
Royalty receivables
11,096
(7,265
)
(20,862
)
(1,534
)
Stream inventory
378
1,220
(4,603
)
(363
)
Income tax receivable
(19,351
)
(12,203
)
(17,352
)
(12,434
)
Prepaid expenses and other assets
(702
)
(3,870
)
264
(3,525
)
Accounts payable
(2,634
)
3,043
(5,424
)
3,178
Income tax payable
19,147
9,076
18,313
1,244
Other liabilities
(4,679
)
(1,567
)
(3,392
)
(2,967
)
Net cash provided by operating activities
$
335,153
$
152,802
$
628,715
$
289,171
Cash flows from investing activities:
Acquisition of stream and royalty interests
(50,031
)
(112,733
)
(50,031
)
(170,979
)
Proceeds from the sale of marketable securities
2,892
–
51,865
–
Cash calls for Hod Maden equity method investment
(70,000
)
–
(84,700
)
–
Other
(95
)
(21
)
(261
)
(70
)
Net cash used in investing activities
$
(117,234
)
$
(112,754
)
$
(83,127
)
$
(171,049
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Repayment of debt
(200,000
)
–
(500,000
)
–
Net payments from issuance of common stock
(24
)
(1,488
)
(5,600
)
(4,499
)
Net proceeds from Sandstorm option exercises
2,482
–
22,655
–
Distributions to non-controlling interests
(1,664
)
(248
)
(3,321
)
(438
)
Stock repurchase
(30,003
)
–
(30,003
)
–
Common stock dividends
(40,330
)
(29,634
)
(80,516
)
(59,245
)
Other
(54
)
(1,258
)
(54
)
(1,258
)
Net cash used in financing activities
$
(269,593
)
$
(32,628
)
$
(596,839
)
$
(65,440
)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents
(51,674
)
7,420
(51,251
)
52,682
Cash and equivalents at beginning of period
234,142
240,760
233,719
195,498
Cash and equivalents at end of period
$
182,468
$
248,180
$
182,468
$
248,180
Schedule A – Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Certain Other Measures
Overview of non-GAAP financial measures:
Non-GAAP financial measures are intended to provide additional information only and do not have any standard meaning prescribed by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). These measures should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, because the presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures varies among companies, these non-GAAP financial measures may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.
We have provided below reconciliations of our non-GAAP financial measures to the comparable GAAP measures. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to investors for analysis of our business. We use these non-GAAP financial measures to compare period-over-period performance on a consistent basis and when planning and forecasting for future periods. We believe these non-GAAP financial measures are used by professional research analysts and others in the valuation, comparison and investment recommendations of companies in our industry. Many investors use the published research reports of these professional research analysts and others in making investment decisions. The adjustments made to calculate our non-GAAP financial measures are subjective and involve significant management judgment. Non-GAAP financial measures used by management in this release or elsewhere include the following:
Adjusted earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, depletion and amortization, or adjusted EBITDA, is a non-GAAP financial measure that is calculated by the Company as net income adjusted for certain items that impact the comparability of results from period to period, as set forth in the reconciliation below. The net income and adjusted EBITDA margins represent net income or adjusted EBITDA divided by total revenue. We consider adjusted EBITDA to be useful because the measure reflects our operating performance before the effects of certain non-cash items and other items that we believe are not indicative of our core operations. Net debt (or net cash) is a non-GAAP financial measure that is calculated by the Company as debt (excluding debt issuance costs) as of a date minus cash and equivalents for that same date. Net debt (or net cash) to trailing twelve months (TTM) adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure that is calculated by the Company as net debt (or net cash) as of a date divided by the TTM adjusted EBITDA (as defined above) ending on that date. We believe that these measures are important to monitor leverage and evaluate the balance sheet. Cash and equivalents are subtracted from the GAAP measure because they could be used to reduce our debt obligations. A limitation associated with using net debt (or net cash) is that it subtracts cash and equivalents and therefore may imply that there is less Company debt than the most comparable GAAP measure indicates. We believe that investors may find these measures useful to monitor leverage and evaluate the balance sheet. Adjusted net income and adjusted net income per share are non-GAAP financial measures that are calculated by the Company as net income and net income per share adjusted for certain items that impact the comparability of results from period to period, as set forth in the reconciliations below. We consider these non-GAAP financial measures to be useful because they allow for period-to-period comparisons of our operating results excluding items that we believe are not indicative of our fundamental ongoing operations. The tax effect of adjustments is computed by applying the statutory tax rate in the applicable jurisdictions to the income or expense items that are adjusted in the period presented. If a valuation allowance exists, the rate applied is zero. Free cash flow is a non-GAAP financial measure that is calculated by the Company as net cash provided by operating activities for a period minus acquisition of stream and royalty interests for that same period. We believe that free cash flow represents an additional way of viewing liquidity as it is adjusted for contractual investments made during such period. Free cash flow does not represent the residual cash flow available for discretionary expenditures. We believe it is important to view free cash flow as a complement to our consolidated statements of cash flows. Cash general and administrative expense, or cash G&A, is a non-GAAP financial measure that is calculated by the Company as general and administrative expenses for a period minus non-cash employee stock compensation expense for the same period. We believe that cash G&A is useful as an indicator of overhead efficiency without regard to non-cash expenses associated with employee stock compensation. Reconciliation of non-GAAP financial measures to U.S. GAAP measures
Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA margin, net debt, and net debt to TTM adjusted EBITDA:
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Six Months Ended
June 30,
(amounts in thousands)
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net income
237,559
$
132,474
$
519,266
$
246,052
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
96,200
31,153
187,075
64,148
Non-cash employee stock compensation
3,294
2,714
6,886
5,911
Fair value changes in equity securities
(21,863
)
(3
)
(27,813
)
34
Gain on settlement of Relief Canyon fixed obligation
(2,575
)
–
(2,575
)
–
Gain on sale of marketable securities
(458
)
–
(14,573
)
–
Interest and other, net
6,459
(1,169
)
16,510
(2,061
)
Income tax expense
58,241
10,538
83,638
20,927
Non-controlling interests in operating income of consolidated subsidiaries
(1,166
)
(125
)
(1,743
)
(205
)
Adjusted EBITDA
$
375,691
$
175,582
$
766,671
$
334,806
Net income margin
53
%
63
%
56
%
61
%
Adjusted EBITDA margin
83
%
84
%
83
%
83
%
Three Months Ended
June 30,
March 31,
December 31,
September 30,
(amounts in thousands)
2026
2026
2025
2025
Net income
$
237,559
$
281,708
$
93,719
$
131,805
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
96,200
90,875
80,031
32,903
Non-cash employee stock compensation
3,294
3,592
2,952
2,942
Acquisition related costs
–
–
13,710
12,798
Fair value changes in equity securities
(21,863
)
(5,950
)
(362
)
–
Gain on settlement of Relief Canyon fixed obligation
(2,575
)
–
–
–
Loss (gain) on sale of marketable securities
(458
)
(14,115
)
50,017
–
Interest and other, net
6,459
10,050
14,838
1,835
Income tax expense
58,241
25,398
52,659
28,704
Non-controlling interests in operating income of consolidated subsidiaries
(1,166
)
(578
)
(108
)
(4,981
)
Adjusted EBITDA
$
375,691
$
390,980
$
307,456
$
206,006
Net income margin
53
%
60
%
25
%
52
%
Adjusted EBITDA margin
83
%
83
%
82
%
82
%
TTM adjusted EBITDA
$
1,280,133
Debt
$
395,892
Debt issuance costs
4,108
Cash and equivalents
(182,468
)
Net debt / (cash)
$
217,532
Net debt / (cash) to TTM adjusted EBITDA
0.17x
Cash G&A:
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Six Months Ended
June,
(amounts in thousands)
2026
2025
2026
2025
General and administrative expense
$
13,445
$
10,269
$
30,976
$
21,333
Non-cash employee stock compensation
(3,294
)
(2,714
)
(6,886
)
(5,911
)
Cash G&A
$
10,151
$
7,555
$
24,090
$
15,422
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Mar 31,
December 31,
September 30,
(amounts in thousands)
2026
2026
2025
2025
General and administrative expense
$
13,445
$
17,531
$
17,638
$
10,213
Non-cash employee stock compensation
(3,294
)
(3,592
)
(2,952
)
(2,942
)
Cash G&A
$
10,151
$
13,939
$
14,686
$
7,271
TTM cash G&A
$
46,047
Adjusted net income and adjusted net income per share:
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Six Months Ended
June 30,
(amounts in thousands, except per share data)
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net income attributable to Royal Gold common stockholders
$
236,393
$
132,349
$
517,523
$
245,847
Fair value changes in equity securities
(21,863
)
(3
)
(27,813
)
34
Gain on settlement of Relief Canyon fixed obligation
(2,575
)
–
(2,575
)
–
Gain on sale of marketable securities
(458
)
–
(14,573
)
–
Withholding tax refund
(9,302
)
–
(11,017
)
Discrete tax benefit for basis adjustment, net of valuation allowance
–
–
–
(12,008
)
Discrete tax benefit for statutory rate change
–
–
(33,657
)
–
Other discrete tax expense (benefit)
–
(4,256
)
–
(4,256
)
Tax effect of adjustments
6,722
1
12,139
(9
)
Adjusted net income attributable to Royal Gold common stockholders
$
218,219
$
118,789
$
451,044
$
218,591
Net income attributable to Royal Gold common stockholders per diluted share
$
2.78
$
2.01
$
6.07
$
3.73
Fair value changes in equity securities
(0.26
)
–
(0.33
)
–
Gain on settlement of Relief Canyon fixed obligation
(0.03
)
–
(0.03
)
–
Gain on sale of marketable securities
(0.01
)
–
(0.17
)
–
Withholding tax refund
–
(0.14
)
–
(0.17
)
Discrete tax benefit for basis adjustment, net of valuation allowance
–
–
–
(0.18
)
Discrete tax benefit for statutory rate change
–
–
(0.40
)
–
Other discrete tax expense (benefit)
–
(0.06
)
–
(0.06
)
Tax effect of adjustments
0.08
–
0.14
–
Adjusted net income attributable to Royal Gold common stockholders per diluted share
$
2.56
$
1.81
$
5.28
$
3.32
Free cash flow:
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Six Months Ended
June 30,
(amounts in thousands)
2026
2025
2026
2025
Net cash provided by operating activities
$
335,153
$
152,802
$
628,715
$
289,171
Acquisition of stream and royalty interests
(50,031
)
(112,733
)
(50,031
)
(170,979
)
Cash calls for Hod Maden equity method investment
(70,000
)
—
(84,700
)
—
Free cash flow
$
215,122
$
40,069
$
493,984
$
118,192
Net cash used in investing activities
$
(117,234
)
$
(112,754
)
$
(83,127
)
$
(171,049
)
Net cash used in financing activities
$
(269,593
)
$
(32,628
)
$
(596,839
)
$
(65,440
)
Other measures
We use certain other measures in managing and evaluating our business. We believe these measures may provide useful information to investors for analysis of our business. We use these measures to compare period-over-period performance and liquidity on a consistent basis and when planning and forecasting for future periods. We believe these measures are used by professional research analysts and others in the valuation, comparison, and investment recommendations of companies in our industry. Many investors use the published research reports of these professional research analysts and others in making investment decisions. Other measures used by management in this release and elsewhere include the following:
Gold equivalent ounces, or GEOs, is calculated by the Company as revenue (in total or by reportable segment) for a period divided by the average LBMA PM fixing price for gold for that same period. Depreciation, depletion, and amortization, or DD&A, per GEO is calculated by the Company as depreciation, depletion, and amortization for a period divided by GEOs (as defined above) for that same period. Working capital is calculated by the Company as current assets as of a date minus current liabilities as of that same date. Liquidity is calculated by the Company as working capital plus available capacity under the Company’s revolving credit facility. Dividend payout ratio is calculated by the Company as dividends paid during a period divided by net cash provided by operating activities for that same period. Schedule B – Stream Segment Sales, Purchases and Inventories
Three Months Ended
June 30, 2026
Three Months Ended
June 30, 2025
As of
June 30, 2026
As of
December 31, 2025
Purchases
Sales
Cost
Purchases
Sales
Cost
Inventory
Inventory
Gold Stream
(oz)
(oz)
($/oz)
(oz)
(oz)
($/oz)
(oz)
(oz)
Mount Milligan
10,200
9,700
435
8,200
16,600
435
7,200
6,700
Kansanshi
7,500
7,500
912
—
—
—
2,500
2,500
Pueblo Viejo
6,900
7,000
1,222
6,100
5,800
1,017
6,900
7,000
Andacollo
11,300
10,700
707
5,100
3,000
476
4,700
4,100
Rainy River
4,000
4,500
1,181
2,300
2,200
790
1,600
2,100
Xavantina
2,700
1,800
1,795
1,900
1,500
654
1,300
400
Wassa
3,400
4,000
903
2,900
3,100
657
1,700
2,300
Bonikro
1,600
1,300
400
—
—
—
400
—
Greenstone
1,500
1,400
903
—
—
—
400
300
Other
6,700
6,600
Varies
—
—
—
700
700
Total Gold Streams
55,800
54,500
780
26,500
32,200
647
27,400
26,100
Silver Stream
(oz)
(oz)
($/oz)
(oz)
(oz)
($/oz)
(oz)
(oz)
Pueblo Viejo1
254,000
171,200
19.14
196,900
204,700
10.85
254,000
171,200
Khoemacau
317,400
263,200
15.00
335,300
310,700
6.60
87,300
33,100
Rainy River
66,600
65,500
19.31
74,300
63,300
8.20
23,000
21,900
Cerro Moro
45,800
45,800
22
—
—
—
—
—
South Arturo
36,800
36,800
16
—
—
—
—
—
Woodlawn
19,900
13,000
—
—
—
—
6,900
—
Total Silver Streams
740,500
595,500
16.90
606,500
578,700
8.18
371,200
226,200
Copper Stream
(Mlb)
(Mlb)
($/lb)
(Mlb)
(Mlb)
($/lb)
(Mlb)
(Mlb)
Mount Milligan
2.7
2.0
0.89
1.4
2.3
0.58
0.7
—
Chapada
0.6
0.6
1.71
—
—
—
—
—
Total Copper Streams
3.3
2.5
1.03
1.4
2.3
0.58
0.7
—
Zinc Stream
(Mlb)
(Mlb)
($/lb)
(Mlb)
(Mlb)
($/lb)
(Mlb)
(Mlb)
CEZinc
1.3
1.3
0.29
—
—
—
—
—
Total Zinc Streams
1.3
1.3
0.29
—
—
—
—
—
Excludes silver permitted to be deferred under the Pueblo Viejo stream agreement. Six Months Ended
June 30, 2026
Six Months Ended
June 30, 2025
As of
June 30, 2026
As of
December 31, 2025
Purchases
Sales
Cost
Purchases
Sales
Cost
Inventory
Inventory
Gold Stream
(oz)
(oz)
($/oz)
(oz)
(oz)
($/oz)
(oz)
(oz)
Mount Milligan
22,300
19,000
435
24,300
28,400
435
7,200
3,800
Kansanshi
15,100
12,600
949
—
—
—
2,500
—
Pueblo Viejo
13,800
14,600
1,382
11,900
13,500
956
6,900
7,600
Andacollo
19,000
16,300
714
10,600
7,400
441
4,700
2,100
Rainy River
9,800
9,700
1,166
4,700
5,300
735
1,600
1,500
Xavantina
6,700
7,600
1,841
3,200
3,500
619
1,300
2,300
Wassa
7,100
7,900
950
8,000
7,300
600
1,600
2,500
Bonikro
4,300
3,900
400
—
—
—
400
—
Greenstone
3,500
3,100
944
—
—
—
500
—
Other
9,000
8,300
Varies
—
—
—
700
—
Total Gold Streams
110,600
103,000
851
62,700
65,400
588
27,400
19,800
Silver Stream
(oz)
(oz)
($/oz)
(oz)
(oz)
($/oz)
(oz)
(oz)
Pueblo Viejo1
425,200
384,800
21.95
401,600
424,200
10.39
254,000
213,600
Khoemacau
478,200
489,700
15.35
644,100
629,600
6.47
87,300
98,800
Rainy River
141,900
135,400
19.16
133,000
122,300
8.00
23,000
16,400
Cerro Moro
97,500
97,500
23
—
—
—
—
—
South Arturo
73,100
73,100
17
—
—
—
—
—
Woodlawn
32,600
25,700
—
—
—
—
6,900
—
Total Silver Streams
1,248,500
1,206,200
18.32
1,178,700
1,176,100
7.98
371,200
328,800
Copper Stream
(Mlb)
(Mlb)
($/lb)
(Mlb)
(Mlb)
($/lb)
(Mlb)
(Mlb)
Mount Milligan
4.1
4.1
0.89
4.5
4.5
0.61
0.7
0.7
Chapada
2.1
2.1
1.74
—
—
—
—
—
Total Copper Streams
6.2
6.2
1.18
4.5
4.5
0.61
0.7
0.7
Zinc Stream
(Mlb)
(Mlb)
($/lb)
(Mlb)
(Mlb)
($/lb)
(Mlb)
(Mlb)
CEZinc
2.5
2.5
0.29
—
—
—
—
—
Total Zinc Streams
2.5
2.5
0.29
—
—
—
—
—
Excludes silver permitted to be deferred under the Pueblo Viejo stream agreement.
NEW YORK--(BUSINESS WIRE)--Warner Music Group Corp. today announced its third-quarter financial results for the period ended June 30, 2026.
“For the fifth consecutive quarter, WMG has delivered or over-delivered on our targets, proving the strength of our strategy and the momentum of our business," said Robert Kyncl, CEO, Warner Music Group. "Our performance - driven by robust subscription streaming growth, market share gains, and disciplined operating leverage - highlights our ability to champion human creativity while deploying tech and AI to scale long-term profitability. We are closing the year with sharp operational focus and strong positioning to generate compounding value for our artists, songwriters, and shareholders for many years to come.”
“Our strong results were highlighted by double-digit subscription streaming growth bolstered by contractual per-subscriber minimum increases and sustained global share performance,” said Lou Dickler, Acting CFO, Warner Music Group. “We delivered healthy margin expansion and remain on track to meet the high end of our fiscal '26 margin expansion targets while remaining laser-focused on long-term value creation.”
Total WMG
Total WMG Summary Results
(dollars in millions)
For the Three
Months Ended
June 30, 2026
For the Three
Months Ended
June 30, 2025
% Change
For the Nine
Months Ended
June 30, 2026
For the Nine
Months Ended
June 30, 2025
% Change
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
Revenue
$
1,864
$
1,689
10
%
$
5,436
$
4,839
12
%
Recorded Music revenue
1,488
1,354
10
%
4,348
3,874
12
%
Music Publishing revenue
377
336
12
%
1,092
969
13
%
Operating income
305
169
80
%
857
551
56
%
Adjusted OIBDA(1)
433
373
16
%
1,293
1,039
24
%
Net income (loss)
200
(16
)
—
%
556
261
—
%
Net cash provided by operating activities
142
46
—
%
708
447
58
%
Free Cash Flow
114
7
—
%
633
336
88
%
(1) See "Supplemental Disclosures Regarding Non-GAAP Financial Measures" at the end of this release for details regarding this measure.
Revenue was up 10.4% (or 9.3% in constant currency). Recorded Music revenue comparisons were impacted by $16 million of digital revenue from the settlement of certain copyright infringement cases in the prior-year quarter (the “Copyright Settlement”). Consistent with prior quarters, Recorded Music revenue growth was also unfavorably impacted by the termination of the distribution agreement with BMG (the “BMG Termination”), which resulted in $10 million less Recorded Music digital revenue compared to the prior-year quarter. Excluding these items, total revenue increased 12.1% (or 11.0% in constant currency).
Digital revenue was up 10.5% (or 9.1% in constant currency) and streaming revenue was up 12.3% (or 10.8% in constant currency). Adjusted for the $16 million impact of the Copyright Settlement and the $10 million impact of the BMG Termination compared to the prior-year quarter, digital revenue increased 13.1% (or 11.6% in constant currency), and adjusted for the $10 million impact of the BMG Termination compared to the prior-year quarter, streaming revenue increased 13.3% (or 11.8% in constant currency). Recorded Music streaming revenue increased 11.8% (or 10.1% in constant currency); however, adjusted for the $10 million impact of the BMG Termination compared to the prior-year quarter, Recorded Music streaming revenue was up 13.1% (or 11.3% in constant currency). Music Publishing streaming revenue increased 14.4% (or 13.8% in constant currency). The increase in total revenue was also driven by higher Recorded Music artist services and expanded-rights and physical revenue, and growth across Music Publishing synchronization, mechanical and performance revenue.
Operating income increased 80.5% (or 75.3% in constant currency) to $305 million from $169 million in the prior-year quarter, primarily due to the factors affecting Adjusted OIBDA discussed below, as well as a decrease in restructuring and impairment charges of $62 million, partially offset by higher amortization expense of $11 million.
Adjusted OIBDA increased 16.1% (or 14.6% in constant currency) to $433 million from $373 million and Adjusted OIBDA margin increased 1.1 percentage points to 23.2% from 22.1% in the prior-year quarter (or 1.0 percentage point from 22.2% in constant currency). The increases include the $9 million impact of the Copyright Settlement and the $1 million impact of the BMG Termination compared to the prior-year quarter. Excluding these items, Adjusted OIBDA increased 19.3% (or 17.7% in constant currency) and Adjusted OIBDA margin increased 1.4 percentage points to 23.2% from 21.8% (or 1.3 percentage points from 21.9% in constant currency). The increases in Adjusted OIBDA and Adjusted OIBDA margin were primarily driven by strong operating performance, revenue mix and savings from the Company’s restructuring plans, a portion of which has been reinvested into the Company’s business, partially offset by unfavorable movements in foreign currency exchange rates of approximately $16 million.
Net income was $200 million compared to a loss of $16 million in the prior-year quarter. The change in net income was due to the impact of exchange rates on the Company’s Euro-denominated debt resulting in a $3 million gain in the quarter compared to a $70 million loss in the prior-year quarter and a currency exchange loss on intercompany loans of $1 million in the quarter compared to a $63 million loss in the prior-year quarter, partially offset by realized and unrealized losses on hedging activity of $1 million in the quarter compared to $8 million in the prior-year quarter. The change in net income was also driven by an impairment charge of $70 million for long-lived assets associated with EMP in the prior-year quarter. The increase in net income was partially offset by a $62 million increase in income tax expense, primarily due to an increase in pre-tax income in the quarter and a $20 million smaller benefit from EMP impairment in the quarter.
Basic earnings per share was $0.39 for both the Class A and Class B shareholders due to the net income attributable to the Company in the quarter of $200 million. Diluted earnings per share was $0.38 for Class A shareholders and $0.39 for Class B shareholders due to the net income attributable to the Company in the quarter of $200 million.
As of June 30, 2026, the Company reported a cash balance of $618 million, total debt of $4.710 billion and net debt (defined as total debt, net of deferred financing costs, premiums and discounts, minus cash and equivalents) of $4.092 billion. Total debt includes $303 million of subsidiary debt acquired in the Company’s acquisition of Tempo Music Holdings, LLC (“Tempo Music”) and $363 million in loans outstanding under the Beethoven JV. This debt is secured only by certain music rights owned by Tempo Music and the Beethoven JV, respectively, and is nonrecourse to the Company and its subsidiaries, other than Tempo Music and the Beethoven JV, respectively.
Cash provided by operating activities increased $96 million, or 209%, to $142 million in the quarter compared to $46 million in the prior-year quarter. The increase was largely a result of strong operating performance. Free Cash Flow, as defined below, increased to $114 million from $7 million in the prior-year quarter, primarily due to the factors affecting cash provided by operating activities described above and due to a decrease in capital expenditures of $11 million, or 28%, to $28 million from $39 million in the prior-year quarter, primarily driven by lower investments in technology and costs associated with our finance transformation initiative.
Recorded Music
Recorded Music Summary Results
(dollars in millions)
For the Three
Months Ended
June 30, 2026
For the Three
Months Ended
June 30, 2025
% Change
For the Nine
Months Ended
June 30, 2026
For the Nine
Months Ended
June 30, 2025
% Change
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
Revenue
$
1,488
$
1,354
10
%
$
4,348
$
3,874
12
%
Operating income
326
201
62
%
943
642
47
%
Adjusted OIBDA(1)
377
321
17
%
1,126
914
23
%
(1) See "Supplemental Disclosures Regarding Non-GAAP Financial Measures" at the end of this release for details regarding this measure.
Recorded Music Revenue
(dollars in millions)
For the Three
Months Ended
June 30, 2026
For the Three
Months Ended
June 30, 2025
For the Three
Months Ended
June 30, 2025
For the Nine
Months Ended
June 30, 2026
For the Nine
Months Ended
June 30, 2025
For the Nine
Months Ended
June 30, 2025
As reported
As reported
Constant
As reported
As reported
Constant
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
Digital
$
1,016
$
929
$
943
$
2,967
$
2,643
$
2,717
Physical
137
119
117
426
397
404
Total Digital and Physical
1,153
1,048
1,060
3,393
3,040
3,121
Artist services and expanded-rights
224
195
195
619
508
523
Licensing
111
111
112
336
326
336
Total Recorded Music
$
1,488
$
1,354
$
1,367
$
4,348
$
3,874
$
3,980
Recorded Music revenue was up 9.9% (or 8.9% in constant currency) driven by increases across digital, artist services and expanded-rights and physical revenue. Licensing revenue remained constant with the prior-year quarter (or decreased 0.9% in constant currency). Excluding the $16 million impact of the Copyright Settlement and the $10 million impact of the BMG Termination compared to the prior-year quarter, Recorded Music revenue was up 12.0% (or 11.0% in constant currency). Digital revenue was up 9.4% (or 7.7% in constant currency) and streaming revenue was up 11.8% (or 10.1% in constant currency). Adjusted for the $16 million impact of the Copyright Settlement and the $10 million impact of the BMG Termination compared to the prior-year quarter, Recorded Music digital revenue was up 12.5% (or 10.8% in constant currency). Adjusted for the $10 million impact of the BMG Termination compared to the prior-year quarter, streaming revenue was up 13.1% (or 11.3% in constant currency). Streaming revenue reflects growth in subscription revenue of 12.5% (or 10.8% in constant currency) and in ad-supported revenue of 10.0% (or 8.0% in constant currency). Subscription revenue, adjusted for the $6 million impact of the BMG Termination compared to the prior-year quarter, was up 13.5% (or 11.8% in constant currency). Ad-supported revenue, adjusted for the $4 million impact of the BMG Termination compared to the prior-year quarter, was up 12.0% (or 10.0% in constant currency). The increase in subscription revenue reflects positive market share trends, subscriber growth and improved deal economics. The increase in ad-supported revenue reflects strong performance in the quarter, as well as improved deal economics. Artist services and expanded-rights revenue was up 14.9% (the same in constant currency) due to higher concert promotion revenue primarily in Japan and higher merchandising revenue. Physical revenue increased 15.1% (or 17.1% in constant currency) primarily driven by strong releases in the quarter as well as catalog and carryover success. Top sellers in the quarter included Bruno Mars, Don Toliver, sombr, Alex Warren and Madonna.
Recorded Music operating income increased 62.2% (or 58.3% in constant currency) to $326 million from $201 million in the prior-year quarter, and operating margin was up 7.1 percentage points to 21.9% versus 14.8% in the prior-year quarter (or up 6.8 percentage points from 15.1% in constant currency). The increase in operating income and operating income margin was driven by the factors affecting Adjusted OIBDA discussed below, as well as decreases in restructuring and impairment charges of $63 million and depreciation expense of $4 million primarily relating to EMP, partially offset by higher amortization expense of $10 million attributable to acquisitions.
Adjusted OIBDA increased 17.4% (or 15.6% in constant currency) to $377 million from $321 million and Adjusted OIBDA margin increased 1.6 percentage points to 25.3% from 23.7% in the prior-year quarter (or increased 1.5 percentage points from 23.8% in constant currency). The increases include the $9 million impact of the Copyright Settlement and the $1 million impact of the BMG Termination. Excluding these items, Adjusted OIBDA increased 21.2% (or 19.3% in constant currency) and Adjusted OIBDA margin increased 1.9 percentage points to 25.3% from 23.4% (or 1.7 percentage points from 23.6% in constant currency). The increases in Adjusted OIBDA and Adjusted OIBDA margin were primarily driven by revenue growth and strong operating performance, and savings from the Company’s restructuring plans, of which a portion has been reinvested in the Company’s business, partially offset by unfavorable movements in foreign currency exchange rates of approximately $12 million.
Music Publishing
Music Publishing Summary Results
(dollars in millions)
For the Three
Months Ended
June 30, 2026
For the Three
Months Ended
June 30, 2025
% Change
For the Nine
Months Ended
June 30, 2026
For the Nine
Months Ended
June 30, 2025
% Change
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
Revenue
$
377
$
336
12
%
$
1,092
$
969
13
%
Operating income
71
60
18
%
197
167
18
%
Adjusted OIBDA(1)
109
96
14
%
308
264
17
%
(1) See "Supplemental Disclosures Regarding Non-GAAP Financial Measures" at the end of this release for details regarding this measure.
Music Publishing Revenue
(dollars in millions)
For the Three
Months Ended
June 30, 2026
For the Three
Months Ended
June 30, 2025
For the Three
Months Ended
June 30, 2025
For the Nine
Months Ended
June 30, 2026
For the Nine
Months Ended
June 30, 2025
For the Nine
Months Ended
June 30, 2025
As reported
As reported
Constant
As reported
As reported
Constant
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
Performance
$
59
$
58
$
60
$
181
$
167
$
174
Digital
235
204
204
674
599
610
Mechanical
19
16
16
54
46
47
Synchronization
60
54
56
170
142
146
Other
4
4
4
13
15
16
Total Music Publishing
$
377
$
336
$
340
$
1,092
$
969
$
993
Music Publishing revenue was up 12.2% (or 10.9% in constant currency) driven by growth across digital, synchronization, mechanical and performance revenue. Digital revenue increased 15.2% (the same in constant currency) and streaming revenue increased 14.4% (or 13.8% in constant currency) driven by continued market growth and the impact of new deals and renewals. Synchronization revenue increased 11.1% (or 7.1% in constant currency) primarily due to an increase in other copyright infringement settlements and mechanical revenue increased 18.8% (the same in constant currency) driven by the timing of distributions. Performance revenue increased 1.7% (or decreased 1.7% in constant currency).
Music Publishing operating income was up 18.3% (or 16.4% in constant currency) to $71 million from $60 million in the prior-year quarter and operating margin increased 0.9 percentage points to 18.8% from 17.9% in the prior-year quarter (the same in constant currency). The increases in operating income and operating margin were driven by the same factors affecting Adjusted OIBDA discussed below.
Music Publishing Adjusted OIBDA increased 13.5% (the same in constant currency) to $109 million from $96 million in the prior-year quarter. Adjusted OIBDA margin increased 0.3 percentage points to 28.9% from 28.6% in the prior-year quarter (or 0.7 percentage points from 28.2% in constant currency). The increases in Adjusted OIBDA and Adjusted OIBDA margin were primarily driven by revenue growth and strong operating performance, partially offset by unfavorable movements in foreign currency exchange rates of approximately $5 million.
Recent Announcements
In addition, the Company also announced today that its Board of Directors declared a regular quarterly cash dividend of $0.20 per share on the Company’s Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock. The dividend is payable on September 1, 2026, to stockholders of record as of the close of business on August 20, 2026.
Financial details for the quarter can be found in the Company’s current Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2026, which will be filed this afternoon with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
This afternoon, management will be hosting a conference call to discuss the results at 4:30 P.M. EDT. The call will be webcast on www.wmg.com.
About Warner Music Group
With a legacy extending back over 200 years, Warner Music Group today is home to an unparalleled family of creative artists, songwriters, and companies that are moving culture across the globe. At the core of WMG’s Recorded Music division are four of the most iconic companies in history: Atlantic, Elektra, Parlophone and Warner Records. They are joined by renowned labels such as TenThousand Projects, 300 Entertainment, Asylum, Big Beat, Canvasback, East West, Erato, FFRR, Fueled by Ramen, Nonesuch, Reprise, Rhino, Roadrunner, Sire, Spinnin’ Records, Warner Classics and Warner Records Nashville. Warner Chappell Music - which traces its origins back to the founding of Chappell & Company in 1811 - is one of the world's leading music publishers, with a catalog of more than one million copyrights spanning every musical genre from the standards of the Great American Songbook to the biggest hits of the 21st century.
"Safe Harbor" Statement under Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995
This communication includes forward-looking statements that reflect the current views of Warner Music Group about future events and financial performance. Words such as "estimates," "expects," "anticipates," "projects," "plans," "intends," "believes," "forecasts" and variations of such words or similar expressions that predict or indicate future events or trends, or that do not relate to historical matters, identify forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements are made as of today, and we disclaim any duty to update such statements. Our expectations, beliefs and projections are expressed in good faith and we believe there is a reasonable basis for them. However, we cannot assure you that management's expectations, beliefs and projections will result or be achieved. Investors should not rely on forward-looking statements because they are subject to a variety of risks, uncertainties, and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations. Please refer to our Form 10-K, Form 10-Qs and our other filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission concerning factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those described in our forward-looking statements.
We maintain an Internet site at www.wmg.com. We use our website as a channel of distribution for material company information. Financial and other material information regarding Warner Music Group is routinely posted on and accessible at http://investors.wmg.com. In addition, you may automatically receive email alerts and other information about Warner Music Group by enrolling your email address through the “email alerts” section at http://investors.wmg.com. Our website and the information posted on it or connected to it shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into this communication.
Figure 1. Warner Music Group Corp. - Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations, Three Months Ended June 30, 2026 versus June 30, 2025
(dollars in millions)
For the Three Months Ended
June 30, 2026
For the Three Months Ended
June 30, 2025
% Change
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
Revenue
$
1,864
$
1,689
10
%
Cost and expenses:
Cost of revenue
(1,010
)
(913
)
11
%
Selling, general and administrative expenses
(464
)
(471
)
-1
%
Restructuring and impairments
(7
)
(69
)
-90
%
Amortization expense
(78
)
(67
)
16
%
Total costs and expenses
$
(1,559
)
$
(1,520
)
3
%
Operating income
$
305
$
169
80
%
Interest expense, net
(49
)
(43
)
14
%
Other income (expense), net
11
(137
)
—
%
Income (loss) before income taxes
$
267
$
(11
)
—
%
Income tax expense
(67
)
(5
)
—
%
Net income (loss)
$
200
$
(16
)
—
%
Less: (Income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
4
—
—
%
Net income (loss) attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.
$
204
$
(16
)
—
%
Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:
Class A – Basic
$
0.39
$
(0.03
)
Class A – Diluted
$
0.38
$
(0.03
)
Class B – Basic
$
0.39
$
(0.03
)
Class B – Diluted
$
0.39
$
(0.03
)
For the Nine Months Ended
June 30, 2026
For the Nine Months Ended
June 30, 2025
% Change
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
Revenue
$
5,436
$
4,839
12
%
Cost and expenses:
Cost of revenue
(2,927
)
(2,598
)
13
%
Selling, general and administrative expenses
(1,382
)
(1,395
)
-1
%
Restructuring and impairments
(47
)
(109
)
-57
%
Amortization expense
(218
)
(186
)
17
%
Total costs and expenses
$
(4,574
)
$
(4,288
)
7
%
Net gain on divestiture
(5
)
—
—
%
Operating income
$
857
$
551
56
%
Loss on extinguishment of debt
(7
)
—
—
%
Interest expense, net
(135
)
(119
)
13
%
Other income (expense), net
52
(48
)
—
%
Income before income taxes
$
767
$
384
100
%
Income tax expense
(211
)
(123
)
72
%
Net income
$
556
$
261
—
%
Less: Income attributable to noncontrolling interest
7
(5
)
—
%
Net income attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.
$
563
$
256
—
%
Net income per share attributable to common stockholders:
Class A – Basic
$
1.07
$
0.49
Class A – Diluted
$
1.05
$
0.49
Class B – Basic
$
1.07
$
0.49
Class B – Diluted
$
1.06
$
0.49
Figure 2. Warner Music Group Corp. - Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2026 versus September 30, 2025
(dollars in millions)
June 30, 2026
September 30, 2025
% Change
(unaudited)
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and equivalents
$
618
$
532
16
%
Accounts receivable, net
1,607
1,340
20
%
Inventories
69
62
11
%
Royalty advances expected to be recouped within one year
671
581
15
%
Assets held for sale
68
89
-24
%
Prepaid and other current assets
227
166
37
%
Total current assets
$
3,260
$
2,770
18
%
Royalty advances expected to be recouped after one year
1,118
1,079
4
%
Property, plant and equipment, net
416
441
-6
%
Operating lease right-of-use assets, net
163
189
-14
%
Goodwill
2,126
2,061
3
%
Intangible assets subject to amortization, net
3,098
2,725
14
%
Intangible assets not subject to amortization
153
154
-1
%
Deferred tax assets, net
58
111
-48
%
Other assets
335
299
12
%
Total assets
$
10,727
$
9,829
9
%
Liabilities, Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest and Equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
$
354
$
257
38
%
Accrued royalties
3,030
2,740
11
%
Accrued liabilities
494
666
-26
%
Accrued interest
40
31
29
%
Operating lease liabilities, current
44
43
2
%
Deferred revenue
330
286
15
%
Liabilities held for sale
39
49
-20
%
Other current liabilities
112
129
-13
%
Total current liabilities
$
4,443
$
4,201
6
%
Acquisition Corp. long-term debt
4,044
4,063
—
%
Other long-term debt
666
302
—
%
Operating lease liabilities, noncurrent
165
200
-18
%
Deferred tax liabilities, net
184
164
12
%
Other noncurrent liabilities
139
142
-2
%
Total liabilities
$
9,641
$
9,072
6
%
Redeemable noncontrolling interests
133
—
—
%
Equity:
Class A common stock
$
—
$
—
—
%
Class B common stock
1
1
—
%
Additional paid-in capital
2,141
2,166
-1
%
Accumulated deficit
(1,068
)
(1,331
)
-20
%
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net
(220
)
(189
)
16
%
Total Warner Music Group Corp. equity
$
854
$
647
32
%
Noncontrolling interest
99
110
-10
%
Total equity
953
757
26
%
Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interest and equity
$
10,727
$
9,829
9
%
Figure 3. Warner Music Group Corp. - Summarized Statements of Cash Flows, Three Months Ended June 30, 2026 versus June 30, 2025
(dollars in millions)
For the Three Months Ended
June 30, 2026
For the Three Months Ended
June 30, 2025
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
Net cash provided by operating activities
$
142
$
46
Net cash used in investing activities
(151
)
(71
)
Net cash used in financing activities
(110
)
(96
)
Effect of foreign currency exchange rates on cash and equivalents
1
11
Cash balances classified as assets held for sale
(5
)
$
—
Net decrease in cash and equivalents
$
(123
)
$
(110
)
Figure 4. Warner Music Group Corp. - Digital Revenue Summary, Three Months Ended June 30, 2026 versus June 30, 2025
We evaluate our operating performance based on several factors, including the following non-GAAP financial measures:
Adjusted OIBDA
We allocate resources and evaluate performance based on several factors, including Adjusted OIBDA. We define Adjusted OIBDA as operating income (loss) adjusted to exclude the following items: (i) non-cash depreciation of tangible assets, (ii) non-cash amortization of intangible assets, (iii) non-cash stock-based compensation and other related expenses, (iv) gains or losses on divestitures, (v) expenses related to restructuring and transformation initiatives, which include costs associated with the Company’s financial transformation initiative to design and implement new information technology and upgrade our finance infrastructure, and (vi) executive transition costs. Items excluded are not viewed to contribute directly to management’s evaluation of operating results. We consider Adjusted OIBDA to be an important indicator of the operational strengths and performance of our businesses. However, a limitation of the use of Adjusted OIBDA as a performance measure is that it does not reflect the periodic costs of certain capitalized tangible and intangible assets used in generating revenues in our businesses. Accordingly, Adjusted OIBDA should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, operating income (loss), net income (loss) attributable to Warner Music Group Corp. and other measures of financial performance reported in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). In addition, our definition of Adjusted OIBDA may differ from similarly titled measures used by other companies.
Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EPS
We define Adjusted Net Income as net income (loss) attributable to Warner Music Group Corp. adjusted to exclude the following items: (i) non-cash amortization of intangible assets, (ii) expenses related to restructuring and transformation initiatives, which include costs associated with the Company’s financial transformation initiative to design and implement new information technology and upgrade our finance infrastructure, (iii) gains or losses on divestitures, (iv) non-cash stock-based compensation, (v) loss on extinguishment of debt, and (vi) other (income) expenses. These exclusions are then further adjusted to account for tax effects. Adjusted Net Income should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, net income (loss) attributable to Warner Music Group Corp. and other measures of financial performance reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We use Adjusted Net Income to calculate Adjusted Earnings (Loss) Per Share (“EPS”), which we define as Adjusted Net Income divided by the basic weighted-average shares outstanding for the period. Our definition of Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EPS may differ from similarly titled measures used by other companies.
Figure 5. Warner Music Group Corp. - Reconciliation of Net Income to Adjusted OIBDA, Three Months Ended June 30, 2026 versus June 30, 2025
(dollars in millions)
For the Three Months Ended
June 30, 2026
For the Three Months Ended
June 30, 2025
% Change
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
Net income (loss) attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.
$
204
$
(16
)
—
%
Income attributable to noncontrolling interest
(4
)
—
—
%
Net income (loss)
$
200
$
(16
)
—
%
Income tax expense
67
5
—
%
Income including income taxes
$
267
$
(11
)
—
%
Other (income) expense, net
(11
)
137
—
%
Interest expense, net
49
43
14
%
Operating income
$
305
$
169
80
%
Amortization expense
78
67
16
%
Depreciation expense
33
29
14
%
Restructuring and impairments
7
69
-90
%
Transformation initiative costs
10
19
-47
%
Executive transition costs
—
4
-100
%
Non-cash stock-based compensation and other related costs
—
16
-100
%
Adjusted OIBDA
$
433
$
373
16
%
Operating income margin
16.4
%
10.0
%
Adjusted OIBDA margin
23.2
%
22.1
%
Net income (loss) attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.
$
204
$
(16
)
—
%
Less: Net income attributable to participating securities
(1
)
—
—
%
Net income (loss) attributable to common shareholders
$
203
$
(16
)
—
%
Amortization expense
78
67
16
%
Restructuring and impairments
7
69
-90
%
Transformation initiative costs
10
19
-47
%
Executive transition costs
—
4
-100
%
Non-cash stock-based compensation and other related costs
—
16
-100
%
Other (income) expense, net
(11
)
137
—
%
Tax impact (a)
(21
)
(76
)
-72
%
Adjusted Net Income
$
266
$
220
21
%
Weighted Avg Shares Outstanding - Class A - Basic
146,297
145,878
Weighted Avg Shares Outstanding - Class B - Basic
375,380
375,380
Unadjusted (GAAP) EPS - Class A - Basic
$
0.39
$
(0.03
)
Adjusted EPS - Class A - Basic
$
0.51
$
0.42
a) Represents the tax effect of the adjustments to reflect corporate income taxes at assumed effective tax rates of 25% and 24% for the three months ended June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025, respectively.
For the Nine Months Ended
June 30, 2026
For the Nine Months Ended
June 30, 2025
% Change
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
Net income attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.
$
563
$
256
—
%
Income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest
(7
)
5
—
%
Net income
$
556
$
261
—
%
Income tax expense
211
123
72
%
Income including income taxes
$
767
$
384
100
%
Other (income) expense, net
(52
)
48
—
%
Interest expense, net
135
119
13
%
Loss on extinguishment of debt
7
—
—
%
Operating income
$
857
$
551
56
%
Amortization expense
218
186
17
%
Depreciation expense
95
86
10
%
Restructuring and impairments
47
109
-57
%
Transformation initiatives and other related costs
39
54
-28
%
Executive transition costs
—
4
-100
%
Net loss on divestitures
5
—
—
%
Non-cash stock-based compensation and other related costs
32
49
-35
%
Adjusted OIBDA
$
1,293
$
1,039
24
%
Operating income margin
15.8
%
11.4
%
Adjusted OIBDA margin
23.8
%
21.5
%
Net income (loss) attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.
$
563
$
256
120
%
Less: Net income attributable to participating securities
(5
)
(3
)
67
%
Net income attributable to common shareholders
$
558
$
253
121
%
Amortization expense
218
186
17
%
Restructuring and impairments
47
109
-57
%
Transformation initiative costs
39
54
-28
%
Net loss on divestitures
5
—
—
%
Executive transition costs
—
4
-100
%
Non-cash stock-based compensation and other related costs
32
49
-35
%
Loss on extinguishment of debt
7
—
—
%
Other (income) expense, net
(52
)
48
—
%
Tax impact (a)
(81
)
(110
)
-26
%
Adjusted Net Income
$
773
$
593
30
%
Weighted Avg Shares Outstanding - Class A - Basic
146,542
144,623
Weighted Avg Shares Outstanding - Class B - Basic
375,380
375,380
Unadjusted (GAAP) EPS - Class A - Basic
$
1.07
$
0.49
Adjusted EPS - Class A - Basic
$
1.48
$
1.14
a) Represents the tax effect of the adjustments to reflect corporate income taxes at assumed effective tax rates of 28% and 24% for the nine months ended June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025, respectively.
Figure 6. Warner Music Group Corp. - Reconciliation of Segment Operating Income to Adjusted OIBDA, Three Months Ended June 30, 2026 versus June 30, 2025
(dollars in millions)
For the Three Months Ended
June 30, 2026
For the Three Months Ended
June 30, 2025
% Change
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
Total WMG operating income – GAAP
$
305
$
169
80
%
Depreciation and amortization expense
111
96
16
%
Restructuring and impairments
7
69
-90
%
Transformation initiative costs
10
19
-47
%
Executive transition costs
—
4
-100
%
Non-cash stock-based compensation and other related costs
—
16
-100
%
Total WMG Adjusted OIBDA
$
433
$
373
16
%
Total WMG Adjusted OIBDA margin
23.2
%
22.1
%
Recorded Music operating income – GAAP
$
326
$
201
62
%
Depreciation and amortization expense
53
47
13
%
Restructuring and impairments
6
69
-91
%
Non-cash stock-based compensation and other related costs
$
(8
)
$
4
—
%
Recorded Music Adjusted OIBDA
$
377
$
321
17
%
Recorded Music Adjusted OIBDA margin
25.3
%
23.7
%
Music Publishing operating income – GAAP
$
71
$
60
18
%
Depreciation and amortization expense
37
35
6
%
Non-cash stock-based compensation and other related costs
1
1
—
%
Music Publishing Adjusted OIBDA
$
109
$
96
14
%
Music Publishing Adjusted OIBDA margin
28.9
%
28.6
%
For the Nine Months Ended
June 30, 2026
For the Nine Months Ended
June 30, 2025
% Change
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
Total WMG operating income – GAAP
$
857
$
551
56
%
Depreciation and amortization expense
313
272
15
%
Restructuring and impairments
47
109
-57
%
Transformation initiatives and other related costs
39
54
-28
%
Executive transition costs
—
4
-100
%
Net loss on divestitures
5
—
—
%
Non-cash stock-based compensation and other related costs
32
49
-35
%
Total WMG Adjusted OIBDA
$
1,293
$
1,039
24
%
Total WMG Adjusted OIBDA margin
23.8
%
21.5
%
Recorded Music operating income – GAAP
$
943
$
642
47
%
Depreciation and amortization expense
146
138
6
%
Restructuring and impairment
34
110
-69
%
Non-cash stock-based compensation and other related costs
3
24
-88
%
Recorded Music Adjusted OIBDA
$
1,126
$
914
23
%
Recorded Music Adjusted OIBDA margin
25.9
%
23.6
%
Music Publishing operating income – GAAP
$
197
$
167
18
%
Depreciation and amortization expense
107
93
15
%
Non-cash stock-based compensation and other related costs
4
4
—
%
Music Publishing Adjusted OIBDA
$
308
$
264
17
%
Music Publishing Adjusted OIBDA margin
28.2
%
27.2
%
Constant Currency
Because exchange rates are an important factor in understanding period-to-period comparisons, we believe the presentation of revenue on a constant-currency basis in addition to reported revenue helps improve the ability to understand our operating results and evaluate our performance in comparison to prior periods. Constant-currency information compares results between periods as if exchange rates had remained constant period over period. We use results on a constant-currency basis as one measure to evaluate our performance. We calculate constant-currency results by applying current-year foreign currency exchange rates to prior-year results. However, a limitation of the use of the constant-currency results as a performance measure is that it does not reflect the impact of exchange rates on our revenue. These results should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, results reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Results on a constant-currency basis, as we present them, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies and are not a measure of performance presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
Figure 7. Warner Music Group Corp. - Revenue by Geography and Segment, Three Months Ended June 30, 2026 versus June 30, 2025 As Reported and Constant Currency
(dollars in millions)
For the Three
Months Ended
June 30, 2026
For the Three
Months Ended
June 30, 2025
For the Three
Months Ended
June 30, 2025
% Change
As reported
As reported
Constant
Constant
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
U.S. revenue
Recorded Music
$
587
$
536
$
536
10
%
Music Publishing
194
186
186
4
%
International revenue
Recorded Music
$
901
$
818
$
831
8
%
Music Publishing
183
150
154
19
%
Intersegment eliminations
(1
)
(1
)
(2
)
-50
%
Total Revenue
$
1,864
$
1,689
$
1,705
9
%
Revenue by Segment:
Recorded Music
Digital
$
1,016
$
929
$
943
8
%
Physical
137
119
117
17
%
Total Digital and Physical
$
1,153
$
1,048
$
1,060
9
%
Artist services and expanded-rights
224
195
195
15
%
Licensing
111
111
112
-1
%
Total Recorded Music
$
1,488
$
1,354
$
1,367
9
%
Music Publishing
Performance
$
59
$
58
$
60
-2
%
Digital
235
204
204
15
%
Mechanical
19
16
16
19
%
Synchronization
60
54
56
7
%
Other
4
4
4
—
%
Total Music Publishing
$
377
$
336
$
340
11
%
Intersegment eliminations
(1
)
(1
)
(2
)
-50
%
Total Revenue
$
1,864
$
1,689
$
1,705
9
%
Total Digital Revenue
$
1,251
$
1,132
$
1,147
9
%
For the Nine
Months Ended
June 30, 2026
For the Nine
Months Ended
June 30, 2025
For the Nine
Months Ended
June 30, 2025
% Change
As reported
As reported
Constant
Constant
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
U.S. revenue
Recorded Music
$
1,729
$
1,565
$
1,565
10
%
Music Publishing
562
520
520
8
%
International revenue
Recorded Music
$
2,619
$
2,309
$
2,415
8
%
Music Publishing
530
449
473
12
%
Intersegment eliminations
(4
)
(4
)
(5
)
(20
)%
Total Revenue
$
5,436
$
4,839
$
4,968
9
%
Revenue by Segment:
Recorded Music
Digital
$
2,967
$
2,643
$
2,717
9
%
Physical
426
397
404
5
%
Total Digital and Physical
$
3,393
$
3,040
$
3,121
9
%
Artist services and expanded-rights
619
508
523
18
%
Licensing
336
326
336
—
%
Total Recorded Music
$
4,348
$
3,874
$
3,980
9
%
Music Publishing
Performance
$
181
$
167
$
174
4
%
Digital
674
599
610
10
%
Mechanical
54
46
47
15
%
Synchronization
170
142
146
16
%
Other
13
15
16
(19
)%
Total Music Publishing
$
1,092
$
969
$
993
10
%
Intersegment eliminations
(4
)
(4
)
(5
)
(20
)%
Total Revenue
$
5,436
$
4,839
$
4,968
9
%
Total Digital Revenue
$
3,640
$
3,241
$
3,326
9
%
Figure 8. Warner Music Group Corp. - Adjusted OIBDA by Segment, Three Months Ended June 30, 2026 versus June 30, 2025 As Reported and Constant Currency
(dollars in millions)
For the Three
Months Ended
June 30, 2026
For the Three
Months Ended
June 30, 2025
For the Three
Months Ended
June 30, 2025
Change %
As reported
As reported
Constant
Constant
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
(unaudited)
Total WMG Adjusted OIBDA
$
433
$
373
$
378
14.6
%
Adjusted OIBDA margin
23.2
%
22.1
%
22.2
%
Recorded Music Adjusted OIBDA
$
377
$
321
$
326
15.6
%
Recorded Music Adjusted OIBDA margin
25.3
%
23.7
%
23.8
%
Music Publishing Adjusted OIBDA
$
109
$
96
$
96
13.5
%
Music Publishing Adjusted OIBDA margin
28.9
%
28.6
%
28.2
%
Figure 9. Warner Music Group Corp. - Notable Items, As Reported
(dollars in millions)
FY 2026
FY 2025
Three Months Ended
December 31, 2025
Three Months Ended
March 31, 2026
Three Months Ended
June 30, 2026
Three Months Ended
December 31, 2024
Three Months Ended
March 31, 2025
Three Months Ended
June 30, 2025
Revenue
Recorded Music
Streaming - BMG Termination (a)
—
—
—
6
6
10
Streaming - DSP True-up and Settlement Payments
12
—
—
(7
)
11
—
Download and Other Digital - Copyright Settlement
—
—
—
—
—
16
Music Publishing
Streaming - MLC Historical Matched Royalties
—
—
—
17
—
—
Adjusted OIBDA
Recorded Music
BMG Termination (a)
—
—
—
—
1
1
DSP True-up and Settlement Payments
7
—
—
(4
)
7
—
Copyright Settlement
—
—
—
—
—
9
Music Publishing
MLC Historical Matched Royalties
—
—
—
4
—
—
(a) The BMG Termination impact shown in FY 2025 represents the incremental revenue and Adjusted OIBDA compared to the current fiscal year.
Free Cash Flow
Our definition of Free Cash Flow is defined as cash flow provided by operating activities less capital expenditures. We use Free Cash Flow, among other measures, to evaluate our operating performance. Management believes Free Cash Flow provides investors with an important perspective on the cash available to fund our debt service requirements, ongoing working capital requirements, capital expenditure requirements, strategic acquisitions and investments, and any dividends, prepayments of debt or repurchases or retirement of our outstanding debt or notes in open market purchases, privately negotiated purchases, any repurchases of our common stock or otherwise. As a result, Free Cash Flow is a significant measure of our ability to generate long-term value. It is useful for investors to know whether this ability is being enhanced or degraded as a result of our operating performance. We believe the presentation of Free Cash Flow is relevant and useful for investors because it allows investors to view performance in a manner similar to the method management uses.
Free Cash Flow is not a measure of performance calculated in accordance with U.S. GAAP and therefore it should not be considered in isolation of, or as a substitute for, net income (loss) as an indicator of operating performance or cash flow provided by operating activities as a measure of liquidity. Free Cash Flow, as we calculate it, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures employed by other companies. In addition, Free Cash Flow does not necessarily represent funds available for discretionary use and is not necessarily a measure of our ability to fund our cash needs. Because Free Cash Flow deducts capital expenditures from “net cash provided by operating activities” (the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure), users of this information should consider the types of events and transactions that are not reflected. We provide below a reconciliation of Free Cash Flow to the most directly comparable amount reported under U.S. GAAP, which is “net cash provided by operating activities.”
Figure 10. Warner Music Group Corp. - Calculation of Free Cash Flow, Three Months Ended June 30, 2026 versus June 30, 2025
August 05, 2026 16:05 ET | Source: Wave Life Sciences USA, Inc.
CAMBRIDGE, Mass., Aug. 05, 2026 (GLOBE NEWSWIRE) -- As previously announced, Wave Life Sciences Ltd. (NASDAQ: WVE), a clinical-stage biotechnology company focused on unlocking the broad potential of RNA medicines to transform human health (“Wave” or “Wave Life Sciences”), has obtained the requisite shareholder approvals required in connection with its proposed redomiciliation (“Redomiciliation”) to the United States by way of the implementation of a statutory procedure known as a scheme of arrangement under Section 210 of the Companies Act 1967 of Singapore (the “Scheme of Arrangement”).
The Scheme of Arrangement was subsequently approved by order of the High Court of the Republic of Singapore on July 14, 2026 (Singapore Time), and is expected to become effective after the close of trading on Friday, August 7, 2026 (Eastern Time), upon filing of such court order with the Accounting and Corporate Regulatory Authority of Singapore. As required following the effectiveness of the Redomiciliation, Wave plans to make a series of filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) after-market on the same day.
About Wave Life Sciences
Wave Life Sciences (Nasdaq: WVE) is a biotechnology company focused on unlocking the broad potential of RNA medicines to transform human health. Wave’s RNA medicines platform, PRISM®, combines multiple modalities, chemistry innovation, and deep insights in human genetics to deliver scientific breakthroughs that treat both rare and common disorders. Its toolkit of RNA-targeting modalities, including RNAi (SpiNA) and RNA editing (AIMers), provides Wave with unmatched capabilities for designing and sustainably delivering candidates that optimally address disease biology. Wave’s pipeline is focused on its obesity (WVE-007), alpha-1 antitrypsin deficiency (WVE-006) and PNPLA3 I148M liver disease (WVE-008) programs, and also includes clinical programs in Duchenne muscular dystrophy and Huntington’s disease, as well as several preclinical programs utilizing the company’s versatile RNA medicines platform. Driven by the calling to “Reimagine Possible,” Wave is leading the charge toward a world in which human potential is no longer hindered by the burden of disease. Wave is headquartered in Cambridge, MA. For more information on Wave’s science, pipeline and people, please visit www.wavelifesciences.com and follow Wave on X and LinkedIn.
Some of the statements included in this announcement may include “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, in particular, statements about our expectations regarding the change of the parent company of the group from a Singapore company to a Delaware corporation. These statements include, but are not limited to, statements that address our expected future business and statements about the Redomiciliation and other statements identified by words such as “will”, “expect”, “believe”, “anticipate”, “estimate”, “should”, “intend”, “plan”, “potential”, “predict”, “project”, “aim”, and similar words, phrases or expressions. These forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and beliefs of the management of Wave Life Sciences, as well as assumptions made by, and information currently available to, such management, current market trends and market conditions and involve risks and uncertainties, many of which are outside Wave Life Sciences’ and management’s control, and which may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in forward looking statements. Accordingly, you should not place undue reliance on such statements.
Particular uncertainties that could materially affect future results include risks associated with the Redomiciliation, including our ability to satisfy other closing conditions to the completion of the Redomiciliation within the expected timeframe or at all; our ability to realize the expected benefits from the Redomiciliation; the occurrence of difficulties or material timing delays in connection with the Redomiciliation, including any unanticipated costs in connection therewith; any delays, challenges and expenses associated with receiving governmental and regulatory approvals; changes in tax laws, tax treaties or tax regulations or the interpretation or enforcement thereof by the tax authorities in Singapore, the United States and other jurisdictions following the Redomiciliation; our critical accounting policies; the ability of our preclinical studies to produce data sufficient to support the filing of global clinical trial applications and the timing thereof; our ability to continue to build and maintain the company infrastructure and personnel needed to achieve our goals; the clinical results and timing of our programs, which may not support further development of our product candidates; actions of regulatory agencies, which may affect the initiation, timing and progress of clinical trials; our effectiveness in managing current and future clinical trials and regulatory processes; the success of our platform in identifying viable candidates; the continued development and acceptance of nucleic acid therapeutics as a class of drugs; our ability to demonstrate the therapeutic benefits of our stereopure candidates in clinical trials, including our ability to develop candidates across multiple therapeutic modalities; our ability to obtain, maintain and protect intellectual property; our ability to enforce our patents against infringers and defend our patent portfolio against challenges from third parties; our ability to fund our operations and to raise additional capital as needed; competition from others developing therapies for similar uses; and any impacts on our business as a result of or related to any local and global health epidemics, geopolitical conflicts, global economic uncertainty, the impact of tariffs and changes in economic policies, volatility in inflation, volatility in interest rates or market disruptions on our business.
The foregoing review of important factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read in conjunction with the other cautionary statements that are set forth in our definitive proxy statement filed on May 7, 2026 and our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and the other documents that we file with the SEC, including under the heading “Risk Factors” in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K. You may obtain copies of these documents as described under the heading “Additional Information and Where to Find It.”
Our filings with the SEC, which you may obtain without charge at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov, discuss some of the important risk factors that may affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. We undertake no intent or obligation to publicly update or revise any of these forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.
Investors:
James Salierno
Director, Investor Relations
+1 617-949-4043 [email protected]
UWM Holdings oznámila strategické kapitálové partnerství za 2,05 mld. USD s rodinou Ishbia a Oaktree. Firma zároveň pozastaví dividendu, aby upřednostnila snižování dluhu a posílila rozvahu.
Transaction provides significant permanent capital, strengthens UWM’s balance sheet, enhances liquidity and positions the nation’s leading mortgage lender to continue investing through the cycle
PONTIAC, Mich.--(BUSINESS WIRE)--UWM Holdings Corporation (NYSE: UWMC) (“UWMC” or the “Company”), the publicly traded indirect parent of United Wholesale Mortgage (“UWM”), today announced a $2.05 billion strategic capital partnership with the Ishbia Family via their new family investment vehicle, SFS Group Capital, LLC (“SFS”) and Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. (“Oaktree”) to fortify UWM’s balance sheet and position the Company for continued long-term success at a time when many competitors are pulling back. The initial investment was made in the form of preferred equity together with warrants. The Company is also announcing a suspension of its common dividend to prioritize debt reduction and balance-sheet strength.
The Company also intends to launch a $400 million rights offering to Class A shareholders, with the support of the Ishbia Family and Oaktree, if needed. The rights offering will have a record date of October 2, 2026 (the “Record Date”) and is expected to commence on October 5, 2026 and expire at 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time on November 12, 2026. Each holder of Class A Common Stock as of the Record Date will receive one subscription right for each share of Class A Common Stock owned (each, a “Right”). Each Right will entitle the holder to purchase its pro rata portion of the 200 million shares of Class A Common Stock offered at a subscription price per share equal to the greater of: (i) $2.00 and (ii) 85% of the volume-weighted average price per share of the Class A Common Stock during the ten consecutive trading days commencing on October 27, 2026 and ending on November 9, 2026. The Rights will be transferable and listed on the NYSE. There will also be an oversubscription option for the holders of the Rights. Complete terms will be set forth in the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K to be filed with the SEC.
The transaction represents a proactive step by UWM to add permanent capital and financial flexibility while continuing to execute from its position as the nation's leading mortgage lender. UWM has been the nation’s leading mortgage originator since 2022 and the clear leader in the wholesale channel for 11 consecutive years, and this strategic capital partnership is designed to ensure the Company can continue serving its clients, team members, counterparties, bondholders, equity holders and the investor community at large while maintaining its competitive position.
The net proceeds will primarily be used to repay existing debt and MSR financing facilities and strengthen UWM's equity base and liquidity. With a fortified balance sheet, the Company will have greater flexibility to continue investing in the independent mortgage broker channel, proprietary technology and AI, and its servicing platform through the cycle. With Oaktree as a scaled strategic partner and the Ishbia Family investing alongside the transaction, UWM is further aligning its balance sheet and capital strategy with its long-term objective of expanding market share, improving durability and continuing to build the best mortgage company in America.
“We’re taking decisive action to make UWM stronger, more liquid and better positioned to win for years to come,” said Mat Ishbia, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of UWM. “This is not just about capital. This is about bringing in a strategic partner that understands our business, understands MSRs, understands the mortgage industry and believes in the same long-term vision we have for UWM.”
Ishbia continued, “We’re already the No. 1 mortgage lender in America and the undisputed leader in wholesale. We’ve been able to achieve this by playing offense, and that’s not changing. This strategic partnership gives us even more firepower to sustain that offense by continuing to invest, innovate, and grow broker channel share. It strengthens our ability to support our broker partners, deliver for our clients and borrowers, and create long-term value for our team members, investors, and stakeholders. We’re going to continue investing in technology, AI, servicing and the tools that help brokers win. This transaction makes us stronger today and puts us in an even better position to continue dominating as the market recovers.”
“We are thrilled to partner with Mat and the UWM team at a pivotal time for the mortgage industry,” said Nick Basso, Co-Head of North America for Oaktree’s Global Opportunities Group. “Mat has built an exceptional business, and Oaktree’s commitment reflects our conviction in UWM’s differentiated platform, market leadership and long-term growth potential. We look forward to leveraging our experience in the mortgage sector and serving as a strategic partner to the Company and its stakeholders.”
Transaction Overview
Reflects the largest equity capital investment into a mortgage originator $2.05 billion total capital investment from Oaktree and the Ishbia Family, providing UWM with significant permanent capital and financial flexibility. $1.65 billion of preferred equity capital to be funded at closing, with a planned $400 million rights offering to Class A shareholders to be raised with the support of the Ishbia Family and Oaktree, if needed. Use of proceeds focused on balance sheet fortification, including repayment of existing debt, repayment of MSR financing facilities and support for general corporate purposes. Investors will receive warrants in connection with the transaction, aligning all parties in the performance of the business over the long term. A representative from Oaktree will join the UWM Board of Directors, and Oaktree will additionally have the right to nominate one additional independent director. In connection with the transaction, UWM will suspend its quarterly dividend, but will continue to opportunistically evaluate capital return opportunities that are in the best interest of the Company and its investors as the market evolves. In the near term, UWM plans to use its earnings and any leverage it can comfortably apply to opportunistically pay down the preferred equity. Key Benefits to UWM and its Constituents
Supports brokers, clients and borrowers. A stronger balance sheet allows UWM to continue delivering the speed, service, technology and pricing that help independent mortgage brokers compete and grow. Underscores UWM's industry-leading position, resilient earnings power, and long-term outlook, while aligning the Company with a highly respected global investment firm known for its disciplined, long-term approach to capital allocation. Positions UWM to play offense as the market recovers. With a fortified balance sheet, added liquidity, and a strategic partner alongside the Company, UWM is better positioned to capture share as housing activity and refinance demand improve. Accelerates balance sheet deleveraging by enabling the repayment of outstanding senior notes and mortgage servicing rights financing facilities, materially reducing leverage and improving key financial metrics. Pro forma structure results in strong leverage and liquidity ratios that will continue to improve through earnings. Enhances long-term financial stability by increasing total liquidity, equity base, and maintaining a healthy cash position, positioning UWM to remain resilient regardless of market conditions and interest rate volatility. Additional board members affiliated with Oaktree provide UWM with alignment and interest from individuals with world-class experience, expertise, and strategic relationships. Supports continued investment in technology and innovation, reinforcing UWM's commitment to providing independent mortgage brokers with industry-leading tools, operational efficiency, and AI-powered solutions that enhance the borrower experience. Aligns with UWM's long-term strategic focus of growing through the broker channel, expanding its leadership position in wholesale mortgage lending, and driving sustainable profitability over time. Advisors
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC is serving as financial advisor to UWMC in connection with the transaction, and Greenberg Traurig, P.A. is serving as legal counsel to UWMC. Wells Fargo Securities is serving as financial advisor to Oaktree, and Kirkland & Ellis LLP is serving as legal counsel to Oaktree.
About UWM Holdings Corporation and United Wholesale Mortgage
Headquartered in Pontiac, Michigan, UWM Holdings Corporation (“UWMC”) is the publicly traded indirect parent of United Wholesale Mortgage, LLC (“UWM”). UWM is the nation’s largest home mortgage lender, despite exclusively originating mortgage loans through the wholesale channel. UWM has been the largest wholesale mortgage lender for eleven consecutive years and is the largest purchase lender in the nation. With a culture of continuous innovation of technology and enhanced client experience, UWM leads the market by building upon its proprietary and exclusively licensed technology platforms, superior service and focused partnership with the independent mortgage broker community. UWM originates primarily conforming and government loans across all 50 states and the District of Columbia. For more information, visit uwm.com or call 800-981-8898. NMLS #3038.
Other Important Information
The rights offering will be made pursuant to the Company’s effective shelf registration statement on Form S-3 (Reg. No. 333- 297986) on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") and a prospectus supplement to be filed with the SEC prior to the commencement of the rights offering.
The information herein is not complete and is subject to change. This press release does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any of the rights, Class A Common Stock or any other securities, nor will there be any sale of the rights, Class A Common Stock or any other securities in any state or other jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such state or other jurisdiction. This document is not an offering, which can only be made by a prospectus. The base prospectus contains additional information about the Company and the prospectus supplement will contain additional information about the rights offering, and should be read carefully before investing.
This communication includes forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are generally identified using words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict” and similar words indicating that these reflect our views with respect to future events. Forward-looking statements in this communication include statements regarding our expectations and beliefs related to (i) the benefits of the strategic partnership with Oaktree; (ii) the impact the strategic partnership with have on UWM’s financial results; (iii) expectations regarding the rights offering and the timing and terms thereof; (iv) UWM’s ability to continue to drive shareholder value; (v) UWM’s ability to opportunistically pay down the preferred equity; (vi) UWM’s investment in technology; (vii) UWM’ ability to maintain market share; and (viii) UWM’s intrinsic value. These statements are based on management’s current expectations, but are subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which are outside of our control, and could cause future events or results to materially differ from those stated or implied in the forward-looking statements, including: (i) the ability to obtain benefits of the strategic partnership with Oaktree; (ii) that the strategic partnership with Oaktree will not provide the expected benefits or impact on the financial condition of UWM; (iii) UWM’s ability to successfully implement strategic decisions and product launches; (iv) UWM’s dependence on macroeconomic and U.S. residential real estate market conditions, including changes in U.S. monetary policies, more specifically caused by the Presidential Administration that affect interest rates and inflation; (v) UWM’s reliance on its warehouse and MSR facilities and the risk of a decrease in the value of the collateral underlying certain of its facilities causing an unanticipated margin call; (vi) UWM’s ability to sell loans in the secondary market; (vii) UWM’s dependence on the government-sponsored entities such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac; (viii) changes in the GSEs, FHA, USDA and VA guidelines or GSE and Ginnie Mae guarantees; (ix) our ability to comply with all rules and regulations in connection with the launch of our internal servicing and the new risks that may be presented as a result of the transition; (x) UWM’s dependence on Independent Mortgage Advisors to originate mortgage loans; (xi) the risk that an increase in the value of the MBS UWM sells in forward markets to hedge its pipeline may result in an unanticipated margin call; (xii) UWM’s inability to continue to grow, or to effectively manage the growth of its loan origination volume; (xiii) UWM’s ability to continue to attract and retain its broker relationships; (xiv) UWM’s ability to implement technological innovation, such as AI in our operations; (xv) the occurrence of a data breach or other failure of UWM’s cybersecurity or information security systems; (xvi) reliance on third-party software and services; the occurrence of data breaches or other cybersecurity failures at our third-party sub-servicers or other third-party vendors; (xvii) UWM’s ability to continue to comply with the complex state and federal laws, regulations or practices applicable to mortgage loan origination and servicing in general; and (xviii) other risks and uncertainties indicated from time to time in our filings with the SEC including those under “Risk Factors” therein. We wish to caution readers that certain important factors may have affected and could in the future affect our results and could cause actual results for subsequent periods to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statement made by or on behalf of us. We undertake no obligation to update forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date hereof.
LCI Industries ve 2. čtvrtletí zvýšila čistý zisk o 16 % na 67,1 mil. USD, i když tržby klesly o 12,5 % na 968,7 mil. USD. Firma zároveň zvedla celoroční výhled upraveného zisku na akcii (EPS) na 8,25 až 8,75 USD.
ELKHART, Ind.--(BUSINESS WIRE)--LCI Industries (NYSE: LCII), a leading supplier of engineered components to the recreation and transportation markets, today reported second quarter 2026 results.
"We delivered solid second quarter results with expanded profitability despite continued soft outdoor recreation industry demand. Our 2026 performance has been driven first and foremost by our self-help initiatives. Through disciplined operational efficiencies and strategic cost reduction actions, we've structurally improved our cost base and expanded net margins despite a challenging wholesale RV production environment and continued retail softness. Our disciplined cost management execution and increased product content per unit has fundamentally strengthened our earnings power and position us to generate higher returns throughout the cycle," said Johnny Sirpilla, Interim Chief Executive Officer.
Mr. Sirpilla continued, "I am energized by the opportunities ahead and appreciate the value LCI delivers to its customers across the many dynamic markets we serve. I’m equally excited about the compelling strategic and financial rationale for our proposed merger with Patrick. Together, we expect to create a broader, more innovative product platform, expand our addressable market, and cost-effectively bring more products within reach of outdoor recreation consumers. In the meantime, our talented, innovation-minded team remains squarely focused on advancing our strategic investments and cost optimization initiatives and we look forward to finishing the year strong in our drive to enhance shareholder value."
Second Quarter 2026 Results
Consolidated net sales decreased 12.5% to $968.7 million in the second quarter of 2026, down from $1,107.3 million in the same period of 2025. Excluding the $88.8 million negative impact of IEEPA tariff refunds expected to be passed through to customers, adjusted net sales decreased 4.5% to $1,057.5 million. The decrease in consolidated net sales and adjusted net sales was primarily driven by lower North American RV wholesale shipments, partially offset by sales price increases for targeted products and to cover higher material costs, sales from acquired businesses ($16.7 million in the second quarter), growth in the automotive aftermarket, and content gains in North American RV sales driven by recent product innovations, and, in the case of consolidated net sales, the impact of IEEPA tariff refunds expected to be passed through to customers.
Net income was up 16% to $67.1 million, or $2.75 per diluted share, compared to $57.6 million, or $2.29 per diluted share, in the second quarter of 2025. Adjusted net income increased to $65.9 million, or $2.70 per adjusted diluted share, compared to $60.1 million, or $2.39 per adjusted diluted share. Adjusted EBITDA increased 7% to $129.4 million, compared to $121.3 million in the second quarter of 2025. Operating profit margin increased to 9.9% in the second quarter of 2026 compared to 7.9% in the same period of 2025. Year-over-year margin expansion was driven primarily by cost improvement actions, including materials sourcing strategies, and the benefit of the net impact of IEEPA tariff refunds, partially offset by merger-related expenses, and investments in capacity and distribution to support the Aftermarket Segment.
*Additional information regarding adjusted net income, adjusted diluted EPS, adjusted net sales, and adjusted EBITDA used throughout this release, as well as reconciliations of these non-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure, is provided in the "Supplementary Information - Reconciliation of Non-GAAP Measures" section below.
OEM Segment - Second Quarter Performance
OEM net sales decreased $164.8 million, or 20%, to $674.8 million for the second quarter of 2026, compared to $839.6 million in the same period of 2025. RV OEM net sales decreased 33% to $336.1 million, primarily due to a reduction for IEEPA tariff refunds expected to be passed through to customers, a decrease in North American travel trailer and fifth-wheel shipments, and an increase in RV sales mix toward lower content single axle travel trailers, partially offset by sales price increases for targeted products and to cover increased material costs, and recent product innovations. Adjacent Industries OEM net sales increased 1% year-over-year to $338.7 million, primarily driven by sales from acquired businesses and higher sales to North American marine OEMs, partially offset by a reduction for IEEPA tariff refunds expected to be passed through to customers.
Operating profit of the OEM Segment was $44.1 million in the second quarter of 2026, or 6.5% of net sales, compared to $51.7 million, or 6.2% of net sales, in the same period in 2025. Operating profit of the OEM Segment included a net positive impact related to IEEPA tariff refunds after deducting the related refunds expected to be passed through to customers. In addition to the favorable net impact of tariff refunds, the operating profit margin benefitted primarily from increases in selling prices contractually tied to indices of select commodities, increases in selling prices for targeted products and to cover increased material costs, and cost improvement actions, including materials sourcing strategies. The positive factors, other than the favorable net impact of tariff refunds, were more than offset by the impact of fixed costs spread over decreased production volumes, higher material costs related to tariffs, higher steel and aluminum costs, rising fuel costs, as well as merger-related expenses.
Aftermarket Segment - Second Quarter Performance
Aftermarket net sales increased 10% to $293.9 million for the second quarter of 2026, compared to $267.7 million in the same period of 2025. The increase was primarily driven by sales price increases for targeted products and to cover increased material costs, sales from acquired businesses, and increases in volume in the automotive aftermarket, partially offset by a reduction for IEEPA tariff refunds expected to be passed through to customers.
Operating profit of the Aftermarket Segment was $51.9 million, or 17.7% of net sales in the second quarter of 2026, compared to $36.1 million, or 13.5% of net sales, in the same period of 2025. Operating profit of the Aftermarket Segment included a net positive impact related to IEEPA tariff refunds after deducting the related refunds expected to be passed through to customers. In addition to the favorable net impact of IEEPA tariff refunds, the operating profit margin benefitted primarily from increases in selling prices for targeted products and to cover increased material costs and cost improvement actions, including materials sourcing strategies. These positive factors, other than the favorable net impact of IEEPA tariff refunds, were more than offset by higher material and freight costs related to tariffs, higher steel and aluminum costs, rising fuel costs, merger-related expenses, and investments in capacity and distribution.
Income Taxes
The Company's effective tax rate was 25.6% for the quarter ended June 30, 2026, compared to 26.2% for the quarter ended June 30, 2025. The improvement in the effective tax rate was primarily due to the recognition of a discrete tax benefit related to an increase in the cash surrender value of company-owned life insurance policies compared to the prior year period and a statute release of an uncertain tax position on state R&D tax credits, partially offset by a write-off of projected non-deductible deferred executive compensation.
Balance Sheet and Other Items
At June 30, 2026, the Company's cash and cash equivalents balance was $216.5 million, relative to $222.6 million at December 31, 2025. The Company used $92.0 million to pay off the remaining balance of its 2026 Convertible Notes at maturity, $55.9 million for dividend payments to shareholders, and $28.4 million for capital expenditures in the six months ended June 30, 2026.
The Company's outstanding long-term indebtedness, including current maturities, was $852.6 million at June 30, 2026. As of June 30, 2026, the Company had $595.2 million of borrowing availability under its revolving credit facility.
Outlook
Based on current market and economic conditions along with existing tariffs, the Company expects the following:
July 2026 net sales of approximately $315 million, down 4% from prior year 2026 North American RV wholesale shipments of 280,000 to 300,000, lowering from the previous range of 315,000 to 330,000 2026 revenue of $3.9 billion to $4.1 billion, reduced to reflect softened market conditions 2026 operating profit margin of 7.5% to 8.0%, reaffirming prior guidance range 2026 adjusted EPS of $8.25 to $8.75 Conference Call & Webcast
LCI Industries will host a conference call to discuss its second quarter results on Wednesday, August 5, 2026, at 8:30 a.m. Eastern time. An online, real-time webcast, as well as a supplemental earnings presentation, will be available on the Company's website, investors.lci1.com. The conference call and webcast can also be accessed by dialing (888) 596-4144 for participants in the U.S. and (646) 968-2525 for participants outside the U.S. using the required access code 5713129#. Due to the high volume of companies reporting earnings at this time, please be prepared for hold times of up to 15 minutes when dialing in to the call.
A replay of the conference call will be available for two weeks by dialing (800) 770-2030 for participants in the U.S. and (609) 800-9909 for those outside the U.S. and referencing access code 5713129#. A replay of the webcast will be available on the Company’s website immediately following the conclusion of the call.
About LCI Industries
LCI Industries (NYSE: LCII), through its Lippert subsidiary, is a global leader in supplying engineered components to the outdoor recreation and transportation markets. We believe our innovative culture, advanced manufacturing capabilities, and dedication to enhancing the customer experience have established Lippert as a reliable partner for both OEM and aftermarket customers. For more information, visit www.lippert.com.
Forward-Looking Statements
This press release contains certain "forward-looking statements" with respect to our financial condition, results of operations, profitability, margins, business strategies, operating efficiencies or synergies, competitive position, growth opportunities, acquisitions, plans and objectives of management, markets for the Company's common stock, the impact of legal proceedings, and other matters. Statements in this press release that are not historical facts are "forward-looking statements" for the purpose of the safe harbor provided by Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and involve a number of risks and uncertainties.
Forward-looking statements, including, without limitation, those relating to the Company's 2026 outlook and related assumptions, production levels, future financial results and business prospects, net sales, expenses and income (loss), operating margins, capital expenditures, tax rate, cash flow, financial condition, liquidity, covenant compliance, retail and wholesale demand and shipments, run rates, integration of acquisitions, planned divestitures and facility consolidations, optimization of facilities and infrastructure, R&D investments, commodity prices, addressable markets, industry trends, and the Company's proposed merger with Patrick Industries, Inc. ("Patrick"), whenever they occur in this press release are necessarily estimates reflecting the best judgment of the Company's senior management at the time such statements were made. There are a number of factors, many of which are beyond the Company's control, which could cause actual results and events to differ materially from those described in the forward-looking statements. These factors include, in addition to other matters described in this press release, (1) the impacts of costs and availability of, and tariffs on, raw materials (particularly steel and aluminum) and other components, (2) tariff refunds and related pass through to customers, (3) future pandemics, geopolitical tensions, armed conflicts, or natural disasters on the global economy and on the Company's customers, suppliers, team members, business and cash flows, (4) pricing pressures due to domestic and foreign competition, (5) seasonality and cyclicality in the industries to which we sell our products, (6) availability of credit for financing the retail and wholesale purchase of products for which we sell our components, (7) inventory levels of retail dealers and manufacturers, availability of transportation for products for which we sell our components, (8) the financial condition of our customers, (9) the financial condition of retail dealers of products for which we sell our components, (10) retention and concentration of significant customers, (11) the costs, pace of and successful integration of acquisitions and other growth initiatives, (12) availability and costs of production facilities and labor, team member benefits, team member retention, realization and impact of expansion plans, (13) efficiency improvements and cost reductions, (14) the disruption of business resulting from natural disasters or other unforeseen events, (15) the successful entry into new markets, (16) the costs of compliance with environmental laws, laws of foreign jurisdictions in which we operate, other operational and financial risks related to conducting business internationally, and increased governmental regulation and oversight, (17) information technology performance and security, (18) the ability to protect intellectual property, (19) warranty and product liability claims or product recalls, (20) interest rates, oil and gasoline prices, and availability, the impact of international, national and regional economic conditions and consumer confidence on the retail sale of products for which we sell our components, (21) risks related to the pending merger with Patrick, including (a) the risk that the cost savings and any revenue synergies from the transaction may not be fully realized or may take longer than anticipated to be realized, (b) disruption to each party’s business as a result of the announcement and pendency of the transaction, (c) the risk that the integration of each party’s operations will be materially delayed or will be more costly or difficult than expected or that the parties are otherwise unable to successfully integrate as a result of unexpected factors or events, (d) the failure to obtain the necessary approvals by the stockholders of the Company or Patrick, (e) the ability by each of the Company and Patrick to obtain required governmental approvals of the transaction on the timeline expected, or at all, and the risk that such approvals may result in the imposition of conditions that could adversely affect the combined company or the expected benefits of the transaction, (f) reputational risk and the reaction of each party’s customers, suppliers, employees or other business partners to the transaction, (g) the failure of the closing conditions in the merger agreement to be satisfied, or any unexpected delay in closing the transaction or the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstances that could give rise to the termination of the merger agreement, (h) the possibility that the transaction may be more expensive to complete than anticipated, including as a result of unexpected factors or events, (i) risks related to management and oversight of the expanded business and operations of the combined company due to the increased size and complexity, (j) the possibility of increased scrutiny by, and/or additional regulatory requirements of, governmental authorities as a result of the transaction or the size, scope and complexity of the combined company’s business operations, and (k) the outcome of any legal or regulatory proceedings that may be currently pending or later instituted against the Company, Patrick or the combined company before or after the transaction, and (22) other risks and uncertainties discussed more fully under the caption "Risk Factors" in the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2026 and in the Company's subsequent filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC"). Readers of this press release are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, since there can be no assurance that these forward-looking statements will prove to be accurate. The Company disclaims any obligation or undertaking to update forward-looking statements to reflect circumstances or events that occur after the date the forward-looking statements are made, except as required by law.
Important Information About the Proposed Transaction and Where to Find It
In connection with the proposed transaction between the Company and Patrick, the Company and Patrick intend to file relevant materials with the SEC, including, among other filings, a Patrick registration statement on Form S-4 that will include a joint proxy statement of the Company and Patrick that also constitutes a prospectus of Patrick with respect to shares of Patrick’s common stock to be issued in the proposed transaction, and a definitive joint proxy statement/prospectus, which will be mailed to stockholders of the Company and Patrick (the “Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus”). The Company and Patrick may also file other documents with the SEC regarding the proposed transaction. This document is not a substitute for the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus or any other document which the Company and Patrick may file with the SEC. INVESTORS AND SECURITY HOLDERS OF THE COMPANY AND PATRICK ARE URGED TO READ THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND THE JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS AND ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS THAT WILL BE FILED WITH THE SEC, AS WELL AS ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS TO THESE DOCUMENTS, CAREFULLY AND IN THEIR ENTIRETY WHEN THEY BECOME AVAILABLE BECAUSE THEY WILL CONTAIN IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT THE PROPOSED TRANSACTION AND RELATED MATTERS. Investors and security holders will be able to obtain free copies of the registration statement and the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus (when available) and other documents filed with the SEC by the Company and Patrick through the website maintained by the SEC at http://www.sec.gov. Copies of the documents filed with the SEC by the Company will be available free of charge on Company’s website at lippert.com under the tab “Investors” and under the heading “Financials” and subheading “SEC Filings.” Copies of the documents filed with the SEC by Patrick will be available free of charge on Patrick’s website at patrickind.com under the tab “Investors” and under the heading “SEC Filings.”
Certain Information Regarding Participants
The Company, Patrick and their respective directors and executive officers may be considered participants in the solicitation of proxies from the stockholders of each of the Company and Patrick in connection with the proposed transaction. Information about the directors and executive officers of the Company and their ownership of Company common stock is set forth in its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, which was filed with the SEC on February 26, 2026 and its proxy statement for its 2026 annual meeting, which was filed with the SEC on March 27, 2026. Information about the directors and executive officers of Patrick and their ownership of Patrick common stock is set forth in its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2025, which was filed with the SEC on February 19, 2026 and its proxy statement for its 2026 annual meeting, which was filed with the SEC on March 30, 2026. To the extent holdings of Company’s or Patrick’s securities by its directors or executive officers have changed since the amounts set forth in such filings, such changes have been or will be reflected on Initial Statements of Beneficial Ownership on Form 3 or Statements of Beneficial Ownership on Form 4 filed with the SEC. Information about the directors and executive officers of the Company and Patrick, including a description of their direct or indirect interests, by security holdings or otherwise, and other information regarding the potential participants in the proxy solicitations, which may be different than those of the Company’s stockholders and Patrick’s stockholders generally, will be contained in the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus and other relevant materials to be filed with the SEC regarding the proposed transaction. You may obtain these documents (when they become available) free of charge through the website maintained by the SEC at http://www.sec.gov and from Company’s or Patrick’s website as described above.
No Offer or Solicitation
This press release does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy or exchange any securities or a solicitation of any vote or approval in any jurisdiction, nor shall there be any sale, issuance or transfer of securities in any jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such jurisdiction. It does not constitute a prospectus or prospectus equivalent document. No offering or sale of securities shall be made except by means of a prospectus meeting the requirements of Section 10 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and otherwise in accordance with applicable law.
LCI INDUSTRIES
OPERATING RESULTS
(unaudited)
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Six Months Ended
June 30,
Last Twelve
2026
2025
2026
2025
Months
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Net sales
$
968,675
$
1,107,250
$
2,059,192
$
2,152,840
$
4,028,369
Cost of sales
667,531
837,229
1,484,383
1,631,070
2,995,035
Gross profit
301,144
270,021
574,809
521,770
1,033,334
Warehouse and transportation
61,342
54,235
117,224
104,090
218,194
Selling, general and administrative expenses
143,842
127,982
266,466
248,559
513,220
Operating profit
95,960
87,804
191,119
169,121
301,920
Interest expense, net
6,319
9,689
16,232
15,680
36,262
Loss on extinguishment of debt
—
—
—
8,053
806
Gain on sale of real estate
(554
)
—
(554
)
—
(20,270
)
Income before income taxes
90,195
78,115
175,441
145,388
285,122
Provision for income taxes
23,054
20,480
45,353
38,315
73,857
Net income
$
67,141
$
57,635
$
130,088
$
107,073
$
211,265
Net income per common share:
Basic
$
2.76
$
2.29
$
5.36
$
4.23
$
8.69
Diluted
$
2.75
$
2.29
$
5.29
$
4.23
$
8.66
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
Basic
24,314
25,157
24,274
25,297
24,301
Diluted
24,392
25,157
24,571
25,297
24,395
Depreciation
$
17,670
$
16,826
$
34,020
$
33,489
$
67,586
Amortization
$
13,188
$
13,497
$
26,636
$
26,376
$
54,436
Capital expenditures
$
18,764
$
12,736
$
28,432
$
21,774
$
59,302
LCI INDUSTRIES
SEGMENT RESULTS
(unaudited)
Three Months Ended
June 30,
Six Months Ended
June 30,
Last Twelve
2026
2025
2026
2025
Months
(In thousands)
Net sales:
OEM Segment:
RV OEMs:
Travel trailers and fifth-wheels
$
282,349
$
441,926
$
724,355
$
913,120
$
1,519,471
Motorhomes
53,771
61,372
121,609
120,980
236,605
Adjacent Industries OEMs
338,673
336,261
681,643
629,014
1,298,070
Total OEM Segment net sales
674,793
839,559
1,527,607
1,663,114
3,054,146
Aftermarket Segment:
Total Aftermarket Segment net sales
293,882
267,691
531,585
489,726
974,223
Total net sales
$
968,675
$
1,107,250
$
2,059,192
$
2,152,840
$
4,028,369
Operating profit:
OEM Segment
$
44,083
$
51,684
$
120,587
$
113,657
$
191,050
Aftermarket Segment
51,877
36,120
70,532
55,464
110,870
Total operating profit
$
95,960
$
87,804
$
191,119
$
169,121
$
301,920
Depreciation and amortization:
OEM Segment depreciation
$
12,307
$
12,169
$
23,565
$
24,496
$
47,400
Aftermarket Segment depreciation
5,363
4,657
10,455
8,993
20,186
Total depreciation
$
17,670
$
16,826
$
34,020
$
33,489
$
67,586
OEM Segment amortization
$
9,150
$
9,638
$
18,561
$
18,752
$
38,474
Aftermarket Segment amortization
4,038
3,859
8,075
7,624
15,962
Total amortization
$
13,188
$
13,497
$
26,636
$
26,376
$
54,436
LCI INDUSTRIES
BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION
(unaudited)
June 30,
December 31,
2026
2025
(In thousands)
ASSETS
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
$
216,512
$
222,615
Accounts receivable, net
383,004
243,425
Inventories, net
768,976
809,094
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
116,232
74,552
Total current assets
1,484,724
1,349,686
Fixed assets, net
414,775
428,031
Goodwill
619,125
622,183
Other intangible assets, net
372,869
402,568
Operating lease right-of-use assets
275,225
272,995
Other long-term assets
101,184
100,524
Total assets
$
3,267,902
$
3,175,987
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities
Current maturities of long-term indebtedness
$
3,658
$
3,683
Accounts payable, trade
208,855
202,257
Current portion of operating lease obligations
45,233
44,174
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
339,504
223,253
Total current liabilities
597,250
473,367
Long-term indebtedness
848,932
941,502
Operating lease obligations
248,358
246,047
Deferred taxes
27,820
27,495
Other long-term liabilities
113,790
126,743
Total liabilities
1,836,150
1,815,154
Total stockholders' equity
1,431,752
1,360,833
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
$
3,267,902
$
3,175,987
LCI INDUSTRIES
SUMMARY OF CASH FLOWS
(unaudited)
Six Months Ended
June 30,
2026
2025
(In thousands)
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income
$
130,088
$
107,073
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash flows provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
60,656
59,865
Stock-based compensation expense
12,303
10,949
Loss on extinguishment of debt
—
8,053
Gain on sale of real estate
(554
)
—
Other non-cash items
901
6,514
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions of businesses:
Accounts receivable, net
(140,583
)
(168,012
)
Inventories, net
38,774
62,977
Prepaid expenses and other assets
(43,906
)
(4,899
)
Accounts payable, trade
8,698
33,012
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
103,841
39,405
Net cash flows provided by operating activities
170,218
154,937
Cash flows from investing activities:
Capital expenditures
(28,432
)
(21,774
)
Acquisition of businesses
—
(98,187
)
Proceeds from sale of real estate
2,156
—
Other investing activities
3,159
(3,389
)
Net cash flows used in investing activities
(23,117
)
(123,350
)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Vesting of stock-based awards, net of shares tendered for payment of taxes
(6,695
)
(4,858
)
Repayments under revolving credit facility
—
(19,261
)
Proceeds from term loan borrowings
—
391,000
Repayments under term loan and other borrowings
(2,222
)
(281,525
)
Proceeds from issuance of convertible notes
—
448,500
Repurchase of convertible notes
(92,000
)
(368,920
)
Purchases of convertible note hedge contracts
—
(67,574
)
Proceeds from issuance of warrants concurrent with note hedge contracts
—
27,600
Partial unwind of convertible note hedge and warrants
—
1,378
Payment of debt issuance costs
—
(4,821
)
Payment of dividends
(55,879
)
(58,388
)
Repurchases of common stock
—
(66,338
)
Other financing activities
—
(895
)
Net cash flows used in financing activities
(156,796
)
(4,102
)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
3,592
(1,310
)
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
(6,103
)
26,175
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
222,615
165,756
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
$
216,512
$
191,931
LCI INDUSTRIES
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
(unaudited)
Three Months Ended
Six Months Ended
June 30,
June 30,
Last Twelve
2026
2025
2026
2025
Months
Industry Data(1) (in thousands of units):
Industry Wholesale Production:
Travel trailer and fifth-wheel RVs
65.5
81.4
138.9
167.7
269.3
Motorhome RVs
9.8
9.3
20.5
18.7
37.9
Industry Retail Sales:
Travel trailer and fifth-wheel RVs
86.0
100.7
139.0
163.3
281.8
Impact on dealer inventories
(20.5
)
(19.3
)
(0.1
)
4.4
(12.5
)
Motorhome RVs
10.3
10.7
17.8
19.7
36.0
Twelve Months Ended
June 30,
2026
2025
Lippert Content Per Industry Unit Produced(2):
Travel trailer and fifth-wheel RV
$
5,831
$
5,234
Motorhome RV
$
3,852
$
3,793
June 30,
December 31,
2026
2025
2025
Balance Sheet Data (debt availability in millions):
Remaining availability under the revolving credit facility (3)
$
595.2
$
595.3
$
595.2
Days sales in accounts receivable, based on last twelve months
30.6
29.6
29.7
Inventory turns, based on last twelve months
3.8
4.2
4.2
Estimated Full Year Data:
2026
Revenue
$3.9 - $4.1 billion
Operating profit margin(4)
7.5% - 8.0%
Adjusted diluted EPS
$8.25 - $8.75
Capital expenditures
$55 - $65 million
Depreciation and amortization
$115 - $125 million
Stock-based compensation expense
$24 - $27 million
Annual tax rate
25% - 27%
(1)
Industry wholesale production data for travel trailer and fifth-wheel RVs and motorhome RVs provided by the Recreation Vehicle Industry Association. Industry retail sales data provided by Statistical Surveys, Inc.
(2)
Excludes the impact on net sales in 2026 from IEEPA tariff refunds expected to be passed through to customers.
(3)
Remaining availability under the revolving credit facility is subject to covenant restrictions.
(4)
Estimate excludes impact of IEEPA tariff refunds and merger-related expenses.
LCI INDUSTRIES
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION
RECONCILIATION OF NON-GAAP MEASURES
(unaudited)
The following table reconciles net income to Adjusted EBITDA, net sales to adjusted net sales, and net income as a percentage of net sales to Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of adjusted net sales.
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
(In thousands)
Net income
$
67,141
$
57,635
$
130,088
$
107,073
Interest expense, net
6,319
9,689
16,232
15,680
Provision for income taxes
23,054
20,480
45,353
38,315
Depreciation expense
17,670
16,826
34,020
33,489
Amortization expense
13,188
13,497
26,636
26,376
EBITDA
$
127,372
$
118,127
$
252,329
$
220,933
Loss on extinguishment of debt
—
—
—
8,053
Gain on sale of real estate
(554
)
—
(554
)
—
Restructuring costs
4,421
—
4,421
—
Merger expenses
14,124
—
14,124
—
Net impact of IEEPA tariff refunds
(15,972
)
—
(15,972
)
—
Executive separation costs
—
3,193
—
3,193
Adjusted EBITDA
$
129,391
$
121,320
$
254,348
$
232,179
Net sales
$
968,675
$
1,107,250
$
2,059,192
$
2,152,840
IEEPA tariff refunds impact on net sales
88,792
—
88,792
—
Adjusted net sales
$
1,057,467
$
1,107,250
$
2,147,984
$
2,152,840
Net income as a percentage of net sales
6.9
%
5.2
%
6.3
%
5.0
%
Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of adjusted net sales
12.2
%
11.0
%
11.8
%
10.8
%
The following table reconciles net income to adjusted net income and net income per diluted share to adjusted net income per adjusted diluted share ("Adjusted EPS").
Three Months Ended June 30,
Six Months Ended June 30,
2026
2025
2026
2025
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
Net income
$
67,141
$
57,635
$
130,088
$
107,073
Loss on extinguishment of debt
—
—
—
8,053
Gain on sale of real estate
(554
)
—
(554
)
—
Restructuring costs
4,421
—
4,421
—
Merger expenses
14,124
—
14,124
—
Net impact of IEEPA tariff refunds, including interest income
(19,664
)
—
(19,664
)
—
Executive separation costs
—
3,193
—
3,193
Tax effect of adjustments
402
(765
)
402
(2,695
)
Adjusted net income
$
65,870
$
60,063
$
128,817
$
115,624
Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted
24,392
25,157
24,571
25,297
Dilutive effect of 2030 Convertible Notes (1)
—
—
(213
)
—
Weighted average common shares outstanding - adjusted diluted
24,392
25,157
24,358
25,297
Net income per common share - diluted
$
2.75
$
2.29
$
5.29
$
4.23
Loss on extinguishment of debt
—
—
—
0.32
Gain on sale of real estate
(0.02
)
—
(0.02
)
—
Restructuring costs
0.18
—
0.18
—
Merger expenses
0.58
—
0.57
—
Net impact of IEEPA tariff refunds, including interest income
(0.81
)
—
(0.80
)
—
Executive separation costs
—
0.13
—
0.13
Tax effect of adjustments
0.02
(0.03
)
0.02
(0.11
)
Dilutive effect of 2030 Convertible Notes (1)
—
—
0.05
Adjusted net income per common share - adjusted diluted (Adjusted EPS)
$
2.70
$
2.39
$
5.29
$
4.57
In addition to reporting financial results in accordance with U.S. GAAP, the Company has provided the non-GAAP performance measures of Adjusted EBITDA, adjusted net sales, Adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of adjusted net sales, adjusted net income, and Adjusted EPS to illustrate and improve comparability of its results from period to period. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income before interest expense, net, provision for income taxes, depreciation expense, amortization expense, loss on extinguishment of debt, gain on sale of real estate, restructuring costs, merger expenses, the net impact of IEEPA tariff refunds, and executive separation costs, as applicable, during the three and six month periods ended June 30, 2026 and 2025. Adjusted net sales is defined as net sales adjusted for the reduction in net sales related to IEEPA tariff refunds expected to be passed through to customers. Adjusted net income is defined as net income adjusted for loss on extinguishment of debt, gain on sale of real estate, restructuring costs, merger expenses, the net impact of IEEPA tariff refunds, including interest income, executive separation costs, and the related tax effects, as applicable, during the three and six month periods ended June 30, 2026 and 2025. Adjusted EPS is defined as adjusted net income divided by weighted average common shares outstanding - adjusted diluted, which includes an adjustment for the dilutive effect of the 2030 Convertible Notes under the if-converted method for the six month period ended June 30, 2026. The restructuring costs adjusted out of the non-GAAP measures relate to the Company's plant consolidations at our U.S. glass and automotive aftermarket facilities. The Company considers these non-GAAP measures in evaluating and managing the Company's operations and believes that discussion of results adjusted for these items is meaningful to investors because it provides a useful analysis of ongoing underlying operating trends. These measures are not in accordance with, nor are they substitutes for, GAAP measures, and they may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies.
Further, the Company has provided its outlook for full-year 2026 Adjusted EPS and adjusted operating profit margin in this release. The Company is unable to provide a reconciliation of forward-looking non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures because the Company is unable to provide, without unreasonable effort, a meaningful or accurate calculation or estimation of amounts that would be necessary for the reconciliation due to the complexity and inherent difficulty in forecasting and quantifying future amounts or when they may occur. The financial impact of such items is uncertain and is dependent on various factors, including timing, and could be material to the Company's consolidated statements of income.
IQVIA a Medera oznámily strategickou spolupráci na urychlení vývoje srdeční genové terapie a lidských platforem pro objevování léčiv. IQVIA má podpořit nábor pacientů, kvalitu dat a regulační podání.
RESEARCH TRIANGLE PARK, N.C. & BOSTON--(BUSINESS WIRE)--IQVIA (NYSE:IQV), a leading global provider of clinical research services, commercial insights and healthcare intelligence to the life sciences and healthcare industries, and Medera Inc. (“Medera”), a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company pioneering next-generation therapeutics for cardiovascular disease, today announced a strategic collaboration to accelerate the development of cardiac gene therapies and human-based drug discovery platforms.
The collaboration brings together IQVIA’s global clinical trial and commercialization infrastructure with Medera’s pioneering platforms: Sardocor, focused on developing disease-modifying gene therapies for difficult-to-treat cardiovascular diseases, and Novoheart, a leader in engineered human-based cardiac tissue for disease modelling and drug screening.
Sardocor will leverage IQVIA’s regulatory and trial execution expertise to advance its FDA-cleared, first-in-human AAV-based gene therapy programs. IQVIA will support patient recruitment, data quality and regulatory filings, including applications for expedited FDA designations.
Novoheart’s mini-Heart platform is already instrumental in securing IND and Fast Track designations and offers a predictive, human-based alternative to animal testing. The platform is expanding into multiple organ systems to support drug discovery and safety testing under the FDA Modernization Act 2.0.
“By combining IQVIA’s global expertise with Medera’s mini-Heart platform and gene therapy programs, we can bring safer, more effective therapies to patients faster,” said Ronald Li, Co-Founder, Chairman & CEO of Medera. “This collaboration expands our reach, while reinforcing the scientific and regulatory momentum around human-based drug discovery and cardiac gene therapy innovation.”
About IQVIA
IQVIA (NYSE:IQV) is a leading global provider of clinical research services, commercial insights and healthcare intelligence to the life sciences and healthcare industries. IQVIA’s portfolio of solutions are powered by IQVIA Connected Intelligence™ to deliver actionable insights and services built on high-quality health data, Healthcare-grade AI®, advanced analytics, the latest technologies and extensive domain expertise. IQVIA is committed to using AI responsibly, with AI-powered capabilities built on best-in-class approaches to privacy, regulatory compliance and patient safety, and delivering AI to the high standards of trust, scalability and precision demanded by the industry. With approximately 94,000 employees in over 100 countries, including experts in healthcare, life sciences, data science, technology and operational excellence, IQVIA is dedicated to accelerating the development and commercialization of innovative medical treatments to help improve patient outcomes and population health worldwide.
IQVIA is a global leader in protecting individual patient privacy. The company uses a wide variety of privacy-enhancing technologies and safeguards to protect individual privacy while generating and analyzing information on a scale that helps healthcare stakeholders identify disease patterns and correlate with the precise treatment path and therapy needed for better outcomes. IQVIA’s insights and execution capabilities help biotech, medical device and pharmaceutical companies, medical researchers, government agencies, payers and other healthcare stakeholders tap into a deeper understanding of diseases, human behaviors and scientific advances, in an effort to advance their path toward cures. To learn more, visit www.iqvia.com.
About Medera Inc.
Medera is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on targeting difficult-to-treat and currently incurable diseases by developing next-generation therapeutics. Medera operates via two business units: Sardocor, its clinical development arm advancing a pipeline of cardiac gene therapy trials (HFpEF, HFrEF, DMD-CM), and Novoheart, its preclinical subsidiary pioneering the world’s first and award-winning “mini-Heart” technology for human-based disease modelling, drug discovery, and toxicity testing. Novoheart’s platforms have already supported FDA IND and Fast Track designations, and the company is advancing a broader pipeline of gene therapy, cell therapy, and small molecule candidates. For more information, visit www.medera.bio.
IonQ získala prodloužení kontraktu DARPA v hodnotě 28 milionů USD na výrobu atomových hodin Evergreen-05. Má dodat 125 kusů pro zákazníky americké vlády.
COLLEGE PARK, Md.--(BUSINESS WIRE)--IonQ (NYSE: IONQ) announced today that it has been awarded a $28 million contract extension through the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) It’s About Time program. Under the program, IonQ will advance its scalable clock production capabilities for its Evergreen-05 optical atomic clocks and deliver 125 units to U.S. government customers. The clocks are designed for mission-critical applications including radar, secure communications, and precision geolocation.
Evergreen-05 Atomic Clock Performance
Originally developed under DARPA’s Robust Optical Clock Network program, IonQ’s Evergreen-05 is a compact, fully integrated optical atomic clock with a 5-liter, shoe box-sized form factor. It delivers timing stability of 50 femtoseconds at one second and nanosecond holdover over 10 days–projecting to a timing error of less than one second over 30 million years.
Compared with active hydrogen masers, Evergreen-05 delivers superior phase noise and short-term stability with comparable long-term drift. The clock provides this performance in 1/75th of the volume of an active hydrogen maser. Its tactical package and broader environmental operating range extend IonQ’s existing clock technology across land, maritime, and airborne platforms. Program Background
DARPA’s support for the core Evergreen-05 technology began in 2019, when it funded an initial effort for Vector Atomic, then a year-old startup in Pleasanton, California. IonQ acquired Vector Atomic in October 2025 to expand its capabilities into quantum position, navigation, and timing.
Executive Perspective
“We added Vector Atomic to the IonQ family because their clocks and sensors are the best in the world,” said IonQ Chairman and CEO Niccolo de Masi. “DARPA’s investment under the It's About Time program confirms that we made the right choice.”
“DARPA has been a partner every step of the way. That initial support was critical to prove the core concepts of our clock,” said Marty Boyd, director of IonQ’s timekeeping division and co-founder of Vector Atomic. “We joined IonQ to accelerate and scale up delivery of our commercial products, and DARPA's continued support gives us the opportunity to do that.”
Production Investment
To support Evergreen-05 delivery, IonQ will invest $15 million in dedicated production space, advanced manufacturing and test equipment, and support staff.
About IonQ
IonQ, Inc. [NYSE: IONQ] is the world’s leading quantum platform and foundry - delivering integrated quantum solutions across computing, networking, sensing, and security. IonQ’s newest generation of quantum computers, the IonQ Tempo, is the latest in a line of cutting-edge systems. Earlier systems have helped customers and partners including Amazon Web Services, AstraZeneca, and NVIDIA achieve a 20x performance increase over previous quantum solutions and accelerate innovation in drug discovery, materials science, financial modeling, logistics, cybersecurity, and defense. In 2025, the company achieved 99.99% two-qubit gate fidelity, setting a world record in quantum computing performance.
Headquartered in College Park, Maryland, IonQ has operations in California, Colorado, Massachusetts, Tennessee, Washington, Italy, South Korea, Sweden, Switzerland, Canada, and the United Kingdom. Our quantum computing services are available through all major cloud providers, while we also meet the needs of networking and sensing customers across land, sea, air, and space. IonQ is making quantum platforms more accessible and impactful than ever before. Learn more at IonQ.com.
Note to Investors Regarding Forward-Looking Statements
This press release contains forward-looking statements. All statements contained in this press release other than statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements, including statements regarding the anticipated scope, value, funding and benefits to IonQ of the contract extension under DARPA's It's About Time program; the expected timing, quantity and completion of deliveries of Evergreen-05 optical atomic clocks to U.S. government customers; the anticipated amount, timing and benefits of IonQ's planned investment in production space, manufacturing and test equipment, testing capabilities and support staff; IonQ's ability to scale and accelerate clock production; the expected performance, specifications, stability, holdover, form factor and environmental operating range of Evergreen-05, and its performance relative to alternative timing technologies; the anticipated applications, use cases and platforms for IonQ's clocks and sensors; the anticipated benefits to IonQ of its acquisition of Vector Atomic; and IonQ's business strategy, technology roadmap and future operations.. These statements are only predictions based on our expectations and projections about future events as of the date of this press release and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions that may prove incorrect, any of which could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements, including, among others, those described under the heading “Risk Factors” in our most recently filed Annual Reports on Form 10-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. New risks emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can management assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement we make. Investors are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any such forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date they are made. Except as otherwise required by law, we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
Vertiv vykázal ve 2. čtvrtletí tržby ve výši 3,27 miliardy USD, meziročně o 24,12 % více, a volný peněžní tok vyskočil o 234,04 %. Firma těží z prudce rostoucí poptávky po AI a datových centrech.
This post may contain links from our sponsors and affiliates, and Flywheel Publishing may receive compensation for actions taken through them.
Vertiv (NYSE:VRT | VRT Price Prediction) and Eaton (NYSE:ETN) both reported Q2 2026 last week, framing a fascinating split. Vertiv is refining itself into a pure-play, AI-native answer to Schneider Electric’s EcoStruxure model. Eaton is reshaping a 112-year-old industrial conglomerate around the same data center thesis using acquisitions and a Mobility spin-off.
AI Infrastructure Lifts One. A Portfolio Reset Lifts the Other. Vertiv posted revenue of $3.27 billion, up 24.12%, with adjusted operating margin expanding 410 basis points to 22.6% and free cash flow leaping 234.04%. Americas revenue jumped 29.2% as hyperscale power and thermal orders compounded. CEO Giordano Albertazzi told investors “Demand for AI and general compute continues to intensify and with each technology advancement, deployments grow more complex and more infrastructure-intensive.”
Eaton delivered $8.53 billion in revenue, 14% organic growth plus 7% from acquisitions, and adjusted EPS of $3.15. Electrical Global surged 44% as Boyd Thermal contributed its first full quarter, adding $432 million in revenue. Data center organic revenue climbed 65%. The tradeoff: segment margins slipped 80 basis points on acquisition dilution and long-term debt swelled to $18.5 billion from $8.8 billion.
Pure-Play Digital Twin vs. Grid-to-Chip Conglomerate The strategic divide is sharp. Vertiv is closing the historic software gap with Schneider Electric by pairing roughly 80% data center revenue concentration with AI-native digital twin software co-engineered alongside NVIDIA, without the legacy building or residential overhead. Eaton is assembling a “grid to chip” portfolio through the $9.55 billion Boyd Thermal deal, $1.53 billion Ultra PCS in aerospace, and a Reverse Morris Trust separation of Mobility with Dana expected to close Q1 2027.
Lens Vertiv Eaton Core Bet Pure-play AI power and thermal Diversified electrical plus aerospace FY26 Organic Guide 30-32% 11-13% Key Vulnerability EMEA softness, long sales cycles Integration debt, interest expense tripled The Next Test Is 800-Volt DC and Software Attach Watch whether Vertiv can convert its $6.65 to $6.75 EPS guide into a durable software attach story, especially as Q3 organic growth is guided at 34-36%. For Eaton, the tell will be whether Electrical Americas can sustain its 41% rolling order growth and progress on all four 800-volt DC building blocks. Reddit’s r/wallstreetbets crowd is leaning on Vertiv with a sentiment score of 85, though that is speculative energy, not fundamental conviction.
Why I Lean Toward Vertiv for AI Purity, Eaton for Ballast For the cleanest expression of the AI infrastructure buildout, Vertiv is the sharper instrument. Its 71.63% year-to-date move reflects that, though shares gave back 12.73% over the last month, so entry timing matters. Eaton fits better as ballast. The 26.92% one-year gain plus aerospace and utility exposure smooths the ride when AI capex debates intensify. I would wait on both if debt costs or EMEA weakness worsen. But right now, Vertiv looks like the purer bet and Eaton looks like the more forgiving one.
If You’ve Been Thinking About Retirement, Pay Attention (sponsor) Retirement planning doesn’t have to feel overwhelming. The key is finding expert guidance, and SmartAsset’s simple quiz makes it easier than ever for you to connect with a vetted financial advisor. Here’s how:
Answer a Few Simple Questions.
Get Matched with Vetted Advisors
Choose Your Fit
Why wait? Start building the retirement you’ve always dreamed of. Get started today! (sponsor)
Power Integrations ve 2. čtvrtletí zvýšila tržby na 118,9 milionu USD a upravenou provozní marži na 17,1 %. Na 3. čtvrtletí očekává tržby 122 až 130 milionů USD.
Dividends Meet Chips: Top 3 Semiconductor Stocks for GrowthPower Integrations NASDAQ: POWI reported second-quarter revenue of $118.9 million, up 10% sequentially and 3% from a year earlier, as all four of its end-market categories improved from the prior quarter. The company also expanded non-GAAP operating margin to 17.1% and generated $22 million in operating cash flow.
President and CEO Jen Lloyd said the results reflected progress in the company’s effort to produce near-term profitable growth while directing more investment toward longer-term opportunities in data centers, energy infrastructure, rail, automotive and high-power industrial markets.
Get Power Integrations alerts:
Second-Quarter Financial Results American Superconductor faster than a speeding bullet on EPS beatNon-GAAP gross margin was 55.1%, up 160 basis points sequentially and slightly above the high end of the company’s outlook. Chief Financial Officer Nancy Erba attributed the increase to improved product mix, higher volume and a favorable yen-dollar exchange-rate effect. Industrial sales represented 43% of total revenue during the quarter.
Non-GAAP operating expenses were $45.2 million, slightly below the prior quarter and below the company’s outlook range. Erba said Power Integrations continued to align spending with revenue following a first-quarter restructuring and other efficiency initiatives, while maintaining investments in strategic growth markets.
Power Integrations Stock Can Power Your Portfolio Non-GAAP net income was $20.9 million, or $0.37 per diluted share, compared with $0.25 per diluted share in the prior quarter. Free cash flow totaled $18 million, reflecting $22 million in operating cash flow and $4 million in capital expenditures.
Inventory on the company’s balance sheet declined by $5 million, while days on hand fell by 27 days to 265 days at quarter-end. Channel inventory also improved, with weeks on hand declining by more than one-and-a-half weeks to 7.3 weeks. Erba said the company views seven to eight weeks as an appropriate range for channel inventory and expects further reductions in inventory days during the second half of 2026.
Industrial Growth and Product Activity Industrial revenue increased 14% during the quarter, led by home and building automation, power tools and broader industrial applications. For the first half of 2026, industrial revenue rose 16% year over year, following 15% growth in 2025, according to Erba.
Consumer revenue rose 5% sequentially, with seasonal air-conditioning demand offsetting continued softness in major appliances. Communications revenue increased 16% sequentially and computer revenue grew 5%, both recovering from seasonal lows in the first quarter.
Lloyd said the company’s appliance and low-power industrial markets will remain key contributors to revenue and cash flow as it shifts additional research, development and go-to-market resources to higher-power markets. She cited TOPSwitch-GaN and TinySwitch-5 as recent releases designed to build on existing customer familiarity and product architectures.
TinySwitch-5 has entered production designs and is expected to make a meaningful revenue contribution in the second half of 2026, particularly among appliance customers, Lloyd said. The company also said it has a healthy appliance-design pipeline, supported largely by TinySwitch-5 and TOPSwitch-GaN.
Automotive revenue, which Power Integrations includes within industrial, is on track to double in 2026, according to Lloyd. During the second quarter, the company won a design at a major tier-one supplier for a gallium-nitride-based micro DC-DC converter scheduled to enter production next year. Lloyd said the company continues to target $100 million in automotive revenue in the 2029-to-2030 timeframe, subject to electric-vehicle market conditions.
High-Voltage GaN Roadmap and Data Centers Power Integrations demonstrated its 2,200-volt PowiGaN technology, extending its high-voltage gallium-nitride roadmap beyond prior 750-volt, 900-volt, 1,250-volt and 1,700-volt platforms. Lloyd said the technology is currently a demonstration rather than a commercial product and that meaningful revenue is likely several years away.
The company sees potential applications for the 2,200-volt technology in data centers and automotive systems. Lloyd said the roadmap could help customers planning for future 1,500-volt power architectures, while the company’s current products address opportunities associated with 800-volt data-center systems.
Power Integrations is pursuing two data-center opportunity tracks: auxiliary power applications that can use products available today, and the main power path to graphics processing units. Lloyd said auxiliary-power revenue could begin in 2028, while the main power-path opportunity remains earlier in development and is further out in time.
In June, the company published two reference designs for NVIDIA 800-volt racks using its 1,700-volt InnoMux products. Lloyd said the auxiliary power supplies would sit on compute trays in native 800-volt systems and could provide about 30% space savings relative to discrete silicon-carbide designs.
The company also said it is shipping gate drivers into battery-storage systems used alongside renewable-energy installations. During the second quarter, it won a utility-scale design at a supplier of batteries for energy-storage systems and electric vehicles.
Third-Quarter Outlook For the third quarter, Power Integrations forecast revenue of $122 million to $130 million, representing a 6% sequential increase at the midpoint. The company expects consumer revenue to decline seasonally, while communications, computer and industrial revenue continue to increase.
Non-GAAP gross margin is expected to be 54% to 55%. Non-GAAP operating expenses are projected at $45 million to $46 million. Non-GAAP operating margin is expected to range from 17% to 19%. Erba said the company now expects a low-single-digit decline in non-GAAP operating expenses for the full year, compared with its prior expectation for low-single-digit growth, while continuing investments in data center, industrial, energy, automotive and rail initiatives.
About Power Integrations (NASDAQ:POWI)Power Integrations, Inc, based in Hillsboro, Oregon, specializes in the design and development of high-performance analog and mixed-signal integrated circuits for energy-efficient power conversion. The company's products are used to convert and regulate electrical power in a wide range of applications, from consumer electronics and industrial systems to communications equipment and electric vehicle charging. By providing compact, reliable, and highly integrated solutions, Power Integrations aims to reduce system size, improve efficiency, and simplify thermal management for its customers.
The firm's product portfolio encompasses isolated and non-isolated switching controllers for both AC-DC and DC-DC power conversion.
This instant news alert was generated by narrative science technology and financial data from MarketBeat in order to provide readers with the fastest reporting and unbiased coverage. Please send any questions or comments about this story to [email protected].
Continue following MarketBeat
Add MarketBeat as your preferred source on Google to see our latest stories in your feed.
Should You Invest $1,000 in Power Integrations Right Now?Before you consider Power Integrations, you'll want to hear this.
MarketBeat keeps track of Wall Street's top-rated and best performing research analysts and the stocks they recommend to their clients on a daily basis. MarketBeat has identified the five stocks that top analysts are quietly whispering to their clients to buy now before the broader market catches on... and Power Integrations wasn't on the list.
While Power Integrations currently has a Hold rating among analysts, top-rated analysts believe these five stocks are better buys.
View The Five Stocks Here
Robotics and automation are rapidly becoming essential infrastructure across healthcare, manufacturing, logistics, and many other industries.
"Physical AI" is coming to the United States, and there are four ways that investors can gain exposure to this new robotics revolution. Plus, learn which seven companies are most positioned to benefit as intelligent robots enter the workforce.
Astera Labs ve 2. čtvrtletí zvýšila výnosy na 392,40 milionu USD, meziročně o 104,45 %, a upravený EPS byl 0,80 USD proti očekávaným 0,692 USD. Amphenol vykázal výnosy ve výši 8,76 miliardy USD, meziročně o 55 %.
Astera Labs (NASDAQ: ALAB | ALAB Price Prediction) and Amphenol (NYSE: APH) delivered earnings reflecting the same thesis: sell the picks and shovels of AI rack-scale density. Astera reported Q2 revenue of $392.40 million, up 104.45% year over year. Amphenol posted $8.76 billion in sales, up 55%. Same tailwind, different vehicles.
Scorpio Ignites Astera. CommScope Supercharges Amphenol. Astera’s story is Scorpio. CEO Jitendra Mohan said “Scorpio X-Series is in volume production, and we expect our Scorpio family to become our largest product category by revenue in Q3”, arriving one quarter earlier than previously flagged. Aries retimers hit a record too, and PCIe 6.0 crossed 50% of company revenue. Non-GAAP EPS came in at $0.80 versus $0.692 expected. That is the eighth straight beat, explaining the 244 P/E.
Amphenol’s engine differs. Communications Solutions grew 85% to $5.38 billion, powered by IT datacom and the CommScope CCS deal. Management lifted the 2026 CommScope revenue outlook to $4.6 billion from $4.1 billion, doubling EPS accretion to $0.30. Orders hit a record $10.7 billion, a 1.23:1 book-to-bill. Adjusted EPS of $1.35 beat the $1.1949 consensus.
Driver Astera Labs Amphenol Main Growth Engine Scorpio fabric switches IT datacom + CommScope Gross Margin Profile 73.7% ~40% (component economics) Customer Base Hyperscaler-concentrated ~40 countries, diversified Tight Focus Versus Wide Net Astera doubles down on AI fabric silicon. Mohan pointed to “content opportunity for Scorpio X series solutions alone to grow well beyond $1,000 per XPU”, with optical interconnects and UALink 2.0 pushing that higher into 2027. It is a concentrated bet on scale-up connectivity inside the rack.
Amphenol widens the aperture. CEO Adam Norwitt framed AI demand as “more of everything: more high-speed copper, more fiber optic solutions, and more power solutions”. Defense grew 37%, industrial 56%, mobile devices 17%. The trade-off is $18.8 billion in total debt and China tax accruals totaling $290 million.
The Next Test Is Scorpio Ramp and Book-to-Bill Durability Astera guided Q3 revenue to $540 million to $560 million, implying roughly 40% sequential growth. Watch whether Scorpio X-Series design wins broaden past the lead hyperscaler before optical revenue arrives in 2027. Amphenol guided Q3 to $9.30 billion to $9.40 billion. Watch whether that 1.23 book-to-bill holds once CommScope laps its first full year in the portfolio.
Why I Split the Difference For pure AI connectivity content growth exposure, Astera is the more thrilling ticket. The 91.41% year-to-date rally already reflects much of it, and a 244 multiple leaves no room for a single hyperscaler pause. Amphenol is the version for compounding. The 40 P/E carries a premium, and diversified end markets plus $1.21 billion in free cash flow cushion the ride. For a growth-and-quality blend, Amphenol offers the steadier compounding profile while Astera carries higher beta.
Act now: the analyst who called NVIDIA in 2010 just named his top 10 AI stocks — and Amphenol didn't make the cut. Grab the names FREE today.
Revolution Medicines oznámila, že FDA přijala k přezkumu její žádost o registraci daraxonrasibu pro dříve léčený metastatický karcinom pankreatu. Společnost zároveň uvedla, že její čistá ztráta ve 2. čtvrtletí vzrostla na 644 milionů USD.
Revolution Medicines NASDAQ: RVMD said its second-quarter 2026 results reflected continued investment in late-stage cancer programs, commercial launch preparations and manufacturing capacity as it advances daraxonrasib and other RAS-targeted therapies across pancreatic and lung cancer.
The company ended the quarter with $3.9 billion in cash and investments, including proceeds from April offerings of common stock and convertible notes that generated $2.2 billion in gross proceeds, as well as a $250 million second royalty tranche from Royalty Pharma. Revolution Medicines said up to an additional $1.5 billion remains available under that funding arrangement if specified milestones are achieved.
Get Revolution Medicines alerts:
Net loss for the quarter ended June 30 widened to $644 million from $248 million a year earlier. The quarterly loss included a $151 million non-cash charge related to the increased fair value of warrants assumed in the EQRx acquisition, driven by an increase in Revolution Medicines’ stock price.
Daraxonrasib regulatory and access progress Chairman and Chief Executive Officer Mark Goldsmith said the company’s new drug application for daraxonrasib in previously treated metastatic pancreatic cancer has been accepted for review by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration. The application is supported by the completed Phase III RASolute 302 study, whose results were presented at the American Society of Clinical Oncology meeting and published in the New England Journal of Medicine.
Goldsmith said RASolute 302 showed statistically significant and clinically meaningful improvements in overall survival, progression-free survival and patient-reported quality-of-life measures for daraxonrasib monotherapy compared with chemotherapy, with what the company described as a manageable safety and tolerability profile.
Revolution Medicines has also established an FDA-cleared expanded access program for eligible U.S. patients. Goldsmith said the program has activated sites in nearly all 50 states and Puerto Rico, spanning academic cancer centers and community oncology practices. The company has approved more than 90% of reviewed requests and provided daraxonrasib on behalf of more than 2,000 eligible patients.
In Europe, the European Medicines Agency has designated daraxonrasib as a high priority under its Cancer Medicines Pathfinder and started a phased review intended to accelerate assessment ahead of a full marketing authorization application. Goldsmith said the company is continuing discussions with the EMA and other regulatory authorities.
The company said its U.S. commercial infrastructure is in place for a potential launch, including a sales organization, field access team, patient services program, commercial supply and distribution network. Anthony Mancini, chief global commercialization officer, said the sales organization includes about 60 individuals and is designed to support a pancreatic cancer launch while broader commercialization infrastructure could support future indications.
Pancreatic cancer pipeline expands Revolution Medicines continues to enroll patients in the Phase III RASolute 303 study in first-line metastatic pancreatic cancer and RASolute 304 study in the adjuvant setting, both involving daraxonrasib. The company is also enrolling patients in RASolute 305, a Phase III study of zoldonrasib plus chemotherapy in first-line metastatic pancreatic cancer with RAS G12D mutations.
The company recently initiated RASolute 309, a Phase III study evaluating the combination of daraxonrasib and zoldonrasib in the first-line RAS G12D pancreatic cancer setting.
At the European Society for Medical Oncology Gastrointestinal Cancers Congress, Revolution Medicines reported preliminary data for zoldonrasib combined with chemotherapy in first-line RAS G12D pancreatic cancer. The company reported objective response rates of 82% with modified FOLFIRINOX and 61% with gemcitabine plus nab-paclitaxel, with disease control rates of 96% and 90%, respectively. It said longer follow-up is needed to assess durability.
In another study, the daraxonrasib-zoldonrasib doublet produced objective response rates of 50% in second-line patients and 47% in patients treated in the third line or later, according to the company. Median progression-free survival was 9.6 months in the second-line group and 7.6 months in the later-line group. Median overall survival had not been reached in the second-line setting, while it was 10.5 months in the third-line-or-later group.
Lung cancer programs move toward registrational studies Chief Development Officer Alan Sandler said the company is advancing mutant-selective RAS(ON) inhibitors in first-line non-small cell lung cancer. The FDA has granted breakthrough therapy designation to daraxonrasib for previously treated metastatic non-small cell lung cancer with KRAS mutations other than G12C in patients who previously received platinum chemotherapy and PD-1 or PD-L1 therapy.
Revolution Medicines expects to complete enrollment in its Phase III RASolve 301 study of daraxonrasib in previously treated RAS-mutant non-small cell lung cancer this year, supporting an initial readout in 2027.
The company also disclosed early combination data for zoldonrasib and elironrasib with pembrolizumab and platinum-based chemotherapy in previously untreated non-small cell lung cancer. In KRAS G12D disease, zoldonrasib’s combination produced an 82% objective response rate and disease control in all evaluable patients after a median 3.4 months of follow-up as of May 11.
For elironrasib in RAS G12C non-small cell lung cancer, the company reported an 85% confirmed objective response rate, a 97% disease control rate and a 95% progression-free survival rate at six months, based on median follow-up of 8.7 months. Sandler said safety findings for both regimens were broadly consistent with pembrolizumab-based chemotherapy, with no new or unexpected safety signals reported for zoldonrasib.
Revolution Medicines has initiated RASolve 308, a randomized placebo-controlled study of zoldonrasib plus pembrolizumab and platinum-doublet chemotherapy in RAS G12D non-small cell lung cancer. It expects to begin RASolve 307, a similar study of elironrasib in RAS G12C disease, in the fourth quarter of 2026.
Expenses and outlook Research and development expense increased to $395 million from $224 million a year earlier, primarily reflecting higher clinical trial and manufacturing costs for daraxonrasib and zoldonrasib, additional personnel and stock-based compensation. General and administrative expense rose to $110 million from $41 million, driven by headcount, commercialization preparations and administrative costs.
The company increased its full-year 2026 GAAP operating expense forecast to between $2.1 billion and $2.2 billion, including expected non-cash stock-based compensation of $270 million to $290 million. Chief Financial Officer Jack Anders said the higher outlook reflects accelerated manufacturing for clinical and potential commercial supply, expanded clinical development activity and increased U.S. and international commercialization investments.
Goldsmith said Revolution Medicines plans to provide a colorectal cancer data update and outline its development plans in the fourth quarter. The company also expects to identify a recommended Phase II dose for RMC-5127 in the second half of 2026 and initiate a first-in-human study of RM-055 in the fourth quarter.
About Revolution Medicines (NASDAQ:RVMD)Revolution Medicines is a clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on discovering and developing small molecule therapies to treat RAS-dependent cancers and other diseases driven by the RAS/MAPK pathway. The company's research efforts target historically “undruggable” proteins, aiming to inhibit critical nodes in cell signaling that promote tumor growth and therapeutic resistance.
The lead pipeline includes RMC-4630, a SHP2 inhibitor; RMC-6291, a selective KRAS G12C inhibitor; and RMC-6236, a pan-RAS inhibitor designed to address multiple RAS mutations.
This instant news alert was generated by narrative science technology and financial data from MarketBeat in order to provide readers with the fastest reporting and unbiased coverage. Please send any questions or comments about this story to [email protected].
Continue following MarketBeat
Add MarketBeat as your preferred source on Google to see our latest stories in your feed.
Should You Invest $1,000 in Revolution Medicines Right Now?Before you consider Revolution Medicines, you'll want to hear this.
MarketBeat keeps track of Wall Street's top-rated and best performing research analysts and the stocks they recommend to their clients on a daily basis. MarketBeat has identified the five stocks that top analysts are quietly whispering to their clients to buy now before the broader market catches on... and Revolution Medicines wasn't on the list.
While Revolution Medicines currently has a Moderate Buy rating among analysts, top-rated analysts believe these five stocks are better buys.
View The Five Stocks Here
Discover the 10 Best High-Yield Dividend Stocks for 2026 and secure reliable income in uncertain markets. Download the report now to identify top dividend payers and avoid common yield traps.
For the quarter ended June 2026, Howard Hughes Holdings (HHH - Free Report) reported revenue of $1.12 billion, up 330.2% over the same period last year. EPS came in at $2.68, compared to $0.44 in the year-ago quarter.
The reported revenue represents no surprise over the Zacks Consensus Estimate of $0 million. With the consensus EPS estimate being -$999,900.00, the EPS surprise was +100%.
While investors scrutinize revenue and earnings changes year-over-year and how they compare with Wall Street expectations to determine their next move, some key metrics always offer a more accurate picture of a company's financial health.
Since these metrics play a crucial role in driving the top- and bottom-line numbers, comparing them with the year-ago numbers and what analysts estimated about them helps investors better project a stock's price performance.
Here is how Howard Hughes Holdings performed in the just reported quarter in terms of the metrics most widely monitored and projected by Wall Street analysts:
Revenues- Master Planned Community land sales: $170.94 million versus $97.57 million estimated by two analysts on average. Compared to the year-ago quarter, this number represents a +36.7% change.Revenues- Condominium rights and unit sales: $706.31 million versus the two-analyst average estimate of $299.11 million.Revenues- Strategic Developments Segment: $4.41 million versus the two-analyst average estimate of $299.75 million.Revenues- Operating Assets Segment: $119.96 million versus $121.95 million estimated by two analysts on average. Compared to the year-ago quarter, this number represents a +3% change.Revenues- Master Planned Communities Segment: $181.74 million versus the two-analyst average estimate of $115.08 million. The reported number represents a year-over-year change of +26.5%.Segment EBT- Master Planned Communities: $134.68 million compared to the $89.62 million average estimate based on two analysts.View all Key Company Metrics for Howard Hughes Holdings here>>>
Shares of Howard Hughes Holdings have returned -11.1% over the past month versus the Zacks S&P 500 composite's +3.5% change. The stock currently has a Zacks Rank #5 (Strong Sell), indicating that it could underperform the broader market in the near term.
Old Money, New Tech: Western Union's Crypto RebootRemitly Global NASDAQ: RELY reported second-quarter results above its guidance range, with revenue rising 20% year over year to $495 million and adjusted EBITDA reaching a record $115 million, or a 23% margin.
Chief Executive Officer Sebastian Gunningham said the company also surpassed 10 million quarterly active users for the first time, supported by record new-customer additions. Quarterly active customers increased 20% from a year earlier to 10.2 million, while send volume rose 27% to $23.5 billion. Send volume per active customer reached a record $2,300, up 6% year over year.
Get Remitly Global alerts:
3 Stocks Well Below 52-Week Highs With Strong Growth Projections“Record revenue, record adjusted EBITDA, both above the high end of guidance again,” Gunningham said. He attributed the results to the company’s remittance strategy, network scale and what he described as structural cost discipline.
Network expansion and core remittance performance Remitly added five receive countries during the quarter—New Zealand, Niger, Mali, Angola and Botswana—bringing its network to 179 receive geographies. Thirty-two countries are now enabled for both sending and receiving, according to the company.
The company said new real-time pay-in rails, including FedNow and real-time payments in the U.S., helped improve funding speeds. Nearly 70% of globally funded transfers were delivered in less than 20 seconds during the quarter, an all-time high, Gunningham said. The company also cited record pay-in acceptance rates and record-low defect rates.
In the U.S., revenue grew 24% year over year, while revenue from the rest of the world rose 18%, Chief Financial Officer Vikas Mehta said. Revenue from receive regions outside India, the Philippines and Mexico grew faster than overall company revenue and accounted for more than half of the revenue mix.
Mehta said regulatory changes in the U.S. continued to support a shift toward digital remittances, contributing to record customer acquisition. He also said volume over Mother’s Day weekend exceeded the company’s expectations.
Growth products gain traction Remitly continued expanding products beyond its core consumer remittance service, which it calls “growth accelerators.” These include high-value senders, Remitly Business, receiver products, and offerings to spend, save and borrow. The company expects these categories to represent about 5% of total revenue in 2026 and more than 10% by 2028.
High-value sender volume, defined as transfers of $5,000 or more, increased 37% year over year and gained 70 basis points of mix. The company completed its first $300,000 transfer and had a customer send more than $1 million in a single quarter. Remitly added bank wires as a funding method, with customers using wires sending nearly three times more per transaction, Mehta said.
Gunningham said high-value send volume more than doubled in the U.S.-Mexico corridor after the company reduced customer friction, raised send limits and added Wise as a funding option. Mehta noted, however, that high-value volume growth softened in June because of Indian rupee fluctuations and foreign-currency mobilization measures announced by the Reserve Bank of India. He said the company expects those trends affecting Indian corridors to normalize during the year.
Remitly Business ended the quarter with more than 25,000 users, with sequential growth in both revenue and volume accelerating from the prior quarter. More than 80% of customers added to the business platform were new to Remitly, and the average business customer sent money 10 times per quarter, Gunningham said.
The company expanded its receiver product from six countries to 130 countries. The offering generated revenue for the first time in the second quarter. Management said the product could provide direct access to more than 30 million receivers on its platform, although Gunningham said monetization remains in its early stages.
Global Card, stablecoins and AI initiatives Remitly launched the Remitly Global Card last week, offering customers a single account for sending, spending, saving and receiving money. The product includes no-fee everyday spending, direct deposit, global ATM access, multicurrency and USDC capabilities, instant transfers between cardholders, and no foreign transaction fees, according to Gunningham.
The company also offers a $9.99 monthly membership plan that includes an open-end line of credit, which customers can use to remit money before payday and repay over time. Mehta said the associated lines of credit are funded by a third-party bank partner and that the newer card plan format has shown response and conversion rates above prior benchmarks.
Separately, Remitly launched a global stablecoin wallet with a debit card in Latin America, allowing receivers to receive, hold and spend USDC. The company also joined the OpenUSD stablecoin consortium as a founding member. Gunningham said the stablecoin could potentially reduce pay and settlement times by up to one day. Mehta said stablecoins are already producing early treasury-settlement benefits, though the absolute impact remains modest.
Management emphasized artificial intelligence as a contributor to productivity and operating leverage. Technology and development expense increased in the mid-single digits, while declining 175 basis points as a percentage of revenue to 11.2%. General and administrative expense fell 11% year over year to $41 million, its first annual decline as a public company, Mehta said.
The company said AI-driven fraud prevention and detection helped keep provisions for transaction losses below expectations. Transaction margin, formerly called revenue less transaction expense, increased 25% to $334 million, with margin improving 235 basis points to 67%.
Cash flow, repurchases and outlook Net income was $206 million, including a $140.6 million release of a tax valuation allowance. Free cash flow nearly tripled from a year earlier to more than $130 million, aided by operating leverage, favorable working capital and lower property and equipment spending.
Remitly repurchased $21 million of stock, or more than 1.1 million shares, during the quarter. Year to date, it has repurchased nearly 4 million shares.
For the third quarter, the company forecast revenue of $505 million to $507 million, representing 20% to 21% growth, and adjusted EBITDA of $92 million to $94 million, implying an 18% to 19% margin. For the full year, Remitly raised its revenue outlook to $1.978 billion to $1.988 billion, or 21% to 22% growth, and projected adjusted EBITDA of $410 million to $415 million, for an approximately 21% margin.
Gunningham said the company intends to pursue market-share gains aggressively through sharper pricing, faster money movement and improved service, while continuing to invest selectively in its newer products.
About Remitly Global (NASDAQ:RELY)Remitly Global, Inc operates as a digital financial services company specializing in cross-border money transfers. Through its proprietary online platform and mobile applications, the company enables immigrants, expatriates and international workers to send remittances swiftly and securely to their families abroad. By focusing on fast deliverability and transparent pricing, Remitly seeks to streamline a process traditionally dominated by cash-based methods and legacy money transfer operators.
Founded in 2011 by Matt Oppenheimer and headquartered in Seattle, Washington, Remitly has grown from a startup into a publicly traded corporation listed on NASDAQ under the ticker RELY.
This instant news alert was generated by narrative science technology and financial data from MarketBeat in order to provide readers with the fastest reporting and unbiased coverage. Please send any questions or comments about this story to [email protected].
Continue following MarketBeat
Add MarketBeat as your preferred source on Google to see our latest stories in your feed.
Should You Invest $1,000 in Remitly Global Right Now?Before you consider Remitly Global, you'll want to hear this.
MarketBeat keeps track of Wall Street's top-rated and best performing research analysts and the stocks they recommend to their clients on a daily basis. MarketBeat has identified the five stocks that top analysts are quietly whispering to their clients to buy now before the broader market catches on... and Remitly Global wasn't on the list.
While Remitly Global currently has a Moderate Buy rating among analysts, top-rated analysts believe these five stocks are better buys.
View The Five Stocks Here
Looking to profit from the electric vehicle mega-trend? Click the link to see our list of which EV stocks show the most long-term potential.
Encore Capital Group (ECPG - Free Report) came out with quarterly earnings of $2.81 per share, missing the Zacks Consensus Estimate of $3.07 per share. This compares to earnings of $2.49 per share a year ago. These figures are adjusted for non-recurring items.
This quarterly report represents an earnings surprise of -8.47%. A quarter ago, it was expected that this provider of debt-management and recovery services would post earnings of $3.26 per share when it actually produced earnings of $3.86, delivering a surprise of +18.4%.
Over the last four quarters, the company has surpassed consensus EPS estimates three times.
Encore Capital Group, which belongs to the Zacks Financial - Consumer Loans industry, posted revenues of $491.87 million for the quarter ended June 2026, surpassing the Zacks Consensus Estimate by 6.44%. This compares to year-ago revenues of $442.12 million. The company has topped consensus revenue estimates four times over the last four quarters.
The sustainability of the stock's immediate price movement based on the recently-released numbers and future earnings expectations will mostly depend on management's commentary on the earnings call.
Encore Capital Group shares have added about 75.8% since the beginning of the year versus the S&P 500's gain of 13%.
What's Next for Encore Capital Group?While Encore Capital Group has outperformed the market so far this year, the question that comes to investors' minds is: what's next for the stock?
There are no easy answers to this key question, but one reliable measure that can help investors address this is the company's earnings outlook. Not only does this include current consensus earnings expectations for the coming quarter(s), but also how these expectations have changed lately.
Empirical research shows a strong correlation between near-term stock movements and trends in earnings estimate revisions. Investors can track such revisions by themselves or rely on a tried-and-tested rating tool like the Zacks Rank, which has an impressive track record of harnessing the power of earnings estimate revisions.
Ahead of this earnings release, the estimate revisions trend for Encore Capital Group was mixed. While the magnitude and direction of estimate revisions could change following the company's just-released earnings report, the current status translates into a Zacks Rank #3 (Hold) for the stock. So, the shares are expected to perform in line with the market in the near future. You can see the complete list of today's Zacks #1 Rank (Strong Buy) stocks here.
It will be interesting to see how estimates for the coming quarters and the current fiscal year change in the days ahead. The current consensus EPS estimate is $3.03 on $461.68 million in revenues for the coming quarter and $13.01 on $1.87 billion in revenues for the current fiscal year.
Investors should be mindful of the fact that the outlook for the industry can have a material impact on the performance of the stock as well. In terms of the Zacks Industry Rank, Financial - Consumer Loans is currently in the top 39% of the 250 plus Zacks industries. Our research shows that the top 50% of the Zacks-ranked industries outperform the bottom 50% by a factor of more than 2 to 1.
Another stock from the broader Zacks Finance sector, Cherry Hill Mortgage (CHMI - Free Report) , has yet to report results for the quarter ended June 2026. The results are expected to be released on August 10.
This residential real estate finance company is expected to post quarterly earnings of $0.13 per share in its upcoming report, which represents a year-over-year change of +30%. The consensus EPS estimate for the quarter has remained unchanged over the last 30 days.
Cherry Hill Mortgage's revenues are expected to be $4.1 million, up 55.3% from the year-ago quarter.
Figma, Inc. (FIG) Q2 2026 Earnings Call August 5, 2026 5:00 PM EDT
Company Participants
Kate DeLeo - VP of Business Operations & Investor Relations
Dylan Field - CEO, President & Chairman
Praveer Melwani - CFO & Treasurer
Conference Call Participants
Aleksandr Zukin - Wolfe Research, LLC
Gabriela Borges - Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Research Division
Michael Turrin - Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, Research Division
Arjun Bhatia - William Blair & Company L.L.C., Research Division
William Fitzsimmons - Piper Sandler & Co., Research Division
Rishi Jaluria - RBC Capital Markets, Research Division
Elizabeth Elliott - Morgan Stanley, Research Division
Samik Chatterjee - JPMorgan Chase & Co, Research Division
Nicholas Altmann - BTIG, LLC, Research Division
Tyler Radke - Citigroup Inc., Research Division
John McShane - Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, Research Division
Presentation
Operator
Hello, everyone. Thank you for joining us, and welcome to the Figma Second Quarter 2026 Earnings Call.
[Operator Instructions]
I will now hand the conference over to Kate DeLeo, Vice President of Investor Relations. Kate, please go ahead.
Kate DeLeo
VP of Business Operations & Investor Relations
Good afternoon, and thank you for joining us on today's conference call to discuss Figma's results for the second quarter of 2026. On the call, we have Dylan Field, Figma's Co-Founder and Chief Executive Officer; and Praveer Melwani, our Chief Financial Officer.
During the course of today's call, we may make forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to, statements regarding our guidance and future financial performance, market demand, product development, growth prospects, business strategies and plans, partnerships, ability to attract and retain customers and ability to compete effectively.
These forward-looking statements are based on management's current views and assumptions and should not be relied upon as of any subsequent date, and we disclaim any obligation to update any forward-looking statements. Actual results may vary materially from today's statements. Information concerning our risks, uncertainties
Jamie Dimon varuje, že zadlužení na trzích je velmi vysoké a skryté pákové pozice mohou rychle vyvolat volatilitu. Margin debt je podle něj nejvyšší v historii.
JPMorgan Chief Executive Officer Jamie Dimon has warned that leverage across financial markets remained elevated, adding that investors should be mindful that hidden borrowing could amplify market disruptions.
"Margin debt is the highest it has ever been," he said in an interview with CNBC's Leslie Picker. "There's a lot of margin debt you don't see because it's not called margin debt. It's called other things. It's that kind of leverage, some hidden, some public."
He pointed to borrowing through prime brokerages, hedge funds, exchange-traded funds and Treasury arbitrage strategies. "The market leverage is pretty high."
The remarks come amid renewed scrutiny of leverage in financial markets, as elevated equity valuations, near-record hedge-fund leverage and large Treasury basis trades have fueled concerns that vulnerabilities may be building in parts of the financial system.
Dimon said that heavy leverage increases the risk that a single investor or fund could trigger broader volatility. "When you have that, you do have a higher chance that somebody will disrupt the market in a quick way, and people get rattled over it."
AI-focused hedge fund Situational Awareness suffered heavy losses recently after leveraged technology bets turned against it, triggering margin calls and forcing it to liquidate much of its public-equity portfolio.
When asked about the recent collapse of Situational Awareness, for which JPMorgan was one of the prime brokers, Dimon said the episode demonstrated that markets can absorb its failure without broader disruption.
He also stopped short of describing the high leverage as a systemic threat, noting that markets have generally been able to absorb isolated failures.
"I'm not going to say it's systemic high, it's going to cause a disaster, but it's high," he said.
Dimon distinguished today's environment from the 2008 financial crisis, arguing that leverage alone does not necessarily cause systemic stress.
"The worst thing is if you have actual losses in the marketplace," he said. "It wasn't the leverage. It was the amount of losses that were going to be realized on mortgages."
The JPMorgan top boss highlighted that banks would continue adjusting collateral requirements in response to changing market conditions.
"When volatility goes up, clearing houses and banks generally ask for more collateral," he said. "So you'll probably see a little bit of that."
Dimon also warned that structural demand for capital could reignite inflationary pressures, pointing to government deficits, infrastructure investment and global rearmament as forces supporting higher long-term interest rates.
"The remilitarization of the world would be inflationary," he said, reiterating his statement earlier this year that those dynamics "could be the skunk of the party," if they lead investors to seek greater compensation for holding long-dated bonds.
Company expects supply to be available in select retailers in the coming weeks
CAMBRIDGE, MA / ACCESS Newswire / August 5, 2026 / Moderna, Inc. (NASDAQ:MRNA) today announced that the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) has approved mFLUSIVA® (mRNA-1010), a new vaccine against seasonal influenza, for use in all adults 50 years and older. This approval follows unanimous recommendations from the FDA's Vaccines and Related Biological Products Advisory Committee (VRBPAC) supporting mFLUSIVA for adults 50 years of age and older.
"The FDA approval of mFLUSIVA, our fourth approved product in the United States and the first mRNA-based flu vaccine, demonstrates the continued strength and versatility of our mRNA platform," said Stéphane Bancel, Chief Executive Officer of Moderna. "Flu remains a significant public health challenge, and mFLUSIVA provides an important new option for America's seniors. This approval also reflects the ongoing potential of our mRNA platform to help address important public health challenges through continued scientific innovation. We are grateful to the clinical trial participants, investigators, regulators and Moderna teams whose contributions made this milestone possible."
The FDA's approval of mFLUSIVA in adults 50 through 64 years of age is based on results from a randomized, observer-blind, active-controlled, Phase 3 clinical trial (ClinicalTrials.gov Identifier: NCT06602024), which enrolled 40,805 adults aged 50 years and older across 11 countries. The primary objectives in this study were to evaluate the safety and reactogenicity of mFLUSIVA, and to evaluate relative vaccine efficacy (rVE) of mFLUSIVA versus a standard dose (SD) active comparator against reverse transcription polymerase chain reaction (RT-PCR)-confirmed protocol-defined influenza-like illness (ILI) caused by any influenza A or B strains.
Use in adults 65 years of age and older was granted accelerated approval based on results from a randomized, observer-blind, active-controlled clinical trial (ClinicalTrials.gov Identifier: NCT05827978), which enrolled 2,992 adults 65 years of age and older in the United States. The primary objective in this study was to evaluate the immunogenicity of mFLUSIVA versus a high-dose (HD) inactivated influenza vaccine comparator. The effectiveness of mFLUSIVA in adults 65 years of age and older is also supported by the descriptive analysis of rVE in the randomized, observer-blind, active-controlled, Phase 3 clinical trial (ClinicalTrials.gov Identifier: NCT06602024). Confirmation of clinical benefit in this population will be assessed in a postmarketing clinical trial.
The Phase 3 program demonstrated an acceptable safety profile for mFLUSIVA, with no new safety concerns identified, consistent with previously reported studies of mFLUSIVA.
Moderna expects to have mFLUSIVA available for eligible populations in the U.S. for the 2026-2027 respiratory virus season, alongside Spikevax® (COVID-19 Vaccine, mRNA), mRESVIA® (Respiratory Syncytial Virus Vaccine) and mNEXSPIKE® (COVID-19 Vaccine, mRNA).
mRNA-1010 has been accepted for regulatory review in the European Union, Canada and Australia. Regulatory submissions in additional countries are planned during 2026.
About Moderna
Moderna is a pioneer and leader in the field of mRNA medicine. Through the advancement of its technology platform, Moderna is reimagining how medicines are made to transform how we treat and prevent diseases. Since its founding, Moderna's mRNA platform has enabled the development of vaccines and therapeutics across infectious diseases, cancer, rare diseases and more.
With a global team and a unique culture, driven by the company's values and mindsets, Moderna's mission is to deliver the greatest possible impact to people through mRNA medicines. For more information about Moderna, please visit modernatx.com and connect with us on X, Facebook, Instagram, YouTube and LinkedIn.
mFLUSIVA®, mNEXSPIKE®, mRESVIA® and Spikevax® are registered trademarks of Moderna.
INDICATION
What is mFLUSIVA® (Influenza vaccine, mRNA)?
mFLUSIVA is a vaccine indicated for active immunization for the prevention of influenza disease caused by influenza virus subtypes A and type B represented in the vaccine. mFLUSIVA is approved for use in persons 50 years of age and older.
The indication for persons 65 years of age and older is approved under accelerated approval based on immune responses. Continued approval for this indication may be contingent upon verification and description of clinical benefit in a confirmatory trial.
IMPORTANT SAFETY INFORMATION
You should not get mFLUSIVA if you had a severe allergic reaction to any ingredient in mFLUSIVA.
Tell your healthcare provider about all of your medical conditions, including if you:
have any allergies or have had a severe allergic reaction after receiving a previous dose of any other vaccine
have had Guillain-Barré syndrome (severe muscle weakness) after getting an influenza vaccine
are immunocompromised or are on a medicine that affects your immune response
are breastfeeding, pregnant or plan to become pregnant
have ever fainted in association with an injection
What are the risks of mFLUSIVA?
Severe allergic reactions are rare but can happen after vaccination with mFLUSIVA. If a severe allergic reaction occurs, it would usually happen within minutes to one hour after a dose of mFLUSIVA. Because of this, your healthcare provider may ask you to stay for a short time after your vaccination.
Side effects that have been reported in clinical trials with mFLUSIVA include:
Injection site reactions: pain, tenderness and swelling of the lymph nodes in the same arm as the injection, swelling (hardness), and redness.
General side effects: fatigue, headache, muscle pain, joint pain, chills, nausea or vomiting, and fever.
These may not be all the possible side effects of mFLUSIVA. Ask your healthcare provider about any side effects that concern you. You may report side effects to Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS) at 1-800-822-7967 or http://vaers.hhs.gov.
Please click for mFLUSIVA Full Prescribing Information and Information for Recipients and Caregivers.
Moderna Forward-Looking Statements
This press release contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, as amended, including statements regarding: the availability of mFLUSIVA in the U.S. for the 2026-2027 respiratory season; the results of postmarketing clinical studies for mFLUSIVA; ongoing regulatory review in the European Union, Canada and Australia; and planned regulatory submissions in additional countries. In some cases, forward-looking statements can be identified by terminology such as "will," "may," "should," "could," "expects," "intends," "plans," "aims," "anticipates," "believes," "estimates," "predicts," "potential," "continue," or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words. The forward-looking statements in this press release are neither promises nor guarantees, and you should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements because they involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties, and other factors, many of which are beyond Moderna's control and which could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks, uncertainties, and other factors include, among others, those risks and uncertainties described under the heading "Risk Factors" in Moderna's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025, filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), and in subsequent filings made by Moderna with the SEC, which are available on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov. Except as required by law, Moderna disclaims any intention or responsibility for updating or revising any forward-looking statements contained in this press release in the event of new information, future developments or otherwise. These forward-looking statements are based on Moderna's current expectations and speak only as of the date of this press release.
Moderna Contacts
Media:
Chris Ridley
Vice President, Global Head of Communications
+1 617-800-3651 [email protected]
Investors:
Lavina Talukdar
Senior Vice President & Head of Investor Relations
+1 617-209-5834 [email protected]